The Physics Book
The Physics Book
The Physics Book
SIMPLY EXPLAINED
THE
PHYSICS
BOOK
THE
PHYSICS
BOOK
DK LONDON DK DELHI First American Edition, 2020
Published in the United States by DK Publishing
1450 Broadway, Suite 801, New York, NY 10018
SENIOR ART EDITOR PROJECT ART EDITOR
Gillian Andrews Pooja Pipil Copyright © 2020 Dorling Kindersley Limited
SENIOR EDITORS ART EDITORS DK, a Division of Penguin Random House LLC
Camilla Hallinan, Laura Sandford Meenal Goel, Debjyoti Mukherjee 20 21 22 23 24 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
EDITORS ASSISTANT ART EDITOR 001–316670–Mar/2020
John Andrews, Jessica Cawthra, Joy Evatt, Nobina Chakravorty
Claire Gell, Richard Gilbert, Tim Harris, All rights reserved.
Janet Mohun, Victoria Pyke, Dorothy Stannard,
SENIOR EDITOR
Suefa Lee Without limiting the rights under the copyright
Rachel Warren Chadd reserved above, no part of this publication may be
US EDITOR ASSISTANT EDITOR reproduced, stored in or introduced into a retrieval
Aashirwad Jain system, or transmitted, in any form, or by any means
Megan Douglass
SENIOR JACKET DESIGNER (electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording,
ILLUSTRATIONS or otherwise), without the prior written permission
Suhita Dharamjit
James Graham of the copyright owner.
JACKET DESIGN SENIOR DTP DESIGNER
Neeraj Bhatia Published in Great Britain by
DEVELOPMENT MANAGER Dorling Kindersley Limited
Sophia MTT DTP DESIGNER
Anita Yadav
PRODUCER, PRE-PRODUCTION A catalog record for this book
Gillian Reid PROJECT PICTURE RESEARCHER is available from the Library of Congress.
Deepak Negi
PRODUCER ISBN: 978–1–4654–9102–2
Nancy-Jane Maun PICTURE RESEARCH MANAGER
Taiyaba Khatoon
SENIOR MANAGING ART EDITOR DK books are available at special discounts when
Lee Griffiths PRE-PRODUCTION MANAGER purchased in bulk for sales promotions, premiums,
Balwant Singh fund-raising, or educational use. For details, contact:
MANAGING EDITOR
Gareth Jones PRODUCTION MANAGER DK Publishing Special Markets, 1450 Broadway, Suite
Pankaj Sharma 801, New York, NY 10018
ASSOCIATE PUBLISHING DIRECTOR
Liz Wheeler MANAGING ART EDITOR SpecialSales@dk.com
Sudakshina Basu Printed in China
ART DIRECTOR
Karen Self SENIOR MANAGING EDITOR
Rohan Sinha
DESIGN DIRECTOR A WORLD OF IDEAS:
Philip Ormerod
SEE ALL THERE IS TO KNOW
PUBLISHING DIRECTOR original styling by
STUDIO 8
Jonathan Metcalf
www.dk.com
CONTRIBUTORS
DR. BEN STILL, CONSULTANT EDITOR Scientific American, and Forbes. He has also appeared as a space
expert on several radio and television shows, and is currently
working on a series of educational science books for children.
A prize-winning science communicator, particle physicist, and
author, Ben teaches high school physics and is also a visiting
research fellow at Queen Mary University of London. After a master’s MUKUL PATEL
degree in rocket science, a PhD in particle physics, and years of
research, he stepped into the world of outreach and education in Mukul Patel studied natural sciences at King’s College Cambridge
2014. He is the author of a growing collection of popular science and mathematics at Imperial College London. He is the author of
books and travels the world teaching particle physics using LEGO®. We’ve Got Your Number, a children’s math book, and over the last
25 years has contributed to numerous other books across scientific
JOHN FARNDON and technological fields for a general audience. He is currently
investigating ethical issues in AI.
John Farndon has been short-listed five times for the Royal Society’s
Young People’s Science Book Prize, among other awards. A widely ROBERT SNEDDEN
published author of popular books on science and nature, he has
written around 1,000 books on a range of subjects, including Robert Snedden has been involved in publishing for 40 years,
internationally acclaimed titles such as The Oceans Atlas, Do researching and writing science and technology books for young
You Think You’re Clever?, and Do Not Open, and has contributed people on topics ranging from medical ethics to space exploration,
to major books such as Science and Science Year By Year. engineering, computers, and the internet. He has also contributed to
histories of mathematics, engineering, biology, and evolution, and
written books for an adult audience on breakthroughs in mathematics
TIM HARRIS and medicine and the works of Albert Einstein.
A widely published author on science and nature for both
children and adults, Tim Harris has written more than 100 mostly GILES SPARROW
educational reference books and contributed to many others. These
include An Illustrated History of Engineering, Physics Matters!, A popular science author specializing in physics and astronomy,
Great Scientists, Exploring the Solar System, and Routes of Science. Giles Sparrow studied astronomy at University College London and
science communication at Imperial College London. He is the author
of books including Physics in Minutes, Physics Squared, The Genius
HILARY LAMB Test and What Shape Is Space?, as well as DK’s Spaceflight, and has
contributed to bestselling DK titles including Universe and Science.
Hilary Lamb studied physics at the University of Bristol and science
communication at Imperial College London. She is a staff journalist
at Engineering & Technology Magazine, covering science and JIM AL-KHALILI, FOREWORD
technology, and has written for previous DK titles, including
How Technology Works and Explanatorium of Science. An academic, author, and broadcaster, Jim Al-Khalili FRS holds a
dual professorship in theoretical physics and the public engagement
in science at the University of Surrey. He has written 12 books
JONATHAN O’CALLAGHAN on popular science, translated into over 20 languages. A regular
presenter on British TV, he is also the host of the Radio 4 program
With a background in astrophysics, Jonathan O’Callaghan has been The Life Scientific. He is a recipient of the Royal Society Michael
a space and science journalist for almost a decade. His work has Faraday Medal, the Institute of Physics Kelvin Medal, and the
appeared in numerous publications including New Scientist, Wired, Stephen Hawking Medal for science communication.
6
CONTENTS
10 INTRODUCTION 38 The most wonderful
productions of the
MEASUREMENT mechanical arts
AND MOTION Measuring time
PHYSICS AND THE 40 All action has a reaction
EVERYDAY WORLD Laws of motion
222 Spooky action at a distance 248 Dreadful amounts of 276 Does Oxford stop at
Quantum entanglement energy this train?
Nuclear bombs and power Special relativity
224 The jewel of physics
Quantum field theory 252 A window on creation 280 A union of space and time
Particle accelerators Curving spacetime
226 Collaboration between
parallel universes 256 The hunt for the quark 281 Gravity is equivalent
Quantum applications The particle zoo and quarks to acceleration
The equivalence principle
258 Identical nuclear particles
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE do not always act alike 282 Why is the traveling
twin younger?
PHYSICS Force carriers
Paradoxes of special relativity
INSIDE THE ATOM 260 Nature is absurd
Quantum electrodynamics 284 Evolution of the stars
and life
236 Matter is not infinitely
261 The mystery of the missing Mass and energy
divisible
Atomic theory neutrinos
Massive neutrinos 286 Where spacetime
simply ends
238 A veritable transformation
262 I think we have it Black holes and wormholes
of matter
Nuclear rays The Higgs boson
290 The frontier of the
264 Where has all the known universe
240 The constitution of matter
antimatter gone? Discovering other galaxies
The nucleus
Matter–antimatter asymmetry
294 The future of the universe
242 The bricks of which atoms
265 Stars get born and die The static or expanding
are built up
Nuclear fusion in stars universe
Subatomic particles
296 The cosmic egg, exploding
244 Little wisps of cloud
Particles in the cloud chamber RELATIVITY AND THE at the moment of creation
The Big Bang
246 Opposites can explode UNIVERSE
OUR PLACE IN THE COSMOS 302 Visible matter alone
Antimatter
is not enough
Dark matter
247 In search of atomic glue 270 The windings of the
The strong force heavenly bodies 306 An unknown ingredient
The heavens dominates the universe
Dark energy
272 Earth is not the center
of the universe 308 Threads in a tapestry
Models of the universe String theory
FOREWORD
I fell in love with physics as a boy when I discovered we make observations and conduct experiments,
that this was the subject that best provided answers revising and improving on what we know. Often,
to many of the questions I had about the world around we take wrong turns or discover after many years
me—questions like how magnets worked, whether that a particular description or theory is wrong, or
space went on forever, why rainbows form, and how only an approximation of reality. Sometimes, new
we know what the inside of an atom or the inside discoveries are made that shock us and force us to
of a star looks like. I also realized that by studying revise our view entirely.
physics I could get a better grip on some of the more
profound questions swirling around in my head, such One beautiful example of this that has happened
as: What is the nature of time? What is it like to fall in my lifetime was the discovery, in 1998, that the
into a black hole? How did the universe begin and universe is expanding at an accelerating pace, leading
how might it end? to the idea of so-called dark energy. Until recently,
this was regarded as a complete mystery. What
Now, decades later, I have answers to some of was this invisible field that acted to stretch space
my questions, but I continue to search for answers against the pull of gravity? Gradually, we are learning
to new ones. Physics, you see, is a living subject. that this is most likely something called the vacuum
Although there are many things we now know with energy. You might wonder how changing the name of
confidence about the laws of nature, and we have used something (from “dark energy” to “vacuum energy”)
this knowledge to develop technologies that have can constitute an advance in our understanding. But
transformed our world, there is still much more we the concept of vacuum energy is not new. Einstein had
do not yet know. That is what makes physics, for me, suggested it a hundred years ago, then changed his
the most exciting area of knowledge of all. In fact, mind when he thought he’d made a mistake, calling it
I sometimes wonder why everyone isn’t as in love his “biggest blunder.” It is stories like this that, for me,
with physics as I am. make physics so joyous.
But to bring the subject alive—to convey that sense This is also why The Physics Book is so enjoyable.
of wonder—requires much more than collecting Each topic is made more accessible and readable with
together a mountain of dry facts. Explaining how the introduction of key figures, fascinating anecdotes,
our world works is about telling stories; it is about and the timeline of the development of the ideas. Not
acknowledging how we have come to know what we only is this a more honest account of the way science
know about the universe, and it is about sharing in progresses, it is also a more effective way of bringing
the joy of discovery made by the many great scientists the subject alive.
who first unlocked nature’s secrets. How we have
come to our current understanding of physics can be I hope you enjoy the book as much as I do.
as important and as joyful as the knowledge itself.
W
e humans have a people were free to wonder about marvels from east to west. Ideas
heightened sense of our place in the universe. First the from this wealth of culture drew
our surroundings. We Greeks, then the Romans tried to Europe out of the dark ages and
evolved this way to outmaneuver make sense of the world through into a new age of enlightenment
stronger and faster predators. To patterns they observed in nature. known as the Renaissance. A
achieve this, we have had to predict Thales of Miletus, Socrates, Plato, revolution of our world view began
the behavior of both the living Aristotle, and others began to reject as ideas from ancient civilizations
and the inanimate world. Knowledge supernatural explanations and became updated or outmoded,
gained from our experiences was produce rational answers in the quest replaced by new ideas of our place
passed down through generations to create absolute knowledge—they in the universe. A new generation
via an ever-evolving system of began to experiment. of experimenters poked and prodded
language, and our cognitive prowess At the fall of the Roman Empire, nature to extract her secrets. In
and ability to use tools took our so many of these ideas were lost to Poland and Italy, Copernicus and
species to the top of the food chain. the Western world, which fell into a Galileo challenged ideas that had
We spread out of Africa from dark age of religious wars, but they been considered sacrosanct for two
around 60,000 years ago, extending continued to flourish in the Arab millennia—and they suffered harsh
our abilities to survive in world and Asia. Scholars there persecution as a result.
inhospitable locations through sheer continued to ask questions and Then, in England in the
ingenuity. Our ancestors developed conduct experiments. The 17th century, Isaac Newton’s laws
techniques to allow them to grow language of mathematics was of motion established the basis of
plentiful food for their families, and invented to document this new-
settled into communities. found knowledge. Ibn al-Haytham
and Ibn Sahl were just two of the
Experimental methods Arab scholars who kept the flame
Early societies drew meaning from of scientific knowledge alive in the
unrelated events, saw patterns that 10th and 11th centuries, yet their
did not exist, and spun mythologies. discoveries, particularly in the Whosoever studies works of
They also developed new tools and fields of optics and astronomy, science must … examine tests
methods of working, which required were ignored for centuries outside and explanations with the
advanced knowledge of the inner the Islamic world. greatest precision.
workings of the world—be it the Ibn al-Haytham
seasons or the annual flooding of the A new age of ideas
Nile—in order to expand resources. With global trade and exploration
In some regions, there were periods came the exchange of ideas.
of relative peace and abundance. In Merchants and mariners carried
these civilized societies, some books, stories, and technological
INTRODUCTION 13
O
ur survival instincts have purchase plentiful goods cheaply were unrivalled for millennia and
made us creatures of in one location before transporting devise farming systems to feed
comparison. Our ancient and selling them for a higher price the burgeoning population. As
struggle to survive by ensuring that in another location where that trade with ancient Egypt became
we found enough food for our family commodity was scarce. As trade global, the idea of a common
or reproduced with the correct in goods grew to become global, language of measurement
mate has been supplanted. These local leaders began taxing trade spread around the world.
primal instincts have evolved with and imposing standard prices. To The Scientific Revolution
our society into modern equivalents enforce this, they needed standard (1543–1700) brought about a new
such as wealth and power. We measures of physical things to need for these metrics. For the
cannot help but measure ourselves, allow them to make comparisons. scientist, metrics were to be
others, and the world around us by used not for trading goods but
metrics. Some of these measures Language of measurement as a tool with which nature could
are interpretive, focusing upon Realizing that each person’s be understood. Distrusting their
personality traits that we experience is relative, the ancient instincts, scientists developed
benchmark against our own Egyptians devised systems that controlled environments in which
feelings. Others, such as height, could be communicated without they tested connections between
weight, or age, are absolutes. bias from one person to another. different behaviors—they
For many people in the ancient They developed the first system experimented. Early experiments
and modern world alike, a measure of metrics, a standard method focused on the movement of
of success was wealth. To amass for measuring the world around everyday objects, which had
fortune, adventurers traded goods them. The Egyptian cubit allowed a direct effect upon daily life.
across the globe. Merchants would engineers to plan buildings that Scientists discovered patterns
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 17
Isaac Newton Swiss mathematician British physicist
English cleric John publishes Principia Leonhard Euler’s James Joule conducts
Wallis suggests that and revolutionizes laws of motion define experiments that show
momentum, the our understanding linear momentum that energy is neither
product of mass and of how objects and the rate of lost nor gained when
velocity, is conserved move on Earth and change of angular it is converted from one
in all processes. in the cosmos. momentum. form to another.
French physicist Blaise French astronomer and French mathematician French physicist The units
Pascal’s law about the mathematician Gabriel Émilie du Châtelet Joseph-Louis with which we
uniform distribution of Mouton suggests the discovers how to figure Lagrange produces benchmark our
pressure throughout a metric system of the kinetic energy of equations to universe are
liquid in an enclosed units using the meter, a moving object. simplify calculations redefined to depend
space is published. liter, and gram. about motion. on nature alone.
in linear, circular, and repetitive on his laws of motion, English international (SI) collection of
oscillating motion. These patterns physicist Isaac Newton invented metrics to convey their results.
became immortalized in the calculus, which brought a new The value of each of these SI
language of mathematics, a gift ability to describe the change metrics and their link to the world
from ancient civilizations that had in systems over time, not just around us are defined and decided
then been developed in the Islamic calculate single snapshots. To upon by an international group of
world for centuries. Mathematics explain the acceleration of falling scientists known as metrologists.
offered an unambiguous way objects, and eventually the nature This first chapter charts these
of sharing the outcomes of of heat, ideas of an unseen entity early years of the science we today
experiments and allowed scientists called energy began to emerge. call physics, the way in which
to make predictions and test these Our world could no longer be the science operates through
predictions with new experiments. defined by distance, time, and experimentation, and how results
With a common language and mass alone, and new metrics from these tests are shared across
metrics, science marched forward. were needed to benchmark the the world. From the falling objects
These pioneers discovered links measurement of energy. that Italian polymath Galileo Galilei
between distance, time, and speed Scientists use metrics to convey used to study acceleration to the
and set out their own repeatable and the results of experiments. Metrics oscillating pendulums that paved
tested explanation of nature. provide an unambiguous language the way to accurate timekeeping,
that enables scientists to interpret this is the story of how scientists
Measuring motion the results of an experiment and began to measure distance, time,
Scientific theories progressed repeat the experiment to check energy, and motion, revolutionizing
rapidly and with them the language that their conclusions are correct. our understanding of what makes
of mathematics changed. Building Today, scientists use the Système the world work. ■
18
MAN IS THE
MEASURE OF
ALL THINGS
MEASURING DISTANCE
W
hen people began to to the tip of the outstretched
IN CONTEXT build structures on an middle finger. Of course, not
organized scale, they everyone has the same length of
KEY CIVILIZATION
needed a way to measure height forearm and middle finger, so this
Ancient Egypt
and length. The earliest measuring “standard” was only approximate.
BEFORE devices are likely to have been
c. 4000 bce Administrators use primitive wooden sticks scored Imperial measure
a system of measuring field with notches, with no accepted As prodigious architects and
sizes in ancient Mesopotamia. consistency in unit length. The first builders of monuments on a
widespread unit was the “cubit,” grand scale, the ancient Egyptians
c. 3100 bce Officials in ancient which emerged in the 4th and 3rd needed a standard unit of distance.
Egypt use knotted cords—pre- millennia bce among the peoples of Fittingly, the royal cubit of the Old
stretched ropes tied at regular Egypt, Mesopotamia, and the Indus Kingdom of ancient Egypt is the
intervals—to measure land and Valley. The term cubit derives from first known standardized cubit
survey building foundations. the Latin for elbow, cubitum, and measure in the world. In use since
was the distance from the elbow at least 2700 bce, it was 20.6–20.8 in
AFTER (523–529 mm) long and was divided
1585 In the Netherlands, into 28 equal digits, each based
Simon Stevin proposes a on a finger’s breadth.
decimal system of numbers. Archaeological excavations of
1799 The French government pyramids have revealed cubit rods
adopts the meter. of wood, slate, basalt, and bronze,
which would have been used as
1875 Signed by 17 nations, Cubit measures by craftsmen and
the Meter Convention agrees a architects. The Great Pyramid at
consistent length for the unit. Palm Giza, where a cubit rod was found
in the King’s Chamber, was built
1960 The eleventh General to be 280 cubits in height, with a
Conference on Weights and The Egyptian royal cubit was based base of 440 cubits squared. The
Measures sets the metric on the length of the forearm, measured Egyptians further subdivided
system as the International from the elbow to the middle fingertip.
Cubits were subdivided into 28 digits cubits into palms (4 digits), hands
System of Units (“SI,” from the (each a finger’s breadth in length) and (5 digits), small spans (12 digits),
French Système international). a series of intermediary units, such as large spans (14 digits, or half a
palms and hands. cubit), and t’sers (16 digits or
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 19
See also: Free falling 32–35 ■ Measuring time 38–39 SI units and physical
constants 58–63 ■ Heat and transfers 80–81
■
Changing definitions
In 1668, English clergyman
John Wilkins followed Stevin’s
proposal of a decimal-based
unit of length with a novel
definition: he suggested that
1 meter should be set as the
distance of a two-second
pendulum swing. Dutch
physicist Christiaan Huygens
4 palms). The khet (100 cubits) was Cubit rods—such as this example (1629–1695) calculated this to
used to measure field boundaries from the 18th dynasty in ancient be 39.26 in (997 mm).
and the ater (20,000 cubits) to Egypt, c. 14th century bce—were used In 1889, an alloy bar of
define larger distances. widely in the ancient world to achieve platinum (90%) and iridium
consistent measurements. (10%) was cast to represent
Cubits of various length were
used across the Middle East. The the definitive 1-meter length,
Assyrians used cubits in c. 700 bce, male’s thumb—foot, and mile. but because it expanded and
while the Hebrew Bible contains The Roman mile was 1,000 paces, contracted very slightly at
different temperatures, it was
plentiful references to cubits— or mille passus, each of which was
accurate only at the melting
particularly in the Book of Exodus’s five Roman feet. Roman colonial
point of ice. This bar is still
account of the construction of the expansion from the 3rd century bce kept at the International
Tabernacle, the sacred tent that to the 3rd century ce introduced Bureau of Weights and
housed the Ten Commandments. these units to much of western Measures in Paris, France.
The ancient Greeks developed their Asia and Europe, including When SI definitions were
own 24-unit cubit, as well as the England, where the mile was adopted in 1960, the meter
stade (plural stadia), a new unit redefined as 5,280 feet in 1593 was redefined in terms of the
representing 300 cubits. In the by Queen Elizabeth I. wavelength of electromagnetic
3rd century bce, the Greek scholar emissions from a krypton
Eratosthenes (c. 276 bce–c. 194 bce) Going metric atom. In 1983, yet another
estimated the circumference of In his 1585 pamphlet De Thiende definition was adopted: the
Earth at 250,000 stadia, a figure he (The Art of Tenths), Flemish distance that light travels
later refined to 252,000 stadia. The physicist Simon Stevin proposed a in a vacuum in 1/299,792,458
Romans also adopted the cubit, decimal system of measurement, of a second.
along with the inch—an adult forecasting that, in time, it would
be widely accepted. More than two
centuries later, work on the metric
system was begun by a committee
of the French Academy of Sciences,
with the meter being defined as
You are to make upright one ten-millionth of the distance
from Earth’s equator to the North A mile shall contain eight
frames of acacia wood for furlongs, every furlong forty
the Tabernacle. Each frame Pole. France became the first nation
to adopt the measurement, in 1799. poles, and every pole
is to be ten cubits long and shall contain sixteen
International recognition was
a cubit and a half wide. foot and a half.
not achieved until 1960, when the
Exodus 26:15–16 Système international (SI) set the Queen Elizabeth I
The Bible
meter as the base unit for distance.
It was agreed that 1 meter (m) is
equal to 1,000 millimeters (mm) or
100 centimeters (cm), and 1,000 m
make up 1 kilometer (km). ■
20
IN CONTEXT
A PRUDENT
KEY FIGURE
Aristotle (c. 384–322 bce)
BEFORE
QUESTION IS
585 bce Thales of Miletus,
a Greek mathematician
and philosopher, analyzes
movements of the sun
and moon to forecast a
ONE HALF OF
solar eclipse.
AFTER
1543 Nicolaus Copernicus’s
De Revolutionibus orbium
WISDOM
coelestium (On the Revolutions
of the Heavenly Spheres) and
Andreas Vesalius’s De humani
corporis fabrica (On the
Workings of the Human Body)
C
areful observation and a
questioning attitude to
findings are central to the
scientific method of investigation,
which underpins physics and all the
sciences. Since it is easy for prior
knowledge and assumptions to
distort the interpretation of data,
the scientific method follows a set
procedure. A hypothesis is drawn
up on the basis of findings, and
then tested experimentally. If this
hypothesis fails, it can be revised
and reexamined, but if it is robust,
it is shared for peer review—
independent evaluation by experts.
People have always sought to
understand the world around them,
and the need to find food and
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 21
See also: Free falling 32–35 ■ SI units and physical constants 58–63 ■ Focusing
light 170–175 ■ Models of the universe 272–273 ■ Dark matter 302–305
Scientists form a
The starting point for
hypothesis (a theory
the scientific method is
to explain the
an observation.
observation).
P
hysics seeks to understand
IN CONTEXT the universe through
observation, experiment,
KEY FIGURE
and building models and theories.
Euclid of Alexandria
All of these are intimately entwined
(c. 325–c. 270 bce) with mathematics. Mathematics is Number is the ruler of forms
BEFORE the language of physics—whether and ideas, and the cause of
3000–300 bce Ancient used in measurement and data gods and daemons.
Mesopotamian and Egyptian analysis in experimental science, Pythagoras
civilizations develop number or to provide rigorous expression
systems and techniques to for theories, or to describe the
solve mathematical problems. fundamental “frame of reference” in
which all matter exists and events
600–300 bce Greek scholars, take place. The investigation of
including Pythagoras and space, time, matter, and energy is
Thales, formalize mathematics only made possible through a prior prediction increased. Power was
using logic and proofs. understanding of dimension, shape, tied to knowledge of astronomical
symmetry, and change. cycles and seasonal patterns,
AFTER such as flooding. Agriculture and
c. 630 ce Indian Driven by practical needs architecture required accurate
mathematician Brahmagupta The history of mathematics is one calendars and land surveys.
uses zero and negative of increasing abstraction. Early The earliest place value number
numbers in arithmetic. ideas about number and shape systems (where a digit’s position
developed over time into the most in a number indicates its value)
c. 820 ce Persian scholar
general and precise language. and methods for solving equations
al-Khwarizmi sets down In prehistoric times, before the date back more than 3,500 years
the principles of algebra. advent of writing, herding animals to civilizations in Mesopotamia,
c. 1670 Gottfried Leibniz and and trading goods undoubtedly Egypt, and (later) Mesoamerica.
Isaac Newton each develop prompted the earliest attempts
calculus, the mathematical at tallying and counting. Adding logic and analysis
study of continuous change. As complex cultures emerged in The rise of ancient Greece brought
the Middle East and Mesoamerica, about a fundamental change in
demands for greater precision and focus. Number systems and
Euclid Although his Elements were the loose ideas of other scholars.
immensely influential, few details Thus, the theorems of the
of Euclid’s life are known. He was 13 books of Euclid’s Elements
born around 325 bce, in the reign are not original, but for two
of Egyptian pharaoh Ptolemy I millennia they set the standard
and probably died around 270 bce. for mathematical exposition.
He lived mostly in Alexandria, then The earliest surviving editions
an important center of learning, but of the Elements date from the
he may also have studied at Plato’s 15th century.
academy in Athens.
In Commentary on Euclid,
written in the 5th century ce, the Key works
Greek philosopher Proclus notes
that Euclid arranged the theorems Elements
of Eudoxus, an earlier Greek Data
mathematician, and brought Catoptrics
“irrefutable demonstration” to Optics
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 27
See also: Measuring distance 18–19 ■ Measuring time 38–39 ■ Laws of motion 40–45 ■ SI units and physical
constants 58–63 ■ Antimatter 246 ■ The particle zoo and quarks 256–257 ■ Curving spacetime 280
In Euclidean geometry, space is In hyperbolic geometry, developed In elliptic geometry, the surface
assumed to be “flat.” Parallel lines by Bolyai and Lobachevsky, the surface curves outward like a sphere and
remain at a constant distance from curves like a saddle and lines on the parallel lines curve toward each
one another and never meet. surface curve away from each other. other, eventually intersecting.
considering that it is made up is not on that line, exactly one line (hyperbolic geometry) in which
of many straight lines (a series of can be drawn through the given the fifth postulate is false and
different, fixed quantities). At the point and parallel to the given parallel lines never meet. In their
theoretical limit, the curve is line. Throughout history, various geometry, the surface is not flat as
identical to an infinite number mathematicians, such as Proclus in Euclid’s, but curves inward. By
of infinitesimal approximations. of Athens in the 5th century or the contrast, in elliptic geometry and
During the 18th and 19th Arabic mathematician al-Haytham, spherical geometry, also described
centuries, applications of calculus have attempted in vain to show in the 19th century, there are no
in physics exploded. Physicists that the parallel postulate can be parallel lines; all lines intersect.
could now precisely model dynamic derived from the other postulates. German mathematician
(changing) systems, from vibrating In the early 1800s, Hungarian Bernhard Riemann and others
strings to the diffusion of heat. mathematician János Bolyai and formalized such non-Euclidean
The work of 19th-century Scottish Russian mathematician Nicolai geometries. Einstein used
physicist James Clerk Maxwell Lobachevsky independently Riemannian theory in his general
greatly influenced the development developed a version of geometry theory of relativity—the most
of vector calculus, which models advanced explanation of gravity—
change in phenomena that have in which mass “bends” spacetime,
both quantity and direction. Maxwell making it non-Euclidean, although
also pioneered the use of statistical space remains homogeneous
techniques for the study of large (uniform, with the same properties
numbers of particles. Out of nothing I have created a at every point).
strange new universe. All that
Non-Euclidean geometries I have sent you previously is Abstract algebra
The fifth axiom, or postulate, on like a house of cards in By the 19th century, algebra
geometry that Euclid set out in had undergone a seismic shift,
comparison with a tower.
his Elements, is also known as to become a study of abstract
the parallel postulate. This was
János Bolyai symmetry. French mathematician
in a letter to his father
controversial, even in ancient Évariste Galois was responsible for
times, as it appears less self-evident a key development. In 1830, while
than the others, although many investigating certain symmetries
theorems depend on it. It states exhibited by the roots (solutions)
that, given a line and a point that of polynomial equations, he
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 31
developed a theory of abstract In the 1950s and 1960s, physicists
mathematical objects, called used group theory to develop the
groups, to encode different kinds Standard Model of particle physics.
of symmetries. For example,
all squares exhibit the same Modeling reality
reflectional and rotational Mathematics is the abstract study
symmetries, and so are associated of numbers, quantities, and shapes,
with a particular group. From his which physics employs to model
research, Galois determined that, reality, express theories, and
unlike for quadratic equations (with predict future outcomes—often
a variable to the power of two, such with astonishing accuracy. For
as x2, but no higher), there is no example, the electron g-factor—
general formula to solve polynomial a measure of its behavior in an
equations of degree five (with terms electromagnetic field—is computed
such as x5) or higher. This was a to be 2.002 319 304 361 6, while the
dramatic result; he had proved that experimentally determined value
there could be no such formula, no is 2.002 319 304 362 5 (differing by Emmy Noether was a highly creative
matter what future developments just one part in a trillion). algebraist. She taught at the University
occurred in mathematics. Certain mathematical models of Göttingen in Germany, but as
Subsequently, algebra grew into have endured for centuries, a Jew was forced to leave in 1933.
She died in the US in 1935, aged 53.
the abstract study of groups and requiring only minor adjustments.
similar objects, and the symmetries For example, German astronomer
they encoded. In the 20th century, Johannes Kepler’s 1619 model of instance, the application of
groups and symmetry proved vital the solar system, with some 19th-century group theory to
for describing natural phenomena refinements by Newton and modern quantum physics. There
at the deepest level. In 1915, Einstein, remains valid today. are also many examples of
German algebraist Emmy Noether Physicists have applied ideas mathematical structures driving
connected symmetry in equations that mathematicians developed, insight into nature. When British
with conservation laws, such as the sometimes much earlier, simply physicist Paul Dirac found twice as
conservation of energy, in physics. to investigate a pattern; for many expressions as expected in
his equations describing the
behavior of electrons, consistent
with relativity and quantum
Mathematics is an abstract, mechanics, he postulated the
concise, symbolic language of quantity, pattern, existence of an anti-electron; it
symmetry, and change. was duly discovered, years later.
While physicists investigate
what “is” in the universe,
mathematicians are divided as to
whether their study is about nature,
Physicists’ mathematical models of nature have or the human mind, or the abstract
great predictive power. manipulation of symbols. In a
strange historical twist, physicists
researching string theory are now
suggesting revolutionary advances
in pure mathematics to geometers
(mathematicians who study
Mathematics must be a true (if partial) description geometry). Just exactly how this
of the universe. illuminates the relationship
between mathematics, physics,
and “reality” is yet to be seen. ■
32
IN CONTEXT
BODIES SUFFER
KEY FIGURE
Galileo Galilei (1564–1642)
NO RESISTANCE
BEFORE
c. 350 bce In Physics, Aristotle
explains gravity as a force that
moves bodies toward their
BUT FROM
“natural place,” down toward
the center of Earth.
1576 Giuseppe Moletti
THE AIR
writes that objects of
different weights free fall
at the same rate.
AFTER
FREE FALLING 1651 Giovanni Riccioli and
Francesco Grimaldi measure
the time of descent of falling
bodies, enabling calculation
of their rate of acceleration.
1687 In Principia, Isaac
Newton expounds
gravitational theory in detail.
1971 David Scott shows that
a hammer and a feather fall at
the same speed on the moon.
W
hen gravity is the only
force acting on a moving
object, it is said to be
in “free fall.” A skydiver falling from
a plane is not quite in free fall—
since air resistance is acting upon
him—whereas planets orbiting
the sun or another star are. The
ancient Greek philosopher Aristotle
believed that the downward motion
of objects dropped from a height
was due to their nature—they
were moving toward the center
of Earth, their natural place. From
Aristotle’s time until the Middle
Ages, it was accepted as fact that
the speed of a free-falling object
was proportional to its weight, and
inversely proportional to the density
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 33
See also: Measuring distance 18–19 ■ Measuring time 38–39 ■ Laws of motion
40–45 ■ Laws of gravity 46–51 ■ Kinetic energy and potential energy 54
In a vacuum, its
Unless it moves in a speed increases at a
vacuum, air resistance constant rate of
and/or friction will slow acceleration, regardless of
it down. its size or weight. Galileo Galilei
The oldest of six siblings,
Galileo was born in Pisa, Italy,
in 1564. He enrolled to study
medicine at the University of
Bodies suffer no resistance but from the air. Pisa at the age of 16, but his
interests quickly broadened
and he was appointed Chair of
Mathematics at the University
of the medium it was falling free-falling body will fall more of Padua in 1592. Galileo’s
through. So, if two objects of quickly than a lighter one—a view contributions to physics,
mathematics, astronomy, and
different weights are dropped that had recently been challenged
engineering single him out as
at the same time, the heavier by several other scientists.
one of the key figures of the
will fall faster and hit the ground In 1576, Giuseppe Moletti, Scientific Revolution in 16th-
before the lighter object. Aristotle Galileo’s predecessor in the Chair and 17th-century Europe. He
also understood that the object’s of Mathematics at the University of created the first thermoscope
shape and orientation were factors Padua, had written that objects of (an early thermometer),
in how quickly it fell, so a piece of different weights but made of the defended the Copernican
unfolded paper would fall more same material fell to the ground at idea of a heliocentric solar
slowly than the same piece of the same speed. He also believed system, and made important
paper rolled into a ball. that bodies of the same volume ❯❯ discoveries about gravity.
Because some of his ideas
Falling spheres challenged Church dogma,
At some time between 1589 and he was called before the
1592, according to his student and Roman Inquisition in 1633,
biographer Vincenzo Viviani, Italian declared to be a heretic, and
sentenced to house arrest
polymath Galileo Galilei dropped
Nature is inexorable and until his death in 1642.
two spheres of different weight
from the Tower of Pisa to test immutable; she never
Aristotle’s theory. Although it was transgresses the laws Key works
more likely to have been a thought imposed upon her.
Galileo Galilei 1623 The Assayer
experiment than a real-life event,
1632 Dialogue Concerning
Galileo was reportedly excited to
the Two Chief World Systems
discover that the lighter sphere fell 1638 Discourses and
to the ground as quickly as the Mathematical Demonstrations
heavier one. This contradicted the Relating to Two New Sciences
Aristotelian view that a heavier
34 FREE FALLING
Fall of 1 ft (0.3 m) after 1 second sacrosanct by the Catholic Church,
in which Oresme served as a
Fall of 4 ft (1.2 m) after 2 seconds bishop. It is not known whether
Oresme’s studies influenced the
later work of Galileo.
Fall of 9 ft (2.7 m) after 3 seconds
Balls on ramps
From 1603, Galileo set out to
investigate the acceleration of free-
Fall of 16 ft (4.9 m) falling objects. Unconvinced that
after 4 seconds they fell at a constant speed, he
believed that they accelerated as
Fall of 25 ft they fell—but the problem was
(7.6 m) after how to prove it. The technology
5 seconds to accurately record such speeds
simply did not exist. Galileo’s
ingenious solution was to slow
down the motion to a measurable
speed, by replacing a falling object
Galileo showed that objects of different mass Lighter ball with a ball rolling down a sloping
accelerate at a constant rate. By timing how long a ball Heavier ball ramp. He timed the experiment
took to travel a particular distance down a slope, he could using both a water clock—a device
figure out its acceleration. The distance fallen was always
proportional to the square of the time taken to fall. that weighed the water spurting
into an urn as the ball traveled—
and his own pulse. If he doubled
but made of different materials uniformly, its speed increases in the period of time the ball rolled, he
fell at the same rate. Ten years direct proportion to time, and the found the distance it traveled was
later, Dutch scientists Simon Stevin distance it travels is proportional four times as far.
and Jan Cornets de Groot climbed to the square of the time during Leaving nothing to chance,
33 ft (10 m) up a church tower in which it is accelerating. It was Galileo repeated the experiment
Delft to release two lead balls, one perhaps surprising that Oresme “a full hundred times” until he
ten times bigger and heavier than should have challenged the had achieved “an accuracy such
the other. They witnessed them established Aristotelian “truth,” that the deviation between two
hit the ground at the same time. which at the time was considered observations never exceeded one-
The age-old idea of heavier objects
falling faster than lighter ones
was gradually being debunked.
Another of Aristotle’s beliefs—
that a free-falling object descends
at a constant speed—had been
challenged earlier still. Around
1361, French mathematician Nicole
Oresme had studied the movement
of bodies. He discovered that if an
object’s acceleration is increasing
A NEW MACHINE
FOR MULTIPLYING
FORCES
PRESSURE
W
hile investigating Pascal’s findings weren’t published
IN CONTEXT hydraulics (the until 1663, the year after his
mechanical properties death, but they would be used by
KEY FIGURE
of liquids), French mathematician engineers to make the operation
Blaise Pascal (1623–1662)
and physicist Blaise Pascal made of machinery much easier. In
BEFORE a discovery that would eventually 1796, Joseph Bramah applied the
1643 Italian physicist revolutionize many industrial principle to construct a hydraulic
Evangelista Torricelli processes. Pascal’s law, as it press that flattened paper, cloth, and
demonstrates the existence became known, states that if steel, doing so more efficiently
of a vacuum using mercury pressure is applied to any part of and powerfully than previous
in a tube; his principle is later a liquid in an enclosed space, that wooden presses. ■
used to invent the barometer. pressure is transmitted equally to
every part of the fluid, and to the
AFTER container walls. Small
1738 In Hydrodynamica, force
Swiss mathematician Daniel The impact of Pascal Small
piston
Bernoulli argues that energy Pascal’s law means that pressure
in a fluid is due to elevation, exerted on a piston at one end of Large
motion, and pressure. a fluid-filled cylinder produces an piston
equal increase in pressure on
1796 Joseph Bramah, another piston at the other end of Large
a British inventor, uses the cylinder. More significantly, force
Pascal’s law to patent the if the cross-section of the second
first hydraulic press. piston is twice that of the first, the
force on it will be twice as great. Liquids cannot be compressed
1851 Scottish–American So, a 2.2 lb (1 kg) load on the small and are used to transmit forces in
inventor Richard Dudgeon piston will allow the large piston to
hydraulics systems such as car jacks.
patents a hydraulic jack. A small force applied over a long
lift 4.4 lb (2 kg); the larger the ratio distance is turned into a larger force
1906 An oil hydraulic of the cross-sections, the more over a small distance, which can
system is installed to raise weight the large piston can raise. raise a heavy load.
and lower the guns of the
US warship Virginia. See also: Laws of motion 40–45 ■ Stretching and squeezing 72–75 ■ Fluids
76–79 ■ The gas laws 82–85
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 37
MOTION WILL
PERSIST
MOMENTUM
W
hen objects collide,
IN CONTEXT several things happen.
They change velocity
KEY FIGURE
and direction, and the kinetic
John Wallis (1616–1703)
energy of motion may be converted
BEFORE to heat or sound. A body in motion
1518 French natural In 1666, the Royal Society of is apt to continue
philosopher Jean Buridan London challenged scientists to its motion.
describes “impetus,” the come up with a theory to explain John Wallis
measure of which is later what happens when objects collide.
understood to be momentum. Two years later, three individuals
published their theories: from
1644 In his Principia England, John Wallis and
Philosophiae (Principles of Christopher Wren, and from
Philosophy), French scientist Holland, Christiaan Huygens.
René Descartes describes All moving bodies have still some loss of kinetic energy. In
momentum as the “amount momentum (the product of their The Geometrical Treatment of the
of motion.” mass and velocity). Stationary Mechanics of Motion, John Wallis
bodies have no momentum because went further, correctly arguing that
AFTER their velocity is zero. Wallis, Wren, momentum is also conserved in
1687 Isaac Newton describes and Huygens agreed that in an inelastic collisions, where objects
his laws of motion in his elastic collision (any collision in become attached after they collide,
three-volume work Principia. which no kinetic energy is lost causing the loss of kinetic energy.
through the creation of heat or One such example is that of a
1927 German theoretical
noise), momentum is conserved as comet striking a planet.
physicist Werner Heisenberg
long as there are no other external Nowadays, the principles of
argues that for a subatomic forces at work. Truly elastic conservation of momentum have
particle, such as an electron, collisions are rare in nature; the many practical applications, such
the more precisely its position nudging of one billiard ball by as determining the speed of
is known, the less precisely its another comes close, but there is vehicles after traffic accidents. ■
momentum can be known,
and vice versa. See also: Laws of motion 40–45 ■ Kinetic energy and potential energy 54
■ The conservation of energy 55 ■ Energy and motion 56–57
38
T
c. 1670 The anchor wo inventions in the mid the flow of water, or the burning of
escapement mechanism 1650s heralded the start a candle. These mechanical clocks
makes the pendulum clock of the era of precision relied on a “verge escapement
more accurate. timekeeping. In 1656, Dutch mechanism,” which transmitted
mathematician, physicist, and force from a suspended weight
1761 John Harrison’s fourth inventor Christiaan Huygens built through the timepiece’s gear train,
marine chronometer, H4, passes the first pendulum clock. Soon a series of toothed wheels. Over
its sea trials. after, the anchor escapement was the next three centuries, there
invented, probably by English were incremental advances in
1927 The first electronic clock, scientist Robert Hooke. By the the accuracy of these clocks, but
using quartz crystal, is built. 1670s, the accuracy of timekeeping they had to be wound regularly
1955 British physicists Louis devices had been revolutionized. and still weren’t very accurate.
Essen and Jack Parry make The first entirely mechanical In 1637, Galileo Galilei
the first atomic clock. clocks had appeared in Europe in had realized the potential for
the 13th century, replacing clocks pendulums to provide more
reliant on the movement of the sun, accurate clocks. He found that
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 39
See also: Free falling 32–35 ■ Harmonic motion 52–53 SI units and physical
constants 58–63 ■ Subatomic particles 242–243
■
Harrison’s marine
chronometer
Christiaan Huygens’ pendulum In the early 18th century, even
clock dramatically improved the the most accurate pendulum
accuracy of timekeeping devices. clocks didn’t work at sea—a
This 17th-century woodcut shows the major problem for nautical
inner workings of his clock, including navigation. With no visible
toothed gears and pendulum. landmarks, calculating a ship’s
position depended on accurate
latitude and longitude
this, even the most advanced non- readings. While it was easy to
pendulum clocks lost 15 minutes a gauge latitude (by viewing the
day; now that margin of error could position of the sun), longitude
be reduced to as little as 15 seconds. could be determined only by
knowing the time relative to
Quartz and atomic clocks a fixed point, such as the
Pendulum clocks remained the Greenwich Meridian. Without
most accurate form of time clocks that worked at sea, this
measurement until the 1930s, was impossible. Ships were
lost and many men died, so, in
when synchronous electric clocks
1714, the British government
became available. These counted offered a prize to encourage
the oscillations of alternating the invention of a marine clock.
current coming from electric British inventor John
power supply; a certain number Harrison solved the problem in
of oscillations translated into 1761. His marine chronometer
movements of the clock’s hands. used a fast-beating balance
The first quartz clock was built wheel and a temperature-
in 1927, taking advantage of the compensated spiral spring to
piezoelectric quality of crystalline achieve remarkably accurate
a swinging pendulum was almost quartz. When bent or squeezed, timekeeping on transatlantic
isochronous, meaning the time it it generates a tiny electric voltage, journeys. The device saved
took for the bob at its end to return or conversely, if it is subject to lives and revolutionized
to its starting point (its period) was an electric voltage, it vibrates. exploration and trade.
roughly the same whatever the A battery inside the clock emits
length of its swing. A pendulum’s the voltage, and the quartz chip
swing could produce a more vibrates, causing an LCD display
accurate way of keeping time than to change or a tiny motor to move
the existing mechanical clocks. second, minute, and hour hands.
However, he hadn’t managed to The first accurate atomic clock,
build one before his death in 1642. built in 1955, used the cesium-133
Huygens’ first pendulum clock isotope. Atomic clocks measure the
had a swing of 80–100 degrees, frequency of regular electromagnetic
which was too great for complete signals that electrons emit as they
accuracy. The introduction of change between two different
Hooke’s anchor escapement, energy levels when bombarded
which maintained the swing of with microwaves. Electrons in an
the pendulum by giving it a small “excited” cesium atom oscillate, John Harrison’s prototype
push each swing, enabled the use or vibrate, 9,192,631,770 times per chronometer, H1, underwent sea
trials from Britain to Portugal in
of a longer pendulum with a smaller second, making a clock calibrated 1736, losing just a few seconds
swing of just 4–6 degrees, which on the basis of these oscillations on the entire voyage.
gave much better accuracy. Before extremely accurate. ■
ALL ACTION HAS A
REACTION
LAWS OF MOTION
42 LAWS OF MOTION
P
rior to the late 16th surface. Smoke rises because it is
IN CONTEXT century, there was little largely made of air. However, the
understanding of why circular movement of celestial
KEY FIGURES
moving bodies accelerated or objects was not considered to be
Gottfried Leibniz (1646–1716),
decelerated—most people governed by the elements—rather,
Isaac Newton (1642–1727) believed that some indeterminate, they were thought to be guided by
BEFORE innate quality made objects fall to the hand of a deity.
c. 330 bce In Physics, Aristotle the ground or float up to the sky. Aristotle believed that bodies
expounds his theory that it But this changed at the dawn move only if they are pushed,
takes force to produce motion. of the Scientific Revolution, when and once the pushing force is
scientists began to understand removed, they come to a stop.
1638 Galileo’s Dialogues that several forces are responsible Some questioned why an arrow
Concerning Two New for changing a moving object’s unleashed from a bow continues
Sciences is published. It is velocity (a combined measure to fly through the air long after
later described by Albert of its speed and direction), direct contact with the bow has
Einstein as anticipating the including friction, air resistance, ceased, but Aristotle’s views went
work of Leibniz and Newton. and gravity. largely unchallenged for more
than two millennia.
1644 René Descartes Early views In 1543, Polish astronomer
publishes Principles in For many centuries, the generally Nicolaus Copernicus published
Philosophy, which includes accepted views of motion were his theory that Earth was not the
laws of motion. those of the ancient Greek center of the universe, but that it
philosopher Aristotle, who and the other planets orbited the
AFTER
classified everything in the sun in a “heliocentric” system.
1827–1833 William Rowan
world according to its elemental Between 1609 and 1619, German
Hamilton establishes that composition: earth, water, air, fire, astronomer Johannes Kepler
objects tend to move along and quintessence, a fifth element developed his laws of planetary
the path that requires the that made up the “heavens.” motion, which describe the shape
least energy. For Aristotle, a rock falls to the and speed of the orbits of planets.
1907–1915 Einstein proposes ground because it has a similar Then, in the 1630s, Galileo
his theory of general relativity. composition to the ground (“earth”). challenged Aristotle’s views on
Rain falls to the ground because falling objects, explained that
water’s natural place is at Earth’s a loosed arrow continues to fly
Gottfried Leibniz Born in Leipzig (now Germany) unpublished ideas and passing
in 1646, Leibniz was a great them off as his own. Although
philosopher, mathematician, it was later generally accepted
and physicist. After studying that Leibniz had arrived at his
philosophy at the University ideas independently, he never
of Leipzig, he met Christiaan managed to shake off the
Huygens in Paris and determined scandal during his lifetime.
to teach himself math and physics. He died in Hanover in 1716.
He became a political adviser,
historian, and librarian to the
royal House of Brunswick in Key works
Hanover in 1676, a role that gave
him the opportunity to work on a 1684 “Nova methodus pro
broad range of projects, including maximis et minimis” (“New
the development of infinitesimal method for maximums and
calculus. However, he was also minimums”)
accused of having seen Newton’s 1687 Essay on Dynamics
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 43
See also: Free falling 32–35 ■ Laws of gravity 46–51 ■ Kinetic energy and potential energy 54 ■ Energy and motion 56–57
■ The heavens 270–271 ■ Models of the universe 272–273 ■ From classical to special relativity 274
A new understanding Space and time are best understood as being relative between
In Principles in Philosophy, objects, and not as absolute qualities that remain constant
Descartes proposed his three everywhere, all the time.
laws of motion, which rejected
Aristotle’s views of motion and
a divinely guided universe, and thorough laws of motion in Newton’s three laws of motion
explained motion in terms of Principia, which—like Dynamics— (see pp.44–45) clearly explained
forces, momentum, and collisions. was also published in 1687. Newton the forces acting on all bodies,
In his 1687 Essay on Dynamics, respected Descartes’ rejection of revolutionizing the understanding
Leibniz produced a critique of Aristotelian ideas, but argued that of the mechanics of the physical
Descartes’ laws of motion. the Cartesians (followers of world and laying the foundations
Realizing that many of Descartes’ Descartes) did not make enough for classical mechanics (the study
criticisms of Aristotle were use of the mathematical techniques of the motion of bodies). Not all of
justified, Leibniz went on to of Galileo, nor the experimental Newton’s views were accepted
develop his own theories on methods of chemist Robert Boyle. during his lifetime—one of those
“dynamics,” his term for motion However, Descartes’ first two who raised criticisms was Leibniz
and impact, during the 1690s. laws of motion won the support himself—but after his death they
Leibniz’s work remained of both Newton and Leibniz, and were largely unchallenged until
unfinished, and he was possibly became the basis for Newton’s the early 20th century, just as
put off after reading Newton’s first law of motion. Aristotle’s beliefs about motion ❯❯
44 LAWS OF MOTION
The bicycle is in motion due to the force Rider flies over handlebars, example, why does it eventually
supplied by the pedalling of the rider, until the since he or she has not
been acted on by the
stop? In fact, as the ball rolls it
external force of the rock acts upon it, causing experiences an outside force:
external force (the rock)
it to stop.
friction, which causes it to
decelerate. According to Newton’s
second law, an object will accelerate
in the direction of the net force.
Friction Forward
motion Since the force of friction is
opposite to the direction of travel,
this acceleration causes the object
to slow and eventually stop. In
interstellar space, a spacecraft
Bicycle in motion due to force Rock supplies external will continue to move at the same
supplied by rider’s pedaling force, greater in quantity than velocity because of an absence of
being greater than friction and bicycle’s forward motion, friction and air resistance—unless
drag (air resistance) bringing bicycle to a stop
it is accelerated by the gravitational
field of a planet or star, for example.
had dominated scientific thinking object are known, it is possible to
for the best part of 2,000 years. calculate the net external force— Change is proportional
However, some of Leibniz’s views the combined total of the external Newton’s second law is one of the
on motion and criticisms of Newton forces—expressed as ∑ F (∑ stands most important in physics, and
were far ahead of their time, for “sum of”). For example, if a ball describes how much an object
and were given credence by has a force of 23 N pushing it left, accelerates when a given net force
Albert Einstein’s general theory and a force of 12 N pushing it right, is applied to it. It states that the
of relativity two centuries later. ∑F = 11 N in a leftward direction. rate of change of a body’s
It is not quite as simple as this, momentum—the product of its
Law of inertia since the downward force of gravity mass and velocity—is proportional
Newton’s first law of motion, which will also be acting on the ball, so to the force applied, and takes place
is sometimes called the law of horizontal and vertical net forces in the direction of the applied force.
inertia, explains that an object at also need to be taken into account. This can be expressed as
rest stays at rest, and an object in There are other factors at play. ∑F = ma, where F is the net force,
motion remains in motion with the Newton’s first law states that a a is the acceleration of the object in
same velocity unless acted upon by moving object that is not acted the direction of the net force, and m
an external force. For instance, if upon by outside forces should is its mass. If the force increases, so
the front wheel of a bicycle being continue to move in a straight line does acceleration. Also, the rate of
ridden at speed hits a large rock, at a constant velocity. But when a change of momentum is inversely
the bike is acted upon by an ball is rolled across the floor, for proportional to the mass of the
external force, causing it to stop.
Unfortunately for the cyclist, he or
she will not have been acted upon
by the same force and will continue
in motion—over the handlebars.
For the first time, Newton’s law Low mass,
enabled accurate predictions of high acceleration
motion to be made. Force is defined
as a push or pull exerted on one
object by another and is measured High mass,
in Newtons (denoted N, where 1 N low acceleration
is the force required to give a 1 kg Two rockets with different masses but identical engines
mass an acceleration of 1 m/s²). If will accelerate at different rates. The smaller rocket will
the strength of all the forces on an accelerate more quickly due to its lower mass.
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 45
Notions of time, distance, and
acceleration are fundamental to an
understanding of motion. Newton
argued that space and time are
entities in their own right, existing
The laws of motion … independently of matter. In 1715–
Motion is really nothing
are the free 1716, Leibniz argued in favor of a
more than change of place.
decrees of God. relationist alternative: in other words,
So motion as we
Gottfried Leibniz that space and time are systems of
experience it is nothing
relations between objects. While
Newton believed that absolute time but a relation.
exists independently of any observer Gottfried Leibniz
and progresses at a constant pace
throughout the universe, Leibniz
reasoned that time makes no sense
object, so if the object’s mass except when understood as the
increases, its acceleration relative movement of bodies. Newton
decreases. This can be expressed argued that absolute space “remains
as a = ∑F ∕m. For example, as a always similar and immovable,” dismissed at the time, Einstein’s
rocket’s fuel propellant is burned but his German critic argued that general theory of relativity (1907–
during flight, its mass decreases it only makes sense as the relative 1915) made more sense of them two
and—assuming the thrust of its location of objects. centuries later. While Newton’s laws
engines remains the same—it will of motion are generally true for
accelerate at an ever-faster rate. From Leibniz to Einstein macroscopic objects (objects that
A conundrum raised by Irish bishop are visible to the naked eye) under
Equal action and reaction and philosopher George Berkeley everyday conditions, they break
Newton’s third law states that around 1710 illustrated problems down at very high speeds, at very
for every action there is an equal with Newton’s concepts of absolute small scales, and in very strong
and opposite reaction. Sitting time, space, and velocity. It gravitational fields. ■
down, a person exerts a downward concerned a spinning sphere:
force on the chair, and the chair Berkeley questioned whether, if it
Two Voyager spacecraft were
exerts an equal upward force on was rotating in an otherwise empty launched in 1977. With no friction
the person’s body. One force is universe, it could be said to have or air resistance in space, the craft
called the action, the other the motion at all. Although Leibniz’s are still moving through space today,
reaction. A rifle recoils after it is criticisms of Newton were generally due to Newton’s first law of motion.
fired due to the opposing forces
of such an action–reaction. When
the rifle’s trigger is pulled, a
gunpowder explosion creates
hot gases that expand outward,
allowing the rifle to push forward
on the bullet. But the bullet also
pushes backward on the rifle.
The force acting on the rifle
is the same as the force that
acts on the bullet, but because
acceleration depends on force
and mass (in accordance with
Newton’s second law), the bullet
accelerates much faster than the
rifle due to its far smaller mass.
THE FRAME OF THE
SYSTEM
OF THE WORLD
LAWS OF GRAVITY
48 LAWS OF GRAVITY
IN CONTEXT
They must be attracted
KEY FIGURE Why do raindrops always
toward the center of
Isaac Newton (1642–1727) fall downward?
Earth by gravity.
BEFORE
1543 Nicolaus Copernicus
challenges orthodox thought
with a heliocentric model of
the solar system.
Could gravity also cause Could gravity extend
1609 Johannes Kepler the moon’s orbit beyond the rain clouds?
publishes his first two laws of around Earth? Could it reach the moon?
planetary motion in Astronomia
Nova (A New Astronomy),
arguing that the planets move
freely in elliptical orbits.
AFTER If that’s the case, perhaps gravity is universal.
1859 French astronomer
Urbain Le Verrier argues that
Mercury’s precessionary orbit
P
(the slight variance in its axial ublished in 1687, Newton’s model of the solar system, with
rotation) is incompatible with law of universal gravitation Earth and the planets orbiting the
Newtonian mechanics. remained—alongside his sun. According to him, “We revolve
laws of motion—the unchallenged around the sun like any other
1905 In his paper “On the bedrock of “classical mechanics” for planet.” His ideas, published in
Electrodynamics of Moving more than two centuries. It states 1543, were based on detailed
Bodies,” Einstein introduces that every particle attracts every observations of Mercury, Venus,
his theory of special relativity. other particle with a force that is Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn made
1915 Einstein’s theory of directly proportional to the product with the naked eye.
general relativity states of their masses, and inversely
that gravity affects time, proportional to the square of the Astronomical evidence
distance between their centers. In 1609, Johannes Kepler
light, and matter.
Before the scientific age in published Astronomia Nova
which Newton’s ideas were (A New Astronomy) which, as
formulated, the Western well as providing more support
understanding of the natural for heliocentrism, described the
world had been dominated by the elliptical (rather than circular)
writings of Aristotle. The ancient orbits of the planets. Kepler also
Greek philosopher had no concept discovered that the orbital speed
of gravity, believing instead that of each planet depends on its
What hinders the heavy objects fell to Earth because distance from the sun.
fixed stars from falling that was their “natural place,” and Around the same time, Galileo
upon one another? celestial bodies moved around Galilei was able to support Kepler’s
Isaac Newton Earth in circles because they were view with detailed observations
perfect. Aristotle’s geocentric view made with the aid of telescopes.
remained largely unchallenged When he focused a telescope on
until the Renaissance, when Jupiter and saw moons orbiting
Polish–Italian astronomer Nicolaus the giant planet, Galileo uncovered
Copernicus argued for a heliocentric further proof that Aristotle had
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 49
See also: Free falling 32–35 ■ Laws of motion 40–45 ■ The heavens 270–71 ■ Models of the universe 272–73
■ Special relativity 276–79 ■ The equivalence principle 281 ■ Gravitational waves 312–15
Isaac Newton Born in the English village of over who had discovered
Woolsthorpe on Christmas Day calculus, and Robert Hooke
1642, Newton went to school regarding the inverse square
in Grantham and studied law. As well as being a keen
at Cambridge University. In scientist, Newton was very
Principia, he formulated the interested in alchemy and
laws of universal gravitation and biblical chronology. He died
motion, which formed the basis in London in 1727.
of classical mechanics until the
early 20th century when they Key works
were partially superseded by
Einstein’s theories of relativity. 1684 On the Motion of Bodies
Newton also made important in an Orbit
contributions to mathematics and 1687 Philosophiae Naturalis
optics. Sometimes a controversial Principia Mathematica
character, he had long-running (Mathematical Principles
disputes with Gottfried Leibniz of Natural Philosophy)
52
OSCILLATION IS
EVERYWHERE
HARMONIC MOTION
P
eriodic motion—motion in the opposite direction to the
IN CONTEXT repeated in equal time displacement from the center. While
intervals—is found in many tending to restore the string toward
KEY FIGURE
natural and artificial phenomena. the center, it overshot to the other
Leonhard Euler (1707–1783)
Studies of pendulums in the 16th side, creating a repeating cycle.
BEFORE and 17th centuries, for instance, This type of movement, with
1581 Galileo discovers the helped lay the foundations for a specific relationship between
link between the length of Isaac Newton’s laws of motion. But displacement and restoring force,
a pendulum and its period groundbreaking though these laws is today known as simple harmonic
of motion. were, physicists still faced major motion. As well as vibrating
barriers in applying them to real- strings, it encompasses phenomena
1656 Christiaan Huygens world problems involving systems such as a swinging pendulum and
builds a pendulum clock that (interacting groups of items) that a weight bouncing on the end of a
uses the periodic motion of were more complex than Newton’s spring. Bernoulli also discovered
a pendulum to regulate a idealized, freely-moving bodies. that harmonic oscillations plotted
timekeeping mechanism.
Musical oscillations Displacement wave
AFTER One particular area of interest was
1807 Joseph Fourier, a French the vibration of musical strings—
physicist, shows that any another form of periodic motion.
periodic process can be In Newton’s day, the principle
treated as the sum of simple that strings vibrate at different
harmonic oscillations overlaid frequencies to produce different
on each other. sounds was well established, but
the exact form of the vibrations was
1909 German engineer
unclear. In 1732, Swiss physicist
Hermann Frahm develops a and mathematician Daniel Bernoulli Direction of travel
“dynamic vibration absorber,” found a means of applying Newton’s Acceleration wave
a device that absorbs energy second law of motion to each
from oscillations and releases segment of a vibrating string.
it out of sync in order to For any system in simple harmonic
He showed that the force on the motion, the displacement and
reduce vibration. string grew as it moved further acceleration can be described by
from the center line (its stationary sine wave oscillations that are mirror
starting point), and always acted images of each other.
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 53
See also: Measuring time 38–39 ■ Laws of motion 40–45 ■ Kinetic energy
and potential energy 54 ■ Music 164–167
THERE IS NO
DESTRUCTION
OF FORCE
KINETIC ENERGY AND POTENTIAL ENERGY
I
saac Newton’s laws of motion Du Châtelet concluded that each
IN CONTEXT incorporated the fundamental ball’s vis viva (broadly the same
idea that the sum of momentum concept as the modern kinetic
KEY FIGURE
across all objects involved is the energy attributed to moving
Émilie du Châtelet
same before as after a collision. He particles) was proportional to its
(1706–1749)
had little to say, however, about the mass but also to the square of its
BEFORE concept of energy as understood velocity (mv2). She hypothesized
1668 John Wallis proposes today. In the 1680s, Gottfried Leibniz that since vis viva was clearly
a law of conservation of noted that another property of conserved (or transferred wholesale)
momentum—the first in its moving bodies, which he called in such collisions, it must exist in a
modern form. vis viva (“living force”), also seemed different form when the weight was
to be conserved. suspended before its fall. This form
AFTER Leibniz’s idea was widely is now known as potential energy
1798 American-born British rejected by Newton’s followers, who and is attributed to an object’s
physicist Benjamin Thompson, felt that energy and momentum position within a force field. ■
Count Rumford, makes should be indistinguishable, but it
measurements that suggest was revived in the 1740s. French
heat is another form of kinetic philosopher Marquise Émilie du
energy, contributing to the Châtelet, who was working on a
total energy of a system. translation of Newton’s Principia,
proved vis viva’s significance. She
1807 British polymath Thomas repeated an experiment—first Physics is an immense
Young first uses the term carried out by Dutch philosopher building that surpasses the
“energy” for the vis viva Willem ‘s Gravesande—in which powers of a single man.
investigated by du Châtelet. she dropped metal balls of differing Émilie du Châtelet
weights into clay from various
1833 Irish mathematician heights and measured the depth of
William Rowan Hamilton the resulting craters. This showed
shows how the evolution of that a ball traveling twice as fast
a mechanical system can be made a crater four times as deep.
thought of in terms of the
changing balance between See also: Momentum 37 ■ Laws of motion 40–45 ■ Energy and motion 56–57
potential and kinetic energies. ■ Force fields and Maxwell’s equations 142–147
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 55
ENERGY CAN BE
NEITHER CREATED
NOR DESTROYED
THE CONSERVATION OF ENERGY
T
he law of conservation often given to British physicist
IN CONTEXT of energy states that the James Joule. In 1845, Joule
total energy of an isolated published the results of a key
KEY FIGURE
system remains constant over experiment. He designed an
James Joule (1818–1889)
time. Energy cannot be created or apparatus with a falling weight to
BEFORE destroyed, but can be transformed spin a paddle wheel in an insulated
1798 Benjamin Thompson, from one form to another. cylinder of water, using gravity
Count Rumford, uses a cannon Although German chemist and to do the mechanical work. By
barrel immersed in water and physicist Julius von Mayer first measuring the increase in water
bored with a blunted tool to advanced the idea in 1841, credit is temperature, he calculated the
show that heat is created precise amount of heat an exact
from mechanical motion. amount of mechanical work would
create. He also showed that no
AFTER energy was lost in the conversion.
1847 In his paper “On Joule’s discovery that heat had
the Conservation of Force,” been created mechanically was not
German physicist Hermann widely accepted until 1847, when
von Helmholtz explains the Hermann von Helmholtz proposed
convertibility of all forms a relationship between mechanics,
of energy. heat, light, electricity, and
magnetism—each a form of energy.
1850 Scottish civil engineer Joule’s contribution was honored
William Rankine is the first when the standard unit of energy
to use the phrase “the law of was named after him in 1882. ■
the conservation of energy”
to describe the principle.
For his experiment, Joule used this
1905 In his theory of relativity, vessel, filled with water, and the brass
paddle wheel, turned by falling weights.
Albert Einstein introduces his The water’s rising temperature showed
principle of mass–energy that mechanical work created heat.
equivalence—the idea that
every object, even at rest, has See also: Energy and motion 56–57 ■ Heat and transfers 80–81 ■ Internal energy
energy equivalent to its mass. and the first law of thermodynamics 86–89 ■ Mass and energy 284–285
56
A NEW TREATISE
ON MECHANICS
ENERGY AND MOTION
T
hroughout the 18th equations of the first kind” were
IN CONTEXT century, physics advanced simply a structure of equation
considerably from the laws that allowed constraints to be
KEY FIGURE
of motion set out by Isaac Newton considered as separate elements
Joseph-Louis Lagrange
in 1687. Much of this development in determining the movement
(1736–1813)
was driven by mathematical of an object or objects.
BEFORE innovations that made the central Even more significant were
1743 French physicist and principles of Newton’s laws easier to the equations “of the second
mathematician Jean Le Rond apply to a wider range of problems. kind,” which abandoned the
d’Alembert points out that A key question was how best “Cartesian coordinates” implicit
the inertia of an accelerating to tackle the challenge of systems in Newton’s laws. René Descartes’
body is proportional and with constraints, in which bodies pinning-down of location in three
opposite to the force causing are forced to move in a restricted dimensions (commonly denoted
way. An example is the movement x, y, and z) is intuitively easy to
the acceleration.
of the weight at the end of a fixed interpret, but makes all but the
1744 Pierre-Louis Maupertuis, pendulum, which can’t break free simplest problems in Newtonian
a French mathematician, from its swinging rod. Adding any
shows that a “principle of form of constraint complicates
least length” for the motion Newtonian calculations
of light can be used to find considerably—at each point in an
its equations of motion. object’s movement, all the forces
acting on it must be taken into
AFTER account and their net effect found. Newton was the greatest
1861 James Clerk Maxwell genius that ever existed,
applies the work of Lagrange Langrangian equations and the most fortunate, for we
and William Rowan Hamilton In 1788, French mathematician cannot find more than once
to calculate the effects of and astronomer Joseph-Louis a system of the world
electromagnetic force fields. Lagrange proposed a radical new to establish.
approach he called “analytical Joseph-Louis Lagrange
1925 Erwin Schrödinger mechanics.” He put forward two
derives his wave equation mathematical techniques that
from Hamilton’s principle. allowed the laws of motion to be
more easily used in a wider variety
of situations. The “Lagrangian
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 57
See also: Laws of motion 40–45 ■ The conservation of energy 55 ■ Force fields
and Maxwell’s equations 142–147 ■ Reflection and refraction 168–169
M
measuring catalytic activity, easurement of a physical nature. The meter, for example,
the katal, is introduced. quantity requires the was defined as a fraction of Earth’s
2019 All SI base units are specification of a unit circumference along the Paris
redefined in terms of universal (such as the meter for length), and meridian. In 1799, the prototype
physical constants. comparing measurements requires platinum meter and platinum
that each party defines the unit in kilogram were created, and copies
exactly the same way. Although were sent out for display in public
standard units had been developed places all over France; the meter
by ancient cultures, such as the length was also etched in stone on
Romans, the growth of international sites across Paris and other cities.
trade and industrialization in the Over the next century, other
17th and 18th centuries made countries in Europe and some in
the need for uniformity and South America adopted the metric
Each molecule, throughout precision imperative. system. In 1875, concerned about
the universe, bears impressed The metric system was wear and tear to the existing
on it the stamp of a metric introduced in the 1790s, during platinum prototypes, and their
system as distinctly as the French Revolution, in order to tendency to warp, representatives
does the meter of the rationalize measurement, simplify from 30 nations met in Paris, with
Archives at Paris. trade, and unite France. At the the aim of establishing a global
James Clerk Maxwell time, hundreds of thousands of standard for measurements.
different units were in use, varying The resulting treaty, the Meter
from village to village. The idea Convention (Convention du Mètre),
was to replace them with universal, stipulated new prototypes for the
permanent standards for length, meter and kilogram, made out of
area, mass, and volume based on a platinum–iridium alloy. These
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION 61
See also: Measuring distance 18–19 ■ Measuring time 38–39 ■ The development of statistical mechanics 104–111
■ Electric charge 124–127 ■ The speed of light 275
were kept in Paris, and copies were The metric system came into use in
produced for the national standards France around 1795. This engraving by
institutes of the 17 signatory L.F. Labrousse shows people using the
new decimal units to measure things,
nations. The Convention outlined and includes a list of metric units, each
procedures for periodically followed by the unit being replaced.
calibrating the national standards
against the new prototypes, and
also set up the Bureau International make a foot—some everyday sums
des Poids et Mesures (International are easy, but more complicated
Bureau of Weights and Measures), arithmetic can be unwieldy. The
or BIPM, to oversee them. metric system specifies only decimal
The SI (Système international, ratios (counting in units of 10),
or International System) version making arithmetic much easier; it
of the metric system, initiated in is clear that 1/10th of 1/100th of a
1948, was approved by signatory meter is 1/1000th of a meter.
nations in Paris in 1960. Since The metric system also
then, it has been used for almost specifies names of prefixes and
all scientific and technological and abbreviations for many multiples,
many everyday measurements. such as kilo- (k) for multiplication
There are still exceptions, such by 1,000, centi- (c) for one hundredth,
as road distances in the UK and and micro- (µ) for one millionth.
US, but even British imperial and US The prefixes allowed by the SI
customary units such as the yard range from yocto- (y), meaning and time. Gauss’s idea was that
and the pound have been defined 10 –24, to yotta- (Y), meaning 1024. all physical quantities could be
in terms of metric standards. measured in these units, or
CGS, MKS, and SI combinations of them. Each
Units of 10 In 1832, German mathematician fundamental quantity would have
With traditional systems of units Carl Gauss proposed a system one unit, unlike some traditional
that use ratios of 2, 3, and their of measurement based on three systems that used several different
multiples—for example, 12 inches fundamental units of length, mass, units for a quantity (for example, ❯❯
Bryan Kibble Born in 1938, British physicist and enabled measurements (initially
metrologist Bryan Kibble showed of the ampere) to be made with
an early aptitude for science and great accuracy without
won a scholarship to study at the reference to a physical artifact.
University of Oxford, where he After his death in 2016, the watt
was awarded a DPhil in atomic balance was renamed the Kibble
spectroscopy in 1964. After a balance in his honor.
short post-doctoral period in
Canada, he returned to the UK in
1967 and worked as a researcher Key works
at the National Physical
Laboratory (NPL) until 1998. 1984 Coaxial AC Bridges
Kibble made several significant (with G.H. Raynor)
contributions to metrology over 2011 Coaxial Electrical
his career, the greatest of which Circuits for Interference-Free
was his development of the Measurements (with Shakil
moving-coil watt balance, which Awan and Jürgen Schurr)
ENERGY
AND MATT
materials
and heat
ER
66 INTRODUCTION
S
ome things in our universe Long before the Greeks, early were powered by water in its
are tangible, things we can humans had used the materials gaseous form of steam. Heat was
touch and hold in our hands. around them in order to achieve the key to creating steam from
Others seem ethereal and unreal the desired task. Every now water. In the 1760s, Scottish
until we observe the effect they and then, a new material was engineers Joseph Black and James
have on those objects we hold. discovered, mostly by accident but Watt made the important discovery
Our universe is constructed from sometimes through trial-and-error that heat is a quantity, while
tangible matter but it is governed by experiments. Adding coke (carbon) temperature is a measurement.
the exchange of intangible energy. to iron produced steel, a stronger Understanding how heat is
Matter is the name given to but more brittle metal that made transferred and how fluids move
anything in nature with shape, better blades than iron alone. became crucial to success in the
form, and mass. The natural industrial world, with engineers
philosophers of ancient Greece were The age of experimentation and physicists vying to build the
the first to propose that matter was In Europe during the 17th century, biggest and best machines.
made from many small building experimentation gave way to Experiments with the physical
blocks called atoms. Atoms collect laws and theories, and these ideas properties of gases began with the
together to form materials, made led toward new materials and creation of the vacuum pump by
of one or more different atoms methods. During the European Otto von Guericke in Germany
combined in various ways. Such Industrial Revolution (1760–1840), in 1650. Over the next century,
differing microscopic structures engineers selected materials to chemists Robert Boyle in England
give these materials very different build machines that could and Jacques Charles and Joseph-
properties, some stretchy and withstand large forces and Louis Gay-Lussac in France
elastic, others hard and brittle. temperatures. These machines discovered three laws that related
ENERGY AND MATTER 67
British chemist John Dalton Frenchman Émile German physicist Irish-born engineer and physicist
proposes his modern atomic Clapeyron combines Rudolf Clausius William Thomson (later Lord Kelvin)
model from the ratio with the gas laws of Boyle, introduces the formally states the second law
which certain chemical Charles, Gay-Lussac, and modern definition of thermodynamics, which
elements combine to Amedeo Avogadro into of entropy. eventually leads to the
form compounds. the ideal gas equation. thermodynamic arrow of time.
the temperature, volume, and Physicists designed new heat particles that make up a system.
pressure of a gas. In 1834, these engines to squeeze as much work as Heat flowing only from hot to cold
laws were combined into a single they could from every last bit of heat. was a specialized example of the
equation to simply show the Frenchman Sadi Carnot discovered second law of thermodynamics,
relationship between gas pressure, the most efficient way to achieve which states that the entropy and
volume, and temperature. this theoretically, placing an upper disorder of an isolated system can
Experiments conducted by limit on the amount of work only ever increase.
British physicist James Joule obtainable for each unit of heat The variables of temperature,
showed that heat and mechanical exchanged between two reservoirs volume, pressure, and entropy seem
work are interchangeable forms of at different temperatures. He to only be averages of microscopic
the same thing, which we today confirmed that heat only moved processes involving innumerable
call energy. Industrialists desired spontaneously from hot to cold. particles. The transition from
mechanical work in exchange for Machines were imagined that did microscopic huge numbers to a
heat. Vast quantities of fossil fuels, the opposite, but these refrigerators singular macroscopic number
mainly coal, were burned to boil were only constructed years later. was achieved through kinetic
water and create steam. Heat theory. Physicists were then able
increased the internal energy Entropy and kinetic theory to model complex systems in a
of the steam before it expanded The single direction of heat transfer simplified way and link the kinetic
and performed mechanical work, from hot to cold suggested an energy of particles in a gas to
pushing pistons and turning underlying law of nature, and the its temperature. Understanding
turbines. The relationship between idea of entropy emerged. Entropy matter in all its states has helped
heat, energy, and work was set out describes the amount of disorder physicists solve some of the deepest
in the first law of thermodynamics. there is among the underlying mysteries of the universe. ■
68
IN CONTEXT
THE FIRST
KEY FIGURE
Democritus (c. 460–370 bce)
BEFORE
PRINCIPLES
c. 500 bce In ancient Greece,
Heraclitus declares that
everything is in a state of flux.
AFTER
OF THE
c. 300 bce Epicurus adds the
concept of atomic “swerve” to
atomism, allowing for some
behavior to be unpredictable.
UNIVERSE
1658 French clergyman
Pierre Gassendi’s Syntagma
philosophicum (Philosophical
Treatise), which attempts
to marry atomism with
Christianity, is published
MODELS OF MATTER posthumously.
1661 Anglo-Irish physicist
Robert Boyle defines elements
in The Sceptical Chymist.
1803 John Dalton puts
forward his atomic theory,
based on empirical evidence.
A
mong the several
mysteries that scholars
have contemplated over
millennia is the question of what
everything is made of. Ancient
philosophers—from Greece to
Japan—tended to think of all
matter as being made from a
limited set of simple substances
(“elements”), usually earth, air
or wind, fire, and water, which
combined in different proportions
and arrangements to create all
material things.
Different cultures imagined
these systems of elements in
different ways, with some linking
them to deities (as in Babylonian
mythology) or tying them into
ENERGY AND MATTER 69
See also: Changes of state and making bonds 100–103 ■ Atomic theory 236–237
■ The nucleus 240–241 ■ Subatomic particles 242–243
AS THE
KEY FIGURES
Robert Hooke (1635–1703),
Thomas Young (1773–1829)
EXTENSION,
BEFORE
1638 Galileo Galilei explores
the bending of wooden beams.
AFTER
SO THE
1822 French mathematician
Augustin-Louis Cauchy shows
how stress waves move
through an elastic material.
FORCE
1826 Claude-Louis Navier, a
French engineer and physicist,
develops Young’s modulus
into its modern form, the
elastic modulus.
B
ritish physicist and polymath
Robert Hooke made many
crucial contributions in
the Scientific Revolution of the 17th
century, but he became interested
in springs in the 1660s because he
wanted to make a watch. Up to
then, timepieces were typically
pendulum-driven, and pendulum
clocks became erratic when used
on ships. If Hooke could create a
timepiece driven by a spring and
not a pendulum, he could make a
clock that could keep time at sea,
thus solving the key navigational
problem of the age—calculating
a ship’s longitude (east–west
distance) required accurate
timekeeping. Using a spring
ENERGY AND MATTER 73
See also: Pressure 36 ■ Measuring time 38–39 ■ Laws of motion 40–45
■ Kinetic energy and potential energy 54 ■ The gas laws 82–85
The stretching of an
elastic material is The amount the spring
grows longer varies Robert Hooke
proportional to the
force stretching it. directly with the weight. Born on the Isle of Wight
in 1635, Robert Hooke went
on to make his way through
Oxford University, where he
gained a passion for science.
In 1661, the Royal Society
As the extension, so the force. debated an article on the
phenomenon of rising water
in slender glass pipes; Hooke’s
explanation was published in
a journal. Five years later, the
pendulum also meant that Hooke summarized in a simple equation,
Royal Society hired Hooke as
could make a watch small enough F = kx, in which F is the force, x is their curator of experiments.
to be put in a pocket. the distance stretched, and k is a The range of Hooke’s
constant (a fixed value). This simple scientific achievements is
Spring force law proved to be a key platform for huge. Among his many
In the 1670s, Hooke heard that understanding how solids behave. inventions were the ear
Dutch scientist Christiaan Huygens Hooke wrote his idea down trumpet and the spirit level.
was also developing a spring-driven as a Latin anagram, ceiiinosssttvu, He also founded the science
watch. Anxious not to be beaten, a common way for scientists at the of meteorology, was the great
Hooke set to work with master time to keep their work secret until pioneer of microscope studies
clockmaker Thomas Tompion to they were ready to publish it. ❯❯ (discovering that living things
make his watch. are made from cells), and
As Hooke worked with Tompion, developed the key law on
he realized that a coil spring must elasticity, known as Hooke’s
law. He also collaborated with
unwind at a steady rate to keep
Robert Boyle on the gas laws,
time. Hooke experimented with and with Isaac Newton on the
stretching and squeezing springs The most ingenious book laws of gravity.
and discovered the simple
I ever read in my life.
relationship embodied in the law
on elasticity that was later given
Samuel Pepys
English diarist,
his name. Hooke’s law says that on Hooke’s book Micrographia Key works
the amount a spring is squeezed or
stretched is precisely proportional 1665 Micrographia
to the force applied. If you apply 1678 “Of Spring”
twice the force, it stretches twice 1679 Collection of Lectures
as far. The relationship can be
74 STRETCHING AND SQUEEZING
Hooke’s spring balance used metallic bonds between their
the stretching of a spring to show the atoms. Although scientists would
weight of something. Hooke used this not understand this for another
illustration to explain the concept in
his “Of Spring” lecture.
200 years, the Industrial Revolution’s
engineers soon realized the benefits
of Hooke’s law when they began to
constantly collided with each other build bridges and other structures
(anticipating the kinetic theory of with iron in the 1700s.
gases by more than 160 years).
He suggested that squeezing a Engineering math
solid pushed the particles closer In 1694, Swiss mathematician
and increased collisions making it Jacob Bernoulli applied the
more resistant; stretching it reduced phrase “force per unit area” to the
collisions so that the solid became deforming force—the stretching or
less able to resist the pressure of squeezing force. Force per unit area
the air around itself. came to be called “stress” and the
There are clear parallels amount the material was stretched
between Hooke’s law, published or squeezed came to be known as
in 1678, and Boyle’s law (1662) on the “strain.” The direct relationship
gas pressure, which Robert Boyle between stress and strain varies—
Deciphered, the anagram read called “the spring of the air.” for example, some materials will
Ut tensio sic vis, which means Furthermore, Hooke’s vision of deform much more under a certain
“as the extension, so the force”— the role of invisible particles in the stress than others. In 1727, another
that is, the extension is proportional strength and elasticity of materials Swiss mathematician, Leonhard
to the force. Once the watch was seems remarkably close to our Euler, formulated this variation
made, Hooke went on to publish his modern understanding. We now in stress and strain in different
ideas about springs two years later, know that strength and elasticity materials as the coefficient (a
in his 1678 pamphlet “de Potentia do indeed depend on a material’s number by which another number
Restitutiva” (“Of Spring”). He began molecular structure and bonding. is multiplied) “E”, and Hooke’s
by outlining a simple demonstration Metals are hugely resilient, for equation became = E, in which
for people to try at home—twist instance, because of special is the stress and is the strain.
wire into a coil, then hang different
weights to see how far the coil
stretches. He had invented the
spring balance. Spring
However, Hooke’s paper was of
lasting importance. Not only was it
a simple observation of how springs
behaved, but it also provided a When the
key insight into the strength of x force ( ) is
F
materials and the behavior of solids doubled (2 ),
F
spring stretches
under stress—factors that are twice as far to a
central to modern engineering. 2 x distance of 2x
Force ( ) of weight
F
stretches spring by F
Mini springs a distance of
x
In trying to find an explanation
for the behavior of springs, Hooke
suspected that it was tied to a Hooke’s law shows that the amount a
fundamental property of matter. spring is squeezed or stretched is precisely
He speculated that solids were proportional to the force applied. If you apply
made of vibrating particles that twice the force, it stretches twice as far. 2F
ENERGY AND MATTER 75
Tensile strength When materials are stretched of iron wires of various lengths.”
beyond their elastic limit, they We now know that structural
will not return to their original steel has a high tensile strength
size, even when the stress is of over 400 MPa (megapascals).
removed. If they are stretched A pascal is the measurement
even further, they may eventually unit for pressure: 1 Pa is defined
snap. The maximum stress that as 1 N (newton) per square
a material can take in tension— meter. Pascals are named after
being pulled longer—before it mathematician and physicist
snaps is known as its tensile Blaise Pascal.
strength, and is crucial in deciding Structural steel is often used
the suitability of a material for a for today’s suspension bridges,
particular task. such as the George Washington
Some of the first tests of tensile Bridge in New Jersey (see left).
strength were carried out by Carbon nanotubes can be over
Leonardo da Vinci, who wrote in a hundred times as strong as
1500 about “Testing the strength structural steel (63,000 MPa).
THE MINUTE
KEY FIGURE
Daniel Bernoulli (1700–1782)
PARTS OF
BEFORE
1647 Blaise Pascal defines
the transmission of pressure
change in a static fluid.
MATTER ARE IN
1687 Isaac Newton
explains a fluid’s viscosity
in Philosophiae Naturalis
RAPID MOTION
Principia Mathematica
(Mathematical Principles
of Natural Philosophy).
AFTER
FLUIDS 1757 Influenced by Bernoulli,
Leonhard Euler writes on
fluid mechanics.
1859 James Clerk Maxwell
explains the macroscopic
qualities of gases.
1918 German engineer
Reinhold Platz designs the
airfoil of the Fokker D.VII
aircraft to produce greater lift.
A
fluid is defined as a phase
of matter that has no fixed
shape, yields easily to
external pressure, deforms to the
shape of its container, and flows from
one point to another. Liquids and
gases are among the most common
types. All fluids can be compressed
to some degree, but a great deal of
pressure is required to compress
a liquid by just a small amount.
Gases are more easily compressed
since there is more space between
their atoms and molecules.
One of the greatest contributors
to the field of fluid dynamics—the
study of how forces affect the motion
of fluids—was Swiss mathematician
and physicist Daniel Bernoulli,
ENERGY AND MATTER 77
See also: Pressure 36 ■ Laws of motion 40–45 ■ Kinetic energy and potential
energy 54 ■ The gas laws 82–85 ■ The development of statistical mechanics 104–111
Applied fluid dynamics costs, and maintain quality. CFD CFD is a branch of fluid
has its roots in the work of French dynamics that uses flow
Predicting how fluids behave engineer Claude-Louis Navier. modeling and other tools to
is fundamental to many modern Building on earlier work by Swiss analyze problems and predict
technological processes. For physicist Leonhard Euler, in 1822 flows. It can take into account
instance, factory-based food Navier published equations that variables such as changes
production systems are designed applied Isaac Newton’s second law in a fluid’s viscosity due to
to convey ingredients and final of motion to fluids. Later known temperature, altered flow
foodstuffs—from binding syrups as Navier–Stokes equations after speeds caused by phase
to soups—through pipes and further contributions from Anglo- change (such as melting,
ducts. Integral to this process Irish physicist George Stokes in freezing, and boiling), and it
is computational fluid dynamics the mid-19th century, they were can even predict the effects
(CFD), a branch of fluid dynamics able to explain, for example, the of turbulent flow in parts of
that can maximize efficiency, cut movement of water in channels. a pipe system.
80
SEARCHING
OUT THE
FIRE-SECRET
HEAT AND TRANSFERS
I
n the early 1600s, thermoscopes The introduction of the first
IN CONTEXT began to appear across Europe. successful steam engine in 1712 by
These liquid-filled glass tubes British inventor Thomas Newcomen
KEY FIGURES
(shown opposite) were the first ever sparked huge interest in heat. In
Joseph Black (1728–1799),
instruments for measuring how hot a 1761 lecture, Scottish chemist
James Watt (1736–1819)
things are. In 1714, German-born Joseph Black spoke of experiments
BEFORE Dutch scientist and instrument- he had done on melting. These
1593 Galileo Galilei creates maker Daniel Fahrenheit created showed that the temperature did not
the thermoscope for showing the first modern thermometer, filled change when ice melted to water,
changes in hotness. with mercury—he established his yet melting the ice required the
famous temperature scale in 1724. same heat as it took to warm water
1654 Ferdinando II de Medici, Swedish scientist Anders Celsius from melting point to 140°F (60°C).
Grand Duke of Tuscany, makes invented the more convenient Black realized that heat must be
the first sealed thermometer. centigrade scale in 1742. absorbed when ice melted, and he
1714 Daniel Fahrenheit makes
the first mercury thermometer.
When ice melts to water, there is no temperature change.
1724 Fahrenheit establishes
a temperature scale.
1742 Anders Celsius invents
the centigrade scale.
AFTER It takes the same amount
of heat to melt water as Water must absorb
1777 Carl Scheele identifies
to raise its temperature heat when it melts—it
radiant heat. becomes latent.
to 140°F (60°C).
c. 1780 Jan Ingenhousz
clarifies the idea of heat
conduction.
James Watt Scottish engineer James Watt was Watt noticed that the engine
one of the pivotal figures in the wasted a lot of steam, and
history of the steam engine. The came up with a revolutionary
son of a ship’s instrument-maker, improvement—introducing
Watt became highly skilled in a second cylinder with one
making instruments, in his running hot and the other cold.
father’s workshop and in London This change transformed the
as an apprentice. He then steam engine from a pump of
returned to Glasgow to make limited use to the universal
instruments for the university. source of power that drove
In 1764, Watt was asked to the Industrial Revolution.
repair a model Newcomen steam
engine. Before making practical Key inventions
adjustments to the model, Watt
conducted some scientific 1775 Watt steam engine
experiments, during which he 1779 Copying machine
discovered latent heat. 1782 Horsepower
82
IN CONTEXT
ELASTICAL
KEY FIGURES
Robert Boyle (1627–1691),
Jacques Charles (1746–1823),
Joseph Gay-Lussac
POWER IN
(1778–1850)
BEFORE
1618 Isaac Beeckman
suggests that, like water, air
THE AIR
exerts pressure.
1643 Italian physicist
Evangelista Torricelli makes
the first barometer and
measures air pressure.
THE GAS LAWS 1646 French mathematician
Blaise Pascal shows that air
pressure varies with height.
AFTER
1820 British scientist John
Herapath introduces the
kinetic theory of gases.
1859 Rudolf Clausius shows
that pressure is related to the
speed of gas molecules.
T
he fact that gases are
so transparent and
seemingly insubstantial
meant that it took natural
philosophers a long time to
appreciate that they have any
physical properties at all.
However, during the 17th
and 18th centuries, European
scientists gradually realized that,
like liquids and solids, gases do
indeed have physical properties.
These scientists discovered the
crucial relationship between the
temperature, pressure, and volume
of gases. Over a period of 150 years,
studies carried out by three
individuals—Robert Boyle in
Britain and Frenchmen Jacques
ENERGY AND MATTER 83
See also: Pressure 36 ■ Models of matter 68–71 ■ Fluids 76–79 ■ Heat engines 90–93 ■ Changes of state and making
bonds 100–103 ■ The development of statistical mechanics 104–111
There is a three-way
relationship between a gas’s volume,
pressure, and temperature.
Charles and Joseph Gay-Lussac— limit was instead the maximum after Robert Boyle. The youngest
finally produced the laws that weight of water the pressure of son of Richard Boyle, 1st Earl of
explain the behavior of gases. air outside could support. Cork and once the richest man
To prove his point, Torricelli in Ireland, Robert Boyle used his
The pressure of air filled a tube closed at one end inherited wealth to set up in ❯❯
Early in the 17th century, Dutch with mercury, a far denser liquid
scientist Isaac Beeckman than water, then turned it upside
suggested that, just like water, down. The mercury dropped
air exerts pressure. The great to about 30 in (76 cm) below the
Italian scientist Galileo Galilei closed end, then stopped falling.
disagreed, but Galileo’s young He concluded that this was the
protégé Evangelista Torricelli maximum height the pressure
not only proved Beeckman right of air outside could support. The
but showed how to measure height of mercury in the tube
pressure by inventing the world’s would vary slightly in response
first barometer. to changes in air pressure, which
Galileo had observed that a is why this is described as the
siphon could never raise water above first barometer.
33 ft (10 m). At the time, vacuums
were thought to “suck” liquids, and Boyle’s “spring of the air”
Evangelista Torricelli used a
Galileo wrongly thought this was Torricelli’s groundbreaking column of mercury to measure air
the maximum weight of water that invention paved the way for the pressure. He deduced that air pressing
a vacuum above it could draw up. discovery of the first of the gas down on the mercury in the cistern
In 1643, Torricelli showed that the laws, known as Boyle’s law, balanced the column in the tube.
84 THE GAS LAWS
discovery to Boyle’s friend Richard same rate as it cooled. If plotted
Townley, and a friend of Townley, on a graph, it showed the volume
physician Henry Power. Boyle would shrink to zero at –460°F,
himself called the idea “Townley’s now known as absolute zero, and
hypothesis,” but it was Boyle who the zero point on the Kelvin scale.
Air when reduc’d made the idea well known. Charles had discovered a law that
to half Its wonted extent describes how volume varies with
[volume] obtained … Charles’s hot air discovery temperature provided the pressure
twice as forcible Just over a century later, French stays steady.
a Spring [pressure]. scientist and balloon pioneer Charles never wrote down his
Robert Boyle Jacques Charles added in a third ideas. Instead they were described
element to the relationship between and clarified in the early 1800s in
volume and pressure—temperature. a paper written by fellow French
Charles was the first person to scientist Joseph Gay-Lussac, at
experiment with balloons filled with much the same time as English
hydrogen rather than hot air, and on scientist John Dalton showed that
August 27, 1783, in Paris, he sent the rule applied universally to
Oxford his own private scientific up the first large hydrogen balloon. all gases.
research laboratory, the first ever. In 1787, Charles conducted an
Boyle was a pioneering advocate experiment with a container of gas A third dimension
of experimental science and it in which the volume could vary Gay-Lussac added a third gas
was here that he conducted crucial freely. He then heated up the gas law to those of Boyle and Charles.
experiments on air pressure that and measured the volume as the Known as Gay-Lussac’s law,
he described in his book known in temperature rose. He saw that for it showed that if the mass and
short as Touching the Spring and each degree temperature rise, the volume of a gas are held constant
Weight of the Air (published in gas expanded by 1 ⁄273 of its volume then pressure rises in line with the
1662). “Spring” was his word for at 32ºF (0°C). It contracted at the temperature. As was soon clear,
pressure—he viewed squeezed
air acting as if it had springs
One weight
that recoil when pushed. represents
Inspired by Torricelli’s pressure inside
barometer, Boyle poured mercury a fixed volume
container
into a J-shaped glass tube sealed at
the lower end. He could see that the Two weights
volume of air trapped in the lower represent increased
tip of the J varied according to pressure
how much mercury he added.
In other words, there was a clear Particles at a low
temperature move
relationship between how much slowly
mercury the air could support
and its volume.
Boyle argued that the volume (v) Hot particles
move faster and
of a gas and its pressure (p) vary create more
in inverse proportion, provided pressure
the temperature stays the same.
Mathematically this is expressed
as pv = k, a constant (an Gay-Lussac’s law states that for a fixed mass
of “ideal” gas (one with zero interparticle forces)
unchanging number). In other at constant volume, the pressure is directly
Heat
words, if you decrease the volume proportional to the absolute temperature. As
of a gas, its pressure increases. more heat is applied, the particles move faster
Some people credit the crucial and pressure inside the container rises.
ENERGY AND MATTER 85
Joseph Gay-Lussac employed
atmospheric balloons for several
experiments. In this 1804 ascent
with Jean-Baptiste Biot, he studied
how Earth’s electromagnetic intensity
varied with altitude.
THE ENERGY
KEY FIGURE
William Rankine
(1820–1872)
OF THE UNIVERSE
BEFORE
1749 Émilie du Châtelet
implicitly introduces the idea
IS CONSTANT
of energy and its conservation.
1798 Benjamin Thompson
develops the idea that heat
is a form of kinetic energy.
INTERNAL ENERGY AND THE FIRST 1824 French scientist Sadi
LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS Carnot concludes there are no
reversible processes in nature.
1840s James Joule, Hermann
von Helmholtz, and Julius von
Mayer introduce the theory of
conservation of energy.
AFTER
1854 William Rankine
introduces potential energy.
1854 Rudolf Clausius publishes
his statement of the second
law of thermodynamics.
I
n the late 18th century,
scientists had begun to
understand that heat was
different from temperature. Joseph
Black and James Watt had shown
that heat was a quantity (while
temperature was a measurement),
and the development of steam
engines throughout the Industrial
Revolution focused scientific
interest on how exactly heat
gave those engines such power.
At the time, scientists followed
the “caloric” theory—the idea
that heat was a mysterious fluid
or weightless gas called caloric
that flowed from hotter to colder
bodies. The connection between
heat and movement had long
ENERGY AND MATTER 87
See also: Kinetic energy and potential energy 54 ■ The conservation of energy 55 ■ Heat and transfers 80–81
■ Heat engines 90–93 ■ Entropy and the second law of thermodynamics 94–99 ■ Thermal radiation 112–117
Generating electricity The burning of fossil fuels (coal, heat energy into kinetic energy),
oil, and natural gas) to generate which generates electricity
electricity is a classic example of (electrical potential energy).
a chain of energy conversions. It Finally, the electricity is
begins with solar energy from converted into useful forms
the sun’s rays. Plants convert the of energy, such as light in light
solar energy into chemical energy bulbs or sound in loudspeakers.
as they grow—this then becomes Throughout all of these
“stored” as chemical potential conversions, the total energy
energy in the chemical bonds always remains the same.
made. The stored energy is During the entire process,
concentrated as the plants are energy is converted from one
compressed into coal, oil, and gas. form to another, but it is never
The fuel is burned, creating created or destroyed, and there
heat energy, which heats water is no loss of energy when one
to produce steam, and the steam form of energy is changed to
makes turbines turn (converting another form.
been recognized, but no one fully the metal. It seemed that the heat happen, just like muscle power.
appreciated how fundamental must be in the movement. In other They would come to realize that all
this link was. In the 1740s, French words, heat is kinetic energy—the forms of energy are interchangeable.
mathematician Émilie du Châtelet energy of movement. But few people In 1840, Julius von Mayer had
studied the concept of momentum accepted this idea and the caloric been looking at the blood of sailors
and introduced the idea of theory held for another 50 years. in the tropics and found that blood
mechanical “energy,” which is The breakthrough came from returning to the lungs was still rich
the capacity to make things several scientists simultaneously in in oxygen. In colder locations, a
happen—though she did not the 1840s, including James Joule person’s blood would return to the
name it as such at the time. in Britain, and Hermann von lungs carrying a lot less oxygen.
But it was becoming clear that Helmholtz and Julius von Mayer in This meant that, in the tropics, the
moving objects had energy, later Germany. What they all saw was body needed to burn less oxygen
identified as “kinetic” energy. that heat was a form of energy with to keep warm. Mayer’s conclusion
the capacity to make something was that heat and all forms of energy
Heat is energy (including those in his observations:
In 1798, American-born physicist muscle power, the heat of the
Benjamin Thompson, later known body, and the heat of the sun) are
as Count Rumford, conducted an interchangeable and they can be
experiment in a cannon foundry changed from one form to another,
in Munich. He wanted to measure but never created. The total energy
the heat generated by the friction You see, therefore, that living will remain the same. However,
when the barrels of cannons were force may be converted into Mayer was a medic and physicists
bored out. After many hours of heat, and heat may be paid his work little attention.
continuous friction from a blunt converted into living force.
boring machine, heat was still James Joule Converting energy
being generated, yet there was Meanwhile, young James
no change in the structure of the Joule began experimenting in a
cannon’s metal—so it was clear laboratory in the family home in
that nothing physical (and no Salford near Manchester. In 1841,
caloric fluid) was being lost from he figured out just how much ❯❯
88 INTERNAL ENERGY AND THE FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS
heat is made by an electric current. they expand—the basis of
He then experimented with ways of refrigeration. Joule also made the
converting mechanical movement first clear estimate of the average
into heat and developed a famous speed of molecules in a gas.
experiment in which a falling
weight turns a paddle wheel in The first law The commonest objects
water, heating the water (shown Throughout the next decade, are by science rendered
below). By measuring the rise in Helmholtz and Thomson—along precious.
the water temperature Joule could with German Rudolf Clausius and William Rankine
work out how much heat a certain Scotsman William Rankine—began
amount of mechanical work would to pull their findings together.
create. Joule’s calculations led him Thomson first used the phrase
to the belief that no energy is ever “thermo-dynamic” in 1849 to sum
lost in this conversion. But like up the power of heat. Over the
Mayer’s research, Joule’s ideas next year, Rankine and Clausius
were initially largely ignored by (apparently independently) Gottfried Leibniz had referred to
the scientific community. developed what is now called this as vis visa or “living force,”
Then, in 1847, Hermann von the first law of thermodynamics. which was a term still used by
Helmholtz published a key paper, Like Joule, Rankine and Clausius Rankine. But it was only in the
which drew from his own studies focused on work—the force used to 1850s that its full significance
and those of other scientists, move an object a certain distance. emerged, and the word “energy”
including Joule. Helmholtz’s paper Throughout their studies, they saw in its modern sense began to be
summarized the theory of the a universal connection between used regularly.
conservation of energy. The same heat and work. Significantly, Clausius Clausius and Rankine worked
year, Joule presented his work at a also began to use the word “energy” on the concept of energy as a
meeting of the British Association to describe the capacity to do work. mathematical quantity—in the
in Oxford. After the meeting, Joule In Britain, Thomas Young had same way that Newton had
met William Thomson (who later coined the word “energy” in 1802 revolutionized our understanding
became Lord Kelvin), and the two to explain the combined effect of gravity by simply looking at it
of them worked on the theory of of mass and velocity. Around the as a universal mathematical rule,
gases and on how gases cool as late 17th century, German polymath without actually describing how
it works. They were finally able
to banish the caloric idea of heat
Joule’s paddle wheel
as a substance. Heat is energy, a
experiment featured
a paddle wheel inside a capacity to do work, and heat
Winding tank of water, powered must therefore conform to another
drum simple mathematical rule: the law
by falling weights—
Pulley this caused the water of conservation of energy. This law
temperature to rise. shows that energy cannot be
Joule measured the created or destroyed; it can
temperature to calculate
Weight how much heat a certain
only be transferred from one place
amount of mechanical to another or converted into other
work would create. forms of energy. In simple terms,
Water in
insulated tank
the first law of thermodynamics
is the law of conservation of energy
applied to heat and work.
Paddle wheel
turns and
Thermometer Clausius’ and Rankine’s ideas
heats water and research had been inspired by
trying to understand theoretically
how engines worked. So Clausius
looked at the total energy in a closed
ENERGY AND MATTER 89
system (a system where matter things. So he made a useful
cannot be moved in or out, but division of energy into two kinds:
energy can be moved—like in the stored energy and work energy.
cylinders of a steam engine) and Stored energy is energy held still,
talked about its “internal energy.” ready to move—like a compressed
You cannot measure the internal spring or a skier standing at the
energy of the system, but you can top of a slope. Today we describe
measure the energy going in and stored energy as potential energy.
out. Heat is a transfer of energy into Work is either the action done to
the system and a combination of store up the energy or it is the
heat and work is a transfer out. movement when that energy
According to the energy is unleashed. Rankine’s categorizing
conservation law, any change in of energy in this way was a simple
internal energy must always be and lastingly effective way of William Rankine
the difference between the energy looking at energy in its resting
moving into the system and the and moving phases. Scotsman William Rankine
energy that is moving out—this also By the end of the 1850s, the was born in Edinburgh in
equates to the total difference remarkable work of du Châtelet, 1820. He became a railroad
between heat and work. Put more Joule, Helmholtz, Mayer, Thomson, engineer, like his father, but
heat into the same system and you Rankine, and Clausius had having become fascinated by
get more work out, and also the other transformed our understanding the science behind the steam
way around—this adheres to the first of heat. This pioneering group of engines he was working with,
law of thermodynamics. This must young scientists had revealed the he later switched to studying
be so because the total energy in the reciprocal relationship between science instead.
universe (all energy surrounding heat and movement. They had Along with scientists
Rudolf Clausius and William
the system) is constant, so the also begun to understand and show
Thomson, Rankine became
transfers in and out must match. the universal importance of this
one of the founding fathers of
relationship. They summed it up in thermodynamics. He helped
Rankine’s categories the term “thermodynamics”—the establish the two key laws of
Rankine was a mechanical idea that the total amount of energy thermodynamics, and defined
engineer, which meant that he in the universe must always be the idea of potential energy.
liked to put a practical spin on constant and cannot change. ■ Rankine and Clausius also
independently described the
entropy function (the idea
that heat is transferred in a
Heat going into a closed system usually raises disordered way). Rankine
its internal energy. wrote a complete theory of the
steam engine, and of all heat
engines, and contributed to
the final move away from the
caloric theory of heat as a
The amount of Work going out fluid. He died in Glasgow,
energy in the universe of the system lowers at the age of 52, in 1872.
is constant. its energy.
Key works
HEAT CAN BE
KEY FIGURE
Sadi Carnot (1796–1832)
BEFORE
A CAUSE OF
c. 50 ce Hero of Alexandria
builds a small steam-driven
engine known as the aeolipile.
1665 Robert Boyle publishes
MOTION
An Experimental History of
Cold, an attempt to determine
the nature of cold.
1712 Thomas Newcomen
builds the first successful
HEAT ENGINES steam engine.
1769 James Watt creates
his improved steam engine.
AFTER
1834 British–American
inventor Jacob Perkins
makes the first refrigerator.
1859 Belgian engineer
Étienne Lenoir develops
the first successful internal
combustion engine.
I
t is hard to overestimate the
impact of the coming of the
steam engine in the 18th
century. Steam engines gave
people a previously unimaginable
source of power. They were
practical machines, built by
engineers, and were put to use on
a grand scale to drive the Industrial
Revolution. Scientists became
fascinated by how the awesome
power of steam engines was
created, and their curiosity drove
a revolution with heat at its heart.
The idea of steam power is
ancient. As long ago as the 3rd
century bce, a Greek inventor
in Alexandria called Ctesibius
realized that steam jets out
ENERGY AND MATTER 91
See also: Kinetic energy and potential energy 54 ■ Heat and transfers 80–81 ■ Internal energy and the first law
of thermodynamics 86–89 ■ Entropy and the second law of thermodynamics 94–99
Sadi Carnot Born in Paris in 1796, Sadi Carnot In 1824, Carnot wrote his
came from a family of renowned groundbreaking Reflections on
scientists and politicians. His the Motive Power of Heat, which
father Lazare was a pioneer in drew attention to the importance
the scientific study of heat, as of heat engines and introduced
well as ranking high in the the Carnot cycle. Little attention
French Revolutionary Army. was paid to Carnot’s work
Sadi followed his father into the at the time and before its
military academy. After graduating significance as the starting
in 1814, he joined the military point of thermodynamics could
engineers as an officer and was be appreciated, he died of
sent around France to make a cholera in 1832.
report on its fortifications. Five
years later, having become Key work
fascinated by steam engines,
he retired from the army to 1824 Reflections on the Motive
pursue his scientific interests. Power of Heat
ENERGY AND MATTER 93
Carnot’s cycle
I
n the mid-1800s, a group of
IN CONTEXT physicists in Britain, Germany,
and France revolutionized
KEY FIGURE
the understanding of heat. These
Rudolf Clausius (1822–1888)
scientists, including William
BEFORE Thomson and William Rankine in No other part of science has
1749 French mathematician Britain; Hermann von Helmholtz, contributed as much to the
and physicist Émilie du Julius von Mayer, and Rudolf liberation of the human spirit
Châtelet introduces an early Clausius in Germany; and Sadi as the second law of
idea of energy and how it Carnot in France showed that thermodynamics.
is conserved. heat and mechanical work are Peter William Atkins
interchangeable. They are both British chemist
1777 In Sweden, pharmacist manifestations of what came to
Carl Scheele discovers how be called energy transfers.
heat can move by radiating In addition, the physicists found
through space. that the interchange of heat and
mechanical work is entirely
1780 Dutch scientist Jan balanced: when one form of energy
Ingenhousz discovers that heat increases, another must decrease. French military scientist Sadi
can be moved by conduction The total energy can never be lost; Carnot had envisaged an ideal
through materials. it simply switches form. This heat engine in which, contrary to
AFTER came to be called the law of the what happened in nature, energy
1876 American scientist conservation of energy and was changes were reversible: when one
Josiah Gibbs introduces the the first law of thermodynamics. It form of energy was converted to
idea of free energy. was later broadened and reframed another, it could be changed back
by Rudolf Clausius as “the energy again with no loss of energy. In
1877 Austrian physicist of the universe is constant.” reality, however, a large portion of
Ludwig Boltzmann states the the energy used by steam engines
relationship between entropy Heat flow was not translated into mechanical
and probability. Scientists quickly realized that movement but lost as heat. Even
there was another fundamental though engines of the mid-1800s
theory of thermodynamics were more efficient than they had
concerning heat flow. In 1824, been in the 1700s, they were far
Clausius realized that in a real heat engine, it is impossible to extract an supplies available for work are not
amount of heat (QH) from a hot reservoir and use all the extracted heat to do inexhaustible: in time, they are all
work (W). Some of the heat (QC) must be transferred to a cold reservoir. A reduced to heat and so everything
perfect heat engine, in which all the extracted heat (QH) can be used to
do work (W), is impossible according to the second law of thermodynamics.
has a limited lifespan.
ITS VAPOR
BEFORE
c. 75 bce The Roman thinker
Lucretius suggests liquids are
BECOME ONE
made from smooth round
atoms but solids are bound
together by hooked atoms.
1704 Isaac Newton theorizes
CHANGES OF STATE AND MAKING BONDS that atoms are held together
by an invisible force of
attraction.
1869 Irish chemist and
physicist Thomas Andrews
discovers the continuity
between the two fluid states
of matter—liquid and gas.
AFTER
1898 Scottish chemist James
Dewar liquefies hydrogen.
1908 Dutch physicist Heike
Kamerlingh Onnes liquefies
helium.
I
t has long been known that the
same substance can exist in
at least three phases—solid,
liquid, and gas. Water, for example,
can be ice, liquid water, and
vapor. But what was going on
in the changes between these
phases seemed for much of the
19th century to present an obstacle
to the gas laws that had been
established in the late 18th century.
A particular focus was the two
fluid states—liquid and gas. In
both states, the substance flows to
take up the shape of any container,
and it cannot hold its own shape
like a solid. Scientists had shown
that if a gas is compressed more
and more, its pressure does not
ENERGY AND MATTER 101
See also: Models of matter 68–71 ■ Fluids 76–79 ■ Heat and transfers 80–81 ■ The gas laws 82–85 ■ Entropy and the
second law of thermodynamics 94–99 ■ The development of statistical mechanics 104–111
Key works
IN CONTEXT
A gas consists of a huge number of molecules.
KEY FIGURE
Ludwig Boltzmann
(1844–1906)
BEFORE
1738 Daniel Bernoulli makes
the first statistical analysis The molecules are moving at high speeds and in
infinitely varied directions.
of particle movement.
1821 John Herapath gives
the first clear statement of
kinetic theory.
1845 John Waterston It is impossible to calculate the movement of
calculates the average any individual molecule.
speed of gas molecules.
1859 James Clerk Maxwell
lays out his kinetic theory.
AFTER Statistical averages and mathematical probability
1902 Willard Gibbs publishes can help us understand the movement of the sum of
molecules in a system.
the first major textbook on
statistical mechanics.
1905 Marian von speculated that this might be in the 1640s. The accepted
Smoluchowski and Albert because air is composed of explanation was that air is made
Einstein demonstrate particles that repel each other, of particles, which were thought
Brownian motion as statistical in the manner of a spring. Isaac at the time to be floating in an
mechanics in action. Newton proved mathematically invisible substance called “ether.”
that if the “springiness” of air—its Inspired by the recent invention
pressure—comes from repulsion of the steam engine, Bernoulli
of particles, then the repulsive force proposed a radical new idea. He
T
he idea that properties of must be inversely proportional asked his readers to imagine a
matter—and in particular, to the distances between the
of gases—depend on the particles. But Newton believed
behavior of atoms and molecules that the particles were fixed in
is now accepted as scientific fact. place, vibrating on the spot.
But this theory was slow to gain
acceptance and remained a subject Gases and heat
of bitter dispute, particularly in Swiss mathematician Daniel We live submerged
the 19th century. Several pioneers Bernoulli made the first serious at the bottom of
faced at best neglect and at worst proposal of the kinetic (movement) an ocean of the
derision, and it was a long time theory of gases in 1738. Prior to element air.
before the “kinetic theory”—the that date, scientists already knew Evangelista Torricelli
idea that heat is the rapid movement that air exerted pressure—for
of molecules—was truly accepted. instance, enough pressure to hold
In the 17th century, Robert up a heavy column of mercury,
Boyle showed that air is elastic, which had been demonstrated by
and expands and contracts. He Evangelista Torricelli’s barometer
ENERGY AND MATTER 107
See also: Kinetic energy and potential energy 54 ■ Fluids 76–79 Heat engines
90–93 ■ Entropy and the second law of thermodynamics 94–99
■
Brownian motion
In 1827, Scottish botanist
Robert Brown described
who would be forever remembered
the random movement of
in the Kelvin temperature scale) pollen grains suspended
drew the same conclusion in 1848. in water. Although he
It was in 1821 that British was not the first to notice
physicist John Herapath gave the this phenomenon, he was the
A well-constructed theory first clear statement of kinetic first to study it in detail. More
is in some respects theory. Heat was still seen as a investigation showed that
undoubtedly an artistic fluid and gases were considered the tiny to-and-fro movements
production. A fine example is to be made of repelling particles, of pollen grains got faster
the famous kinetic theory. as Newton had suggested. But as the temperature of the
Ernest Rutherford Herapath rejected this idea, liquid increased.
suggesting instead that gases are The existence of atoms
made of “mutually impinging atoms.” and molecules was still a
If such particles were infinitely matter of heated debate at
the start of the 20th century,
small, he reasoned, collisions would
but in 1905 Einstein argued
increase as a gas was compressed,
that Brownian motion could
so pressure would rise and heat be explained by invisible
piston within a cylinder, which would be generated. Unfortunately, atoms and molecules
contained tiny, round particles Herapath’s work was rejected by bombarding the tiny but
zooming this way and that. Bernoulli the Royal Society in London as visible particles suspended
argued that as the particles collided overly conceptual and unproven. in a liquid, causing them
with the piston, they created In 1845, the Royal Society to vibrate back and forth. A
pressure. If the air was heated, the also rejected a major paper on year later, Polish physicist
particles would speed up, striking kinetic theory by Scotsman John Marian Smoluchowski
the piston more often and pushing it Waterston, which used statistical published a similar theory,
up through the cylinder. His proposal rules to explain how energy is and in 1908 Frenchman
summed up the kinetic theory of distributed among gas atoms and Jean Baptiste Perrin conducted
gases and heat, but his ideas were molecules. Waterston understood experiments that confirmed
forgotten because first the theory that molecules do not all move at this theory.
that combustible materials contain a the same speed, but travel at a
fire element called phlogiston, then range of different speeds around a
the caloric theory—that heat is a statistical average. Like Herapath
kind of fluid—held sway for the next before him, Waterston’s important
130 years, until Ludwig Boltzmann’s contribution was neglected, and
statistical analysis in 1868 banished the only copy of his groundbreaking
it for good. work was lost by the Royal Society.
It was rediscovered in 1891, but
Heat and motion by this time Waterston had gone
There were other unrecognized missing and was presumed to
pioneers, too, such as Russian have drowned in a canal near his
polymath Mikhail Lomonosov, who Edinburgh home.
in 1745 argued that heat is a measure
of the motion of particles—that is, Messy universe
the kinetic theory of heat. He went Waterston’s work was especially Brownian motion of particles in
on to say that absolute zero would significant because this was the a fluid results from collisions with
fast-moving molecules of the fluid.
be reached when particles stopped first time that physics rejected the It was eventually explained using
moving, more than a century before perfect clockwork of the Newtonian statistical mechanics.
William Thomson (later Lord Kelvin, universe. Instead, Waterston was ❯❯
108 THE DEVELOPMENT OF STATISTICAL MECHANICS
looking at values whose range was A gas molecule collides Molecule
repeatedly with other changes
so messy that they could only be direction
looked at in terms of statistical molecules, causing it to Point A after collision
change direction. The
averages and probabilities, not molecule shown here has
certainties. Although Waterston’s 25 such collisions, and
work was originally rejected, the the average distance it
idea of understanding gas and heat travels between each
in terms of high-speed movements collision is what Rudolf
of minute particles was at last Clausius called its “mean
beginning to take hold. The work of free path.” Compare the
shortest distance
British physicists James Joule and between point A and
William Thomson, German physicist point B with the distance Molecule
Rudolf Clausius, and others was actually traveled. Point B
showing that heat and mechanical
movement are interchangeable
forms of energy—rendering temperature, meaning that each of gas is in fact far less varied than
redundant the idea that heat is molecule collides with another this, making the statistical task of
some kind of “caloric fluid.” more than 8 billion times a second. It analyzing them far simpler.
is the sheer tininess and frequency
Molecular movement of these collisions that make a gas Boltzmann’s breakthrough
Joule had calculated the very high appear to be fluid and smooth, The key figure in the development
speeds of gas molecules with some rather than a raging sea. of the statistical analysis of moving
accuracy in 1847, but assumed that Within a few years, James molecules was Austrian physicist
they all moved at the same speed. Clerk Maxwell provided such a solid Ludwig Boltzmann. In major papers
Ten years later, Clausius furthered exposition of kinetic theory that it at in 1868 and 1877, Boltzmann
understanding with his proposition last became more widely accepted. developed Maxwell’s statistical
of a “mean free path.” As he saw it, Significantly, in 1859, Maxwell approach into an entire branch of
molecules repeatedly collide and introduced the first-ever statistical science—statistical mechanics.
bounce off each other in different law in physics, the Maxwell Remarkably, this new discipline
directions. The mean free path is distribution, which shows the allowed the properties of gases and
the average distance each molecule probable proportion of molecules heat to be explained and predicted
travels before bumping into another. moving at a particular velocity in an in simple mechanical terms, such
Clausius calculated this to be barely ideal gas. Maxwell also established as mass, momentum, and velocity.
a millionth of a millimeter at ambient that the rate of molecular collisions These particles, although tiny,
corresponds to temperature—the behaved according to Newton’s
more frequent the collisions are, laws of motion, and the variety
the higher the temperature. In in their movement is simply down
1873, Maxwell estimated that to chance. Heat, which had
there are 19 trillion molecules in previously been thought of as a
a cubic centimeter of gas in ideal mysterious and intangible fluid
Available energy is conditions—not that far from the known as “caloric,” could now
the main object at stake modern estimate of 26.9 trillion. be understood as the high-speed
in the struggle for Maxwell also compared movement of particles—an entirely
existence and the molecular analysis to the science of mechanical phenomenon.
evolution of the world. population statistics, which divided Boltzmann faced a particular
Ludwig Boltzmann people according to factors such as challenge in testing his theory:
education, hair color, and build, and molecules are so innumerable and
analyzed them in order to determine so tiny that making individual
average characteristics. Maxwell calculations would be impossible.
observed that the vast population More significantly, their movements
of atoms in just a cubic centimeter vary hugely in speed, and infinitely
ENERGY AND MATTER 109
in direction. Boltzmann realized that Boltzmann called its “macrostate”—
the only way to investigate the idea remains stable. Boltzmann realized
in a rigorous and practical way was that a macrostate can be calculated
to employ the math of statistics and by averaging the microstates.
probability. He was forced to forego To average the microstates
the certainties and precision of that make up the macrostate, Let us have free
Newton’s clockwork world, and Boltzmann had to assume that all scope for all directions
enter into the far messier world microstates are equally probable. of research;
of statistics and averages. He justified this assumption with away with dogmatism,
what came to be known as the either atomistic or
Micro and macrostates “ergodic hypothesis”—that over anti-atomistic.
The law of conservation of energy a very long period of time, any Ludwig Boltzmann
states that the total energy ( E) in dynamic system will, on average,
an isolated volume of gas must be spend the same amount of time
constant. However, the energy of in each microstate. This idea of
individual molecules can vary. So, things averaging out was vital to
the energy of each molecule cannot Boltzmann’s thinking.
be E divided by the total number
of molecules ( E/N), 19 trillion, for Statistical thermodynamics Scientists now understand
instance—as it would be if they Boltzmann’s statistical approach that the subatomic world can be
all had the same energy. Instead, has had huge ramifications. It has explored through probabilities
Boltzmann looked at the range of become the primary means of and averages, not just as a way of
possible energies that individual understanding heat and energy, understanding or measuring it, but
molecules might have, considering and made thermodynamics—the as a glimpse of its very reality—the
factors including their position and study of the relationships between apparently solid world we live in is
velocity. Boltzmann called this heat and other forms of energy— essentially a sea of subatomic
range of energies a “microstate.” a central pillar of physics. His probabilities. Back in the 1870s,
As the atoms within each approach also became a hugely however, Boltzmann faced dogged
molecule interact, the microstate valuable way of examining the opposition to his ideas when he
changes many trillions of times subatomic world, paving the way laid out the mathematical basics
every second, but the overall for the development of quantum of thermodynamics. He wrote two
condition of the gas—its pressure, science, and it now underpins key papers on the second law of
temperature, and volume, which much of modern technology. thermodynamics (previously ❯❯
Ludwig Boltzmann Born in Vienna in 1844, at the kinetic theory of gases and
height of the Austro-Hungarian the mathematical basis of
Empire, Ludwig Boltzmann thermodynamics in relation
studied physics at the University to the probable movements of
of Vienna and wrote his PhD atoms. His ideas brought him
thesis on the kinetic theory of opponents, and he suffered
gases. At the age of 25, he became from bouts of depression. He
a professor at the University of committed suicide in 1906.
Graz, and then took teaching
posts at Vienna and Munich Key works
before returning to Graz. In 1900,
he moved to the University of 1871 Paper on Maxwell–
Leipzig to escape his bitter Boltzmann distribution
long-term rival, Ernst Mach. 1877 Paper on second law of
It was at Graz that Boltzmann thermodynamics and probability
completed his work on statistical (“On the Relationship between
mechanics. He established the the Second Fundamental”)
110 THE DEVELOPMENT OF STATISTICAL MECHANICS
developed by Rudolf Clausius, be used to show the average
William Thomson, and William speed of the molecules and also
Rankine), which shows that to show the most probable speed.
heat flows only in one direction, The distribution highlights the
from hot to cold, not from cold to “equipartition” of energy—which
hot. Boltzmann explained that shows that the energy of moving
the law could be understood atoms averages out as the same
precisely by applying both the in any direction.
basic laws of mechanics (that is,
Newton’s laws of motion) and Atomic denial
the theory of probability to the Boltzmann’s approach was
movement of atoms. such a novel concept that he
In other words, the second law faced fierce opposition from
of thermodynamics is a statistical some of his contemporaries.
law. It states that a system tends Many considered his ideas
toward equilibrium, or maximum to be fanciful, and it is possible
entropy—the state of a physical that hostility to his work
system at greatest disorder— contributed to his eventual
because this is by far the most suicide. One reason for such
probable outcome of atomic opposition was that many The St. Louis World’s Fair in
motion; things average out over scientists at the time were 1904 was the venue for a lecture by
time. By 1871, Boltzmann had unconvinced of the existence Boltzmann on applied mathematics.
also developed Maxwell’s of atoms. Some, including Austrian His American tour also included visits
to Stanford and Berkeley universities.
distribution law of 1859 into a physicist Ernst Mach—a fierce
rule that defines the distribution rival to Boltzmann, and known
of speeds of molecules for a gas for his work on shock waves— The majority of scientists only
at a certain temperature. The believed that scientists should accepted the existence of atoms
resulting Maxwell–Boltzmann only accept what they could after contributions from Albert
distribution is central to the directly observe, and atoms Einstein and Polish physicist
kinetic theory of gases. It can could not be seen at the time. Marian Smoluchowski. Working
independently, they explored
Brownian motion, the unexplained
This Maxwell–Boltzmann distribution
shows the speeds of molecules (the distribution of
random flitting to and fro of tiny,
probabilities of gas molecules moving at a certain suspended particles in a fluid. In
0.004 speed) for helium, neon, argon, and xenon, at a 1905, Einstein, and the following
temperature of 77 ºF (25 ºC). On average, heavier year, Smoluchowski, both showed
PROPORTION OF MOLECULES
GOLD
FROM THE SUN
THERMAL RADIATION
114 THERMAL RADIATION
IN CONTEXT
A material that absorbs energy at a
KEY FIGURE certain wavelength emits energy at the
Gustav Kirchhoff same wavelength.
(1824–1887)
BEFORE
1798 Benjamin Thompson
(Count Rumford) suggests
that heat is related to motion. A blackbody absorbs all the energy that strikes it.
1844 James Joule argues
that heat is a form of energy
and that other forms of energy
can be converted to heat.
1848 William Thomson (Lord
Kelvin) defines absolute zero. The energy of radiation emitted by a blackbody
depends only on its temperature.
AFTER
1900 German physicist Max
Planck proposes a new theory
for blackbody radiation, and
introduces the idea of the
quantum of energy.
When the blackbody is in equilibrium with its
1905 Albert Einstein uses surroundings, the radiation absorbed equals
Planck’s idea of blackbody the radiation emitted.
radiation to solve the problem
of the photoelectric effect.
H
eat energy can be his theory was correct. Everything light. In 1800, he used a prism
transferred from one place that has a temperature above to split light into a spectrum,
to another in one of three absolute zero (equal to –459.67 °F and measured the temperature
ways: by conduction in solids, by or –273.15 °C) emits radiation. at different points within that
convection in liquids and gases, All of the objects in the universe spectrum. He noticed that
and by radiation. This radiation, are exchanging electromagnetic the temperature increased
known as thermal—or heat— radiation with each other all of as he moved his thermometer
radiation, does not require the time. This constant flow of from the violet part of the spectrum
physical contact. Along with radio energy from one object to another to the red part of the spectrum.
waves, visible light, and X-rays, prevents anything from cooling To his surprise, Herschel found
thermal radiation is a form of to absolute zero, the theoretical that the temperature also increased
electromagnetic radiation that minimum of temperature at beyond the red end of the spectrum,
travels in waves through space. which an object would transmit where no light was visible at
James Clerk Maxwell was the no energy at all. all. He had discovered infrared
first to propose the existence of radiation—a type of energy that
electromagnetic waves in 1865. Heat and light is invisible to the eye, but which
He predicted that there would German-born British astronomer can be detected as heat. For
be a whole range, or spectrum, William Herschel was one of example, modern-day toasters use
of electromagnetic waves, and the first scientists to observe a infrared radiation to transmit heat
later experiments showed that connection between heat and energy to the bread.
ENERGY AND MATTER 115
See also: The conservation of energy 55 ■ Heat and transfers 80–81 ■ Internal energy and the first law of thermodynamics
86–89 ■ Heat engines 90–93 ■ Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Energy quanta 208–211
Gustav Kirchhoff Born in 1824, Kirchhoff was that each chemical element
educated in Königsberg, Prussia has a unique, characteristic
(modern-day Kaliningrad, Russia). spectrum. He then worked
He proved his mathematical skill with Robert Bunsen in 1861
in 1845 as a student, by extending to identify the elements in the
Ohm’s law of electrical current sun’s atmosphere by examining
into a formula that allowed the its spectrum.
calculation of currents, voltages, Although poor health in later
and resistances in electrical life prevented Kirchhoff from
circuits. In 1857, he discovered laboratory work, he continued to
that the velocity of electricity in a teach. He died in Berlin in 1887.
highly conductive wire was almost
exactly equal to the velocity of Key work
light, but he dismissed this as a
coincidence, rather than inferring 1876 Vorlesungen über
that light was an electromagnetic mathematische Physik (Lectures
phenomenon. In 1860, he showed on mathematical physics)
116 THERMAL RADIATION
example, has its peak at the center radiation that is absorbed by the
of the visible light range. Since surface is equal to the amount
perfect blackbodies do not exist, to emitted, at any temperature and
help explain his theory Kirchhoff wavelength. Hence, the efficiency
conjectured a hollow container with with which an object absorbs
Since we can produce a single, tiny hole. Radiation can radiation at a given wavelength
all types of light by means only enter the container through the is the same as the efficiency with
of hot bodies, we can ascribe, hole, and is then absorbed inside which it emits energy at that
to the radiation in thermal the cavity, so the hole acts as a wavelength. This can be expressed
equilibrium with hot bodies, perfect absorber. Some radiation more concisely as: absorptivity
the temperature of will be emitted through the hole equals emissivity.
these bodies. and through the surface of the In 1893, German physicist
Wilhelm Wien cavity. Kirchhoff proved that the Wilhelm Wien discovered the
radiation inside the cavity depends mathematical relationship between
only on the temperature of the temperature change and the shape
object, and not on its shape, size, of the blackbody curve. He found
or the material it is made from. that when the wavelength at which
the maximum amount of radiation
Law of thermal radiation is emitted was multiplied by the
of the two, Stewart’s contribution Kirchhoff’s 1860 law of thermal temperature of the blackbody, the
to the theory of thermal radiation radiation states that when an object resulting value is always a constant.
was largely forgotten. is in thermodynamic equilibrium— This finding meant that
at the same temperature as the the peak wavelength could be
Blackbody radiation objects around it—the amount of calculated for any temperature,
Kirchhoff’s findings can be
explained as follows. Imagine an
Blackbody curves depict the radiation
object that perfectly absorbs all of emitted by objects at different wavelengths
the electromagnetic radiation that of the electromagnetic spectrum. The
strikes it. Since no radiation is approximated curves on this graph show
Visible
reflected from it, all of the energy objects at four different temperatures, and
that it emits depends solely on its are roughly equivalent to the sun, Aldebaran
temperature, and not its chemical 10 (a red-giant star), a carbon-arc electric lamp,
Ultraviolet
Infrared
Quantum beginnings
At the same time as the Rayleigh–
Jeans findings were announced,
Max Planck was working on his
own theory of blackbody radiation
in Berlin. In October 1900, he
Kirchhoff envisaged a blackbody as proposed an explanation for the
a container with a small hole. Most of blackbody curve that agreed
the radiation that enters the enclosure Stellar temperatures
will be trapped. The amount of radiation
with all the known experimental
emitted depends on the surroundings. measurements, yet went beyond
the framework of classical physics. It is possible to calculate
His solution was radical, and the surface temperature of a
blackbody by measuring the
and it explained why objects involved an entirely new way
energy that it emits at specific
change color as they get hotter. of looking at the world. wavelengths. Since stars,
As the temperature increases Planck found that the ultraviolet including the sun, produce
the peak wavelength decreases, catastrophe could be averted by light spectrums that closely
moving from longer infrared waves understanding a blackbody’s approximate a blackbody
to shorter ultraviolet waves. By energy emission as occurring spectrum, it is possible to
1899, however, careful experiments not in continuous waves, but in calculate the temperature of
showed that Wien’s predictions discrete packets, which he called a distant star.
were not accurate for wavelengths “quanta.” On December 19, 1900, A blackbody’s temperature
in the infrared range. Planck presented his findings to is given by the following
a meeting of the German Physical formula: T = 2898 ∕ max
Ultraviolet catastrophe Society in Berlin. This date is where T = the temperature
In 1900, British physicists Lord generally accepted as marking of the blackbody (measured
Rayleigh and Sir James Jeans the birth of quantum mechanics, in degrees Kelvin), and max =
published a formula that seemed and a new era in physics. ■ the wavelength (, measured
to explain what had been observed in micrometers) of the
at the infrared end of the spectrum. maximum emission of the
However, their findings were soon blackbody.
This formula can be used
called into question. According to
to calculate the temperature
their theory, there was effectively of a star’s photosphere—the
no upper limit to the higher light-emitting surface—using
frequencies of ultraviolet energy These laws of light …
the wavelength at which it
that would be generated by the may have been observed emits the maximum amount
blackbody radiation, meaning before, but I think they of light. Cool stars emit more
that an infinite number of highly are now for the first time light from the red and orange
energetic waves would be connected with a theory end of the spectrum, whereas
produced. If this was the case, of radiation. hotter stars appear blue. For
opening the oven door to check Gustav Kirchhoff instance, blue supergiants—as
on a cake as it bakes would result depicted in the above artist’s
in instant annihilation in a burst impression—are a class of star
of intense radiation. This came that can be up to eight times
to be known as the “ultraviolet hotter than the sun.
catastrophe,” and was obviously
ELECTRICI
MAGNETIS
two forces unite
TY AND
M
120 INTRODUCTION
I
n ancient Greece, scholars force producing these phenomena together produced behavior
noticed that some stones from was evidence that the stones and similar to that of amber and fur.
Magnesia, in modern-day amber had a soul. For example, glass rubbed with
Thessaly, behaved strangely when The strange forces exhibited by silk also made small objects dance.
they were placed near certain the stones from Magnesia are today When both amber and glass were
metals and iron-rich stones. The known as magnetism, taking its rubbed, they pulled together in
stones pulled metals toward name from the region where it was an attraction, while two lumps of
them through an unseen attraction. first found. Forces exhibited by amber or two of glass would push
When placed in a particular way, the amber were given the name apart. These were identified as
two of these stones were seen to electricity from the ancient Greek two distinct electricities—vitreous
attract each other, but they pushed word for amber, elektron. Chinese electricity for the glass and
each other apart when one was scholars and, later, mariners and resinous for the amber.
flipped around. other travelers used small shards American polymath Benjamin
Ancient Greek scholars also of magnesia stone placed in Franklin chose to identify these
noted a similar, but subtly different, water as an early version of two types of electricity with
behavior when amber (fossilized the compass, since the stones positive or negative numbers, with
tree sap) was rubbed with animal aligned themselves north–south. a magnitude that became known
fur. After rubbing for a little time, as electric charge. While hiding
the amber would gain a strange Attraction and repulsion from the revolutionists to keep his
ability to make light objects, such No new use was found for head attached to his body, French
as feathers, ground pepper, or hair, electricity until the 18th century. By physicist and engineer Charles-
dance. The mathematician Thales this time, it had been discovered Augustin de Coulomb carried
of Miletus argued that the unseen that rubbing other materials out a series of experiments.
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 121
Danish physicist Hans German physicist Georg James Clerk Dutch physicist
Christian Ørsted Ohm publishes his law Maxwell combines Heike Kamerlingh
discovers that a wire establishing the all knowledge of Onnes discovers
carrying an electric relationship between electricity and magnetism superconductivity in
current produces a current, voltage, in a few equations. mercury chilled to
magnetic field. and resistance. near absolute zero.
He discovered that the force of to an electric potential difference. Maxwell elegantly accommodated
attraction or repulsion between We now know that chemical Faraday’s findings, and those
electric objects grew weaker as the reactions and the flow of electricity of earlier scientists, in just four
distance between them increased. through a metal are inextricably equations. In doing so, he
Electricity was also observed linked because both result from the discovered that light was a
to flow. Small sparks would leap movement of subatomic electrons. disturbance in electric and
from an electrically charged magnetic fields. Faraday conducted
object to one without charge in A combined force experiments that demonstrated
an attempt to balance out, or In mid-19th-century Britain, Michael this, showing that magnetic fields
neutralize charge. If one object Faraday and James Clerk Maxwell affect the behavior of light.
was at a different charge from those produced the link between the Physicists’ understanding
surrounding it, then that object was two apparently distinct forces of of electromagnetism has
said to have different potential. Any electricity and magnetism, giving revolutionized the modern world
difference in potential can induce a rise to the combined force of through technologies that have
flow of electricity called a current. electromagnetism. Faraday created been developed to use electricity
Electric currents were found to flow the idea of fields, lines of influence and magnetism in new and
easily through most metals, while that stretch out from an electric innovative ways. Research into
organic materials seemed far less charge or magnet, showing the electromagnetism also opened
able to permit a current to flow. region where electric and magnetic up previously unthought-of areas
In 1800, Italian physicist forces are felt. He also showed that of study, striking at the heart of
Alessandro Volta noticed that moving magnetic fields can induce fundamental science—guiding us
differences in the chemical an electric current and that electric deep inside the atom and far out
reactivity of metals could lead currents produce magnetic fields. into the cosmos. ■
122
WONDROUS
FORCES
MAGNETISM
T
he striking properties of would inherit its properties and
IN CONTEXT the rare, naturally occurring could be used to make a compass.
lodestone—an ore of iron The maritime compass made it
KEY FIGURE
called magnetite—fascinated possible for ships to navigate away
William Gilbert (1544–1603)
ancient cultures in Greece from the shore, and the instrument
BEFORE and China. Early writings from reached Europe via Chinese
6th century bce Thales of these civilizations describe seafarers. By the 16th century,
Miletus states iron is attracted how lodestone attracts iron, the compass was driving the
to the “soul” of lodestone. affecting it over a distance expansion of European empires,
without any visible mechanism. as well as being used in land
1086 Astronomer Shen Kuo By the 11th century, the Chinese surveying and mining.
(Meng Xi Weng) describes a had discovered that a lodestone Despite centuries of practical
magnetic needle compass. would orient itself north–south if application, the underlying physical
allowed to move freely (for example, mechanism of magnetism was
1269 French scholar Petrus
when placed in a vessel floating in poorly understood. The first
Peregrinus describes magnetic a bowl of water). Moreover, an iron systematic account on magnetism
poles and laws of attraction needle rubbed with lodestone was Petrus Peregrinus’ 13th-century
and repulsion.
AFTER
1820 Hans Christian Ørsted A compass needle points approximately north, but also
discovers that an electric shows declination (deviation away from true north) and
current flowing in a wire inclination (tilting toward or away from Earth’s surface).
deflects a magnetic needle.
1831 Michael Faraday
describes invisible “lines of A compass needle shows exactly the same behavior
force” around a magnet. when moved over the surface of a
spherical magnetic rock, or lodestone.
1906 French physicist Pierre-
Ernest Weiss advances the
theory of magnetic domains
to explain ferromagnetism. Earth is a giant magnet.
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 123
See also: Making magnets 134–135 ■ The motor effect 136–137 ■ Induction and
the generator effect 138–141 ■ Magnetic monopoles 159
THE ATTRACTION
KEY FIGURE
Charles-Augustin de
Coulomb (1736–1806)
OF ELECTRICITY
BEFORE
6th century bce Thales of
Miletus notes electrostatic
effects caused by friction
ELECTRIC CHARGE in elektron (Greek for amber).
1747 Benjamin Franklin
identifies positive and
negative charge.
AFTER
1832 Michael Faraday shows
static and current electrical
effects are manifestations of
a single phenomenon.
1891 George J. Stoney says
charge occurs in discrete units.
1897 J.J. Thomson finds that
cathode rays are streams of
charged subatomic particles.
1909 Robert Millikan studies
the charge on an electron.
F
or millennia, people have
observed electrical effects
in nature—for example,
lightning strikes, the shocks
delivered by electric rays (torpedo
fish), and the attractive forces
when certain materials touch or
are rubbed against each other.
However, it is only in the last
few hundred years that we have
begun to understand these
effects as manifestations of the
same underlying phenomenon—
electricity. More precisely, these are
electrostatic effects, due to electric
forces arising from static (stationary)
electric charges. Electric current
effects, on the other hand, are
caused by moving charges.
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 125
See also: Laws of gravity 46–51 ■ Electric potential 128–129 ■ Electric current
and resistance 130–133 ■ Bioelectricity 156 ■ Subatomic particles 242–243
POTENTIAL ENERGY
BECOMES PALPABLE
MOTION
ELECTRIC POTENTIAL
T
hrough the 17th and 18th electrochemical cell, that scientists
IN CONTEXT centuries, an increasing had a supply of a moderate flow of
number of investigators electrical charge over time: a current.
KEY FIGURE
began to apply themselves to
Alessandro Volta
studying electricity, but it remained Energy and potential
(1745–1827)
an ephemeral phenomenon. Both the sudden discharge of
BEFORE The Leyden jar, invented in 1745 the Leyden jar and the extended
1745 Pieter van by two Dutch and German chemists discharge (current) from a battery
Musschenbroek and E. Georg working independently, allowed are caused by a difference in what is
von Kleist invent the Leyden electric charge to be accumulated called “electric potential” between
jar, the first practical device and stored until it was needed. each device and its surroundings.
that can store electric charge. However, the jar would discharge Today, electric potential is
(unload the charge) rapidly as a considered to be a property of
1780 Luigi Galvani observes spark. It was not until the late the electric field that exists around
“animal electricity.” 18th century, when Italian chemist electric charges. The electric
Alessandro Volta developed the first potential at a single point is always
AFTER
1813 French mathematician
and physicist Siméon-Denis
Poisson establishes a general Similarly, an imbalance of
equation for potential. In a gravitational field, charge between different
different altitudes have places in an electric field
1828 British mathematician different amounts of gives these places different
George Green develops gravitational potential. amounts of electric
Poisson’s ideas and introduces potential.
the term “potential.”
1834 Michael Faraday
explains the chemical basis
of the voltaic (galvanic) cell.
A difference in altitude A difference in electric
1836 British chemist John causes a current of water potential causes a current
Daniell invents the Daniell cell. to flow. of electricity to flow.
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 129
See also: Kinetic energy and potential energy 54 ■ Electric charge 124–127
■Electric current and resistance 130–133 ■ Bioelectricity 156
A TAX ON
KEY FIGURE
Georg Simon Ohm
(1789–1854)
ELECTRICAL
BEFORE
1775 Henry Cavendish
anticipates a relationship
between potential difference
and current.
ENERGY
1800 Alessandro Volta invents
the first source of continuous
current, the voltaic pile.
AFTER
ELECTRIC CURRENT AND RESISTANCE 1840 British physicist James
Joule studies how resistance
converts electrical energy
into heat.
1845 Gustav Kirchhoff, a
German physicist, proposes
rules that govern current and
potential difference in circuits.
1911 Dutch physicist Heike
Kamerlingh Onnes discovers
superconductivity.
A
s early as 1600, scientists
had distinguished
“electric” substances,
such as amber and glass, from
“nonelectric” substances, such as
metals, on the basis that only the
former could hold a charge. In 1729,
British astronomer Stephen Gray
brought a new perspective to
this division of substances by
recognizing that electricity (then,
still thought to be a kind of fluid)
could travel from one electric
substance to another via
a nonelectric substance.
By considering whether
electricity could flow through a
substance rather than whether it
could be stored, Gray established
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 131
See also: Electric charge 124–127 ■ Electric potential 128–129 ■ Making magnets 134–135 ■ The motor effect 136–137
■ Induction and the generator effect 138–141 ■ Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Subatomic particles 242–243
change dramatically. The resistance the next in the direction of a the resistance depends on the
of ohmic conductors depends on temperature gradient. In describing applied potential difference (or
physical factors such as temperature the flow of electrical current, the current flowing).
and not on the applied potential potential difference across an
difference or the current flowing. electrical conductor is similar to Joule heating
Ohm arrived at his law through the temperature difference across The higher the current in a metal
a combination of experiments and two ends of a thermal conductor. conductor, the more collisions
mathematical theory. In some of Ohm’s law is not a universal occur between the electrons and
his experiments, he made circuits law, however, and does not hold the ionic lattice. These collisions
using electrochemical cells to for all conductors, or under all result in the kinetic energy of the
supply the voltage and a torsion circumstances. So-called non- electrons being converted into
balance to measure current. He ohmic materials include diodes heat. The Joule-Lenz law (named in
used wire of different lengths and the tungsten filament in part after James Prescott Joule who
and thicknesses to carry the incandescent bulbs. In such cases, discovered that heat could be
electricity and noted the difference generated by electricity in 1840)
in current and resistance that states that the amount of heat
occurred as a result. His theoretical generated by a conductor carrying
work was based on geometrical a current is proportional to its
methods to analyze electrical resistance, multiplied by the
conductors and circuits. square of the current.
Ohm also compared the flow Joule heating (also called ohmic
of current with Fourier’s theory of heating, or resistive heating) has
heat conduction (named after many practical uses. It is responsible
French mathematician Joseph for the glow of incandescent lamp
Fourier). In this theory, heat energy filaments, for example. However,
is transferred from one particle to Joule heating can also be a
significant problem. In electricity
transmission grids, for example, it
Filament (incandescent) light bulbs causes major energy losses. These
work by providing high resistance to
current electricity because the wire losses are minimized by keeping
(the filament) is very narrow. This the current in the grid relatively
resistance causes electrical energy low, but the potential difference
to be converted to heat and light. (voltage) relatively high. ■
134
EACH METAL
HAS A CERTAIN
POWER
MAKING MAGNETS
IN CONTEXT
KEY FIGURE A battery in a
A compass needle is
complete circuit creates
Hans Christian Ørsted deflected by magnetism.
an electric current.
(1777–1851)
BEFORE
1600 English astronomer
William Gilbert realizes that
Earth is a giant magnet.
When an electric current is turned on next to
1800 Alessandro Volta a compass needle, the needle moves.
makes the first battery,
creating a continuous flow
of electric current for the
first time.
AFTER Electricity produces a magnetic field.
1820 André-Marie Ampère
develops a mathematical
theory of electromagnetism.
B
1821 Michael Faraday creates y the end of the 18th every modern electrical appliance,
century, many magnetic from headphones to cars, but it was
the first electric motor and
and electrical phenomena discovered purely by chance.
shows electromagnetic
had been noticed by scientists.
rotation in action.
However, most believed electricity Ørsted’s chance discovery
1876 Alexander Graham Bell, and magnetism to be totally Alessandro Volta’s invention of
a Scottish–American physicist, distinct forces. It is now known the voltaic pile (an early battery)
invents a telephone that uses that flowing electrons produce a in 1800 had already opened up a
electromagnets and a magnetic field and that spinning whole new field of scientific study.
permanent horseshoe magnet magnets cause an electric current For the first time, physicists could
to transmit sound vibrations. to flow in a complete circuit. This produce a steady electric current.
relationship between electricity In 1820, Danish physicist Hans
and magnetism is integral to nearly Christian Ørsted was delivering a
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 135
See also: Magnetism 122–123 ■ Electric charge 124–127 ■ Induction and the
generator effect 138–141 ■ Force fields and Maxwell’s equations 142–147
ELECTRICITY
IN MOTION
THE MOTOR EFFECT
B
uilding on Hans Christian currents either attract or repel each
IN CONTEXT Ørsted’s discovery of the other, depending on whether the
relationship between currents are flowing in the same or
KEY FIGURE
electricity and magnetism, French opposite directions. If the current
André-Marie Ampère
physicist André-Marie Ampère flows in the same direction in both,
(1775–1836)
conducted his own experiments. then the wires are attracted; if one
BEFORE Ørsted had discovered that a flows in the opposite direction, they
1600 William Gilbert conducts current passing through a wire repel each other.
the first scientific experiments forms a magnetic field around the Ampère’s work led to the law
on electricity and magnetism. wire. Ampère realized that two bearing his name, which states
parallel wires carrying electric that the mutual action of two
1820 Hans Christian Ørsted
proves that an electric current
creates a magnetic field.
AFTER A battery produces an
1821 Michael Faraday makes A magnet creates a electric current, which
the first electric motor. magnetic field. flows through a wire.
1831 Joseph Henry and
Faraday use electromagnetic
induction to create the first
electric generator, converting
When an electric current passes through a
motion into electricity. magnetic field, it produces a force called
1839 Moritz von Jacobi, the motor effect.
a Russian engineer,
demonstrates the first practical
rotary electrical motor.
1842 Scottish engineer Robert The direction of When a loop of wire
the force depends on the carries current in opposite
Davidson builds an electric directions, it produces an
motor to power a locomotive. direction of the current.
overall rotational force.
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 137
See also: Electric potential 128–129 ■ Making magnets 134–135 ■ Induction and the generator effect 138–141 ■ Force fields
and Maxwell’s equations 142–147 ■ Generating electricity 148–151
André-Marie Ampère Born to wealthy parents in Lyon, speculated about the existence
France, in 1775, André-Marie of “electrodynamic molecules,”
Ampère was encouraged to anticipating the discovery of
educate himself at home, in a electrons. In recognition of his
house with a well-stocked library. work, the standard unit of
Despite a lack of formal education, electric current—the amp—is
he took up a teaching position at named after him. He died in
the new École Polytechnique in Marseilles in 1836.
Paris in 1804 and was appointed
as professor of mathematics there
five years later. Key works
After hearing of Ørsted’s
discovery of electromagnetism, 1827 Memoirs on the
Ampère concentrated his Mathematical Theory of
intellectual energies into Electrodynamics Phenomena,
establishing electrodynamism as Uniquely Deduced from
a new branch of physics. He also Experience
138
IN CONTEXT
THE DOMINION
KEY FIGURE
Michael Faraday (1791–1867)
OF MAGNETIC
BEFORE
1820 Hans Christian Ørsted
discovers the link between
electricity and magnetism.
FORCES
1821 Michael Faraday
invents a device that uses
the interaction of electricity
and magnetism to produce
INDUCTION AND THE GENERATOR EFFECT mechanical motion.
1825 William Sturgeon, a
British instrument-maker,
builds the first electromagnet.
AFTER
1865 James Clerk Maxwell
presents a paper describing
electromagnetic waves,
including light waves.
1882 The first power stations
to use electricity generators
are commissioned in London
and New York.
E
lectromagnetic induction
is the production of
electromotive force (emf,
or a potential difference) across an
electrical conductor as the result
of a changing magnetic field. Its
discovery would transform the
world. It is still the foundation of
the electricity power industry
today, and it made possible the
invention of electric generators
and transformers, which are at
the heart of modern technology.
In 1821, inspired by Hans
Christian Ørsted’s discovery of the
relationship between electricity
and magnetism the previous year,
British physicist Michael Faraday
built two devices that took
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 139
See also: Electric potential 128–129 ■ The motor effect 136–137 ■ Force fields
and Maxwell’s equations 142–147 ■ Generating electricity 148–151
A magnet
creates a magnetic When a magnet is moved
field around it, and this through a coil of wire, an
is stronger at electric current is induced.
each pole.
Wireless charging
Many small battery-operated inside the device takes power
appliances—such as cell from the field and converts it
phones, electric toothbrushes, back into electric current. In
I have at last and pacemakers—now use small domestic appliances, the
succeeded in induction chargers, which coils are small, so they must be
illuminating a eliminate exposed electrics and in close contact to work.
magnetic curve … reduce reliance on plugs and Inductive charging is also
and in magnetizing cables. Two induction coils in possible for electric vehicles as an
a ray of light. close proximity form an alternative to plug-in charging.
Michael Faraday electrical transformer, which In this case, larger coils can be
charges up an appliance’s used. Robotic, automatic guided
battery. The induction coil in vehicles, for example, don’t need
a charging base produces an to be in contact with the charger
alternating electromagnetic unit, but can simply pull up
field, while the receiver coil close by and charge.
LIGHT ITSELF IS
AN ELECTROMAGNETIC
DISTURBANCE
FORCE FIELDS AND
MAXWELL’S EQUATIONS
144 FORCE FIELDS AND MAXWELL’S EQUATIONS
T
Maxwell’s equations work
he 19th century witnessed was both fundamental and true, the
for different observers, leading
a series of breakthroughs, complexity of the equations (and
to Einstein’s theory of special both experimental and perhaps, its revolutionary nature)
relativity. deductive, that would enable the meant that few other physicists
1899 Heinrich Hertz discovers greatest advance in physics since understood it immediately.
radio waves while he is Isaac Newton’s laws of motion In 1873, Maxwell condensed
investigating Maxwell’s theory and gravitation: the theory of the 20 equations into just four, and
of electromagnetism. electromagnetism. The chief in 1885, British mathematician
architect of this theory was Oliver Heaviside developed a much
Scottish physicist James Clerk more accessible presentation that
Maxwell, who formulated a set of allowed a wider community of
equations based upon the work of, scientists to appreciate their
among others, Carl Gauss, Michael significance. Even today, Maxwell’s
Faraday, and André-Marie Ampère. equations remain valid and useful
Maxwell’s genius was to place at all but the very smallest scales,
the work of his predecessors on a where quantum effects necessitate
I do not perceive in rigorous mathematical footing, their modification.
any part of space, recognize symmetries among
whether … vacant or filled the equations, and deduce their Lines of force
with matter, anything but greater significance in light of In a series of experiments in 1831,
forces and the lines experimental results. Michael Faraday discovered the
in which they are exerted. Originally published as 20 phenomenon of electromagnetic
Michael Faraday equations in 1861, Maxwell’s theory induction—the generation of an
of electromagnetism describes electric field by a varying magnetic
precisely how electricity and field. Faraday intuitively proposed
magnetism are intertwined and a model for induction that turned
how this relationship generates out to be remarkably close to our
wave motion. Although the theory current theoretical understanding,
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 145
See also: Magnetism 122–123 ■ Electric charge 124–127 ■ Making magnets 134–135 ■ The motor effect 136–137
■ Magnetic monopoles 159 ■ Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ The speed of light 275 ■ Special relativity 276–279
James Clerk Maxwell Born in Edinburgh in 1831, James Cavendish Laboratory. He made
Clerk Maxwell was a precocious enormous contributions to the
child and presented a paper on study of electromagnetism,
mathematical curves aged just thermodynamics, the kinetic
14. He studied at Edinburgh and theory of gases, and the theory
Cambridge universities. In 1856, of optics and color. All of this
he was appointed professor at he accomplished in a short life,
Marischal College, Aberdeen, before dying of cancer in 1879.
where he correctly reasoned that
the rings of Saturn were made up Key works
of many small solid particles.
Maxwell’s most productive 1861 On Physical Lines of Force
years were at King’s College 1864 A Dynamical Theory of
London from 1860 and then the Electromagnetic Field
Cambridge from 1871, where he 1870 Theory of Heat
was made the first Professor of 1873 A Treatise on Electricity
Experimental Physics at the new and Magnetism
146 FORCE FIELDS AND MAXWELL’S EQUATIONS
Maxwell’s first two equations for negative charge. Gauss’s law for
are statements of Gauss’s laws magnetic fields states that the
for electric and magnetic fields. divergence of a magnetic field is zero
Gauss’s laws are an application everywhere; unlike electric fields,
of Gauss’s theorem (also known there can be no isolated points from
as the divergence theorem), which which magnetic field lines flow out The special theory of
was first formulated by Joseph-Louis or in. In other words, magnetic relativity owes its
Lagrange in 1762 and rediscovered monopoles do not exist and every origins to Maxwell’s
by Gauss in 1813. In its most magnet has both a north and a south equations of the
general form, it is a statement pole. As a consequence, magnetic electromagnetic field.
about vector fields—such as fluid field lines always occur as closed Albert Einstein
flows—through surfaces. loops, so the line leaving a magnet’s
Gauss formulated the law for north pole returns to the south pole
electric fields around 1835, but did and continues through the magnet
not publish it in his lifetime. It relates to close the loop.
the “divergence” of an electric field
at a single point to the presence The Faraday and
of a static electric charge. The Ampère–Maxwell laws equation relates the rate of change
divergence is zero if there is no The third of Maxwell’s equations is of the magnetic field B with time,
charge at that point, positive (field a rigorous statement of Faraday’s to the “curl” of the electric field. The
lines flow away) for positive charge, law of induction, which the latter curl describes how electric field
and negative (field lines converge) had deduced in 1831. Maxwell’s lines circulate around a point.
Unlike the electric fields created
by static point charges, which
have divergence but no curl,
Maxwell’s equations electric fields that are induced by
Maxwell’s four equations contain the variables E and B, representing changing magnetic fields have
the electric and magnetic field strengths, which vary with position and a circulating character, but no
time. They may be written as this set of four coupled partial differential divergence, and can cause current
equations. They are “differential” because they involve differentiation, a to flow in a coil.
mathematical operation concerned with how things change. They are “partial” The fourth of Maxwell’s
because the quantities involved depend on several variables, but each term
of the equation only considers a part of the variation, such as dependence equations is a modified version of
on time. They are “coupled” because they involve the same variables and André-Marie Ampère’s circuital law,
are all simultaneously true. which was originally formulated in
1826. This states that a constant
Name Equation electric current flowing through a
conductor will create a circulating
Gauss’s law for electric fields E 0 magnetic field around the conductor.
Driven by a sense of symmetry,
Gauss’s law for magnetic fields B0 Maxwell reasoned that just as a
changing magnetic field generates
Faraday’s law E Bt an electric field (Faraday’s law), so
a changing electric field should
Ampère–Maxwell law B 0 J 0 0 (Et) generate a magnetic field. In order
to accommodate this hypothesis,
J Electric current density (current flowing Partial derivate with
t he added the ∂E/∂t term (which
in a given direction through unit area) respect to time
represents the variation of an electric
B Magnetic field E Electric field Electric charge density field, E, in time, t) to Ampère’s law
(charge per unit volume)
to make what is now called the
Differential 0 Electric constant 0 Magnetic constant Ampère–Maxwell law. Maxwell’s
operator
addition to the law was not based
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 147
on any experimental results but
was vindicated by later experiments
and advances in theory. The most
dramatic consequence of Maxwell’s
addition to Ampère’s law was that
it suggested that electric and
magnetic fields were commonly
associated with a wave.
Electromagnetic waves
and light
In 1845, Faraday observed that a
magnetic field altered the plane of
polarization of light (this is known as
the Faraday effect). The phenomenon
of polarization had been discovered
by Christiaan Huygens back in 1690,
but physicists did not understand
how it worked. Faraday’s discovery
did not directly explain polarization,
but it did establish a link between
light and electromagnetism—a
relationship that Maxwell would
put on firm mathematical footing established that electromagnetic Heinrich Hertz’s experiments at
a few years later. phenomena have a wavelike the end of the 19th century proved what
From his several equations, character (having deduced that Maxwell had predicted and confirmed
Maxwell produced an equation that disturbances in the electromagnetic the existence of electromagnetic waves,
including radio waves.
described wave motion in three- field propagate as a wave), but that
dimensional space. This was his the wave speed, determined
electromagnetic wave equation. theoretically through comparison validity of the theory became
The speed of the wave described with the standard form of a wave obvious in 1899 when German
by the equation is given by the term equation, was very close to the physicist Heinrich Hertz—who
1/√(0 e0). Maxwell had not only experimentally determined value was determined to test the
for the speed of light. validity of Maxwell’s theory of
Since nothing else but light electromagnetism—discovered
was known to travel at anything radio waves.
like the speed of light, Maxwell Maxwell’s four equations
concluded that light and today underlie a vast range of
electromagnetism must be two technologies, including radar,
It turns out that the magnetic aspects of the same phenomenon. cellular radio, microwave ovens,
and the electric force … and infrared astronomy. Any
is what ultimately is the Maxwell’s legacy device that uses electricity or
deeper thing … where we can Maxwell’s discovery encouraged magnets fundamentally depends on
start with to explain many scientists such as American them. Classical electromagnetism’s
other things. physicist Albert Michelson to impact cannot be overstated—not
Richard Feynman seek a more accurate measurement only does Maxwell’s theory contain
of the speed of light in the 1880s. the fundamentals of Einstein’s
Yet Maxwell’s theory predicts an special theory of relativity, it is
entire spectrum of waves, of which also, as the first example of a
visible light is only the most easily “field theory,” the model for many
sensed by humans. The power and subsequent theories in physics. ■
148
IN CONTEXT
MAN WILL
KEY FIGURE
Thomas Edison (1847–1931)
BEFORE
IMPRISON
1831 Michael Faraday shows
that a changing magnetic
field interacts with an
electric circuit to produce
an electromagnetic force.
THE POWER
1832 Hippolyte Pixii develops
a prototype DC generator
based on Faraday’s principles.
OF THE SUN
1878 German electrical
engineer Sigmund Schuckert
builds a small steam-driven
power station to light a
Bavarian palace.
O
n January 12, 1882,
the Edison Electric
Light Station at Holborn
Viaduct in London began to
generate electricity for the first
time. This facility, the brainchild of
prolific American inventor Thomas
Edison, was the world’s first coal-
fired power station to produce
electricity for public use. A few
months later, Edison opened a bigger
version, at Pearl Street in New York
City. The ability to make electricity
on a large scale was to be one of
the key drivers for the Second
Industrial Revolution of 1870–1914.
Until the 1830s, the only way of
making electricity was by chemical
reactions inside a battery. In 1800,
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 149
See also: Magnetism 122–123 ■ Electric potential 128–129 ■ Electric current and resistance 130–133 ■ Making magnets
134–135 ■ The motor effect 136–137 ■ Induction and the generator effect 138–141 ■ Force fields and Maxwell’s equations 142–147
Step-up Step-down
transformer transformer
High current High current
Low voltage Low voltage
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 151
larger operating plants employed
higher steam pressures for greater
efficiency. During the 20th century,
electricity generation increased
almost 10-fold. High-voltage AC
The deadly electricity transmission enabled power to be
of the alternating current moved from distant power stations
can do no harm unless a man to industrial and urban centers
is fool enough to swallow hundreds or even thousands of
a whole dynamo. miles away.
George Westinghouse At the start of the century, coal
was the primary fuel burned to
create the steam to drive turbines.
It was later supplemented by other Thomas Edison
fossil fuels (oil and natural gas),
wood chippings, and enriched One of the most prolific
uranium in nuclear power stations. inventors of all time, Edison
AC generator could be “stepped up” had more than 1,000 patents
and the current simultaneously Sustainable solutions to his name by the time of his
“stepped down” in smaller-diameter With fears about rising atmospheric death. He was born in Milan,
wire. At higher voltages, the same CO2 levels, sustainable alternatives Ohio, and was mostly home-
power could be transmitted at a to fossil fuels have been introduced. taught. In an early sign of
much lower current, and this high Hydroelectric power, which dates his entrepreneurial talent, he
voltage could be transmitted over back to the 19th century, now gained exclusive rights to sell
long distances, then “stepped produces almost one-fifth of the newspapers while working
as a telegraph operator with
down” again before use in a world’s electricity. The power of
Grand Trunk Railway. His first
factory or home. wind, waves, and tides is now
invention was an electronic
American entrepreneur George harnessed to drive turbines and vote recorder.
Westinghouse realized the problems provide electricity. Steam originating At the age of 29, Edison
of Edison’s design, purchased deep in Earth’s crust produces established an industrial
Tesla’s many patents, and hired geothermal energy in parts of the research lab in New Jersey.
Stanley. In 1893, Westinghouse world such as Iceland. About 1 Some of his most famous
won a contract to build a dam and percent of global electricity is now patents were for radical
hydroelectric power plant at Niagara generated by solar panels. Scientists improvements to existing
Falls to harness the immense water are also working to develop devices, such as the telephone,
power to produce electricity. The hydrogen fuel cells. ■ microphone, and light bulb.
installation was soon transmitting Others were revolutionary,
AC to power the businesses and including the phonograph in
homes of Buffalo, New York, and 1877. He went on to found the
marked the beginning of the end General Electric Company
in 1892. Edison was a
for DC as the default means of
vegetarian and proud that
transmission in the United States. he never invented weapons.
New, super-efficient steam
turbines allowed generating
capacity to expand rapidly. Ever-
Key work
A SMALL
KEY FIGURE
John Bardeen (1908–1991)
BEFORE
STEP IN THE
1821 German physicist
Thomas Seebeck observes
a thermoelectric effect in a
semiconductor.
CONTROL OF
1904 British engineer John
Ambrose Fleming invents
the vacuum tube diode.
1926 Austrian–American
NATURE
engineer Julius Lilienfeld
patents the FET (field-effect
transistor).
1931 British physicist Alan
Herries Wilson establishes
E
lectronics encompasses the
science, technology, and
engineering of components
and circuits for the generation,
transformation, and control of
electrical signals. Electronic
circuits contain active components,
such as diodes and transistors, that
switch, amplify, filter, or otherwise
change electrical signals. Passive
components, such as cells, lamps,
and motors, typically only convert
between electrical and other forms
of energy, such as heat and light.
The term “electronics” was first
applied to the study of the electron,
the subatomic particle that carries
electricity in solids. The discovery
of the electron in 1897 by the
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 153
See also: Electric charge 124–127 ■ Electric current and resistance 130–133 ■ Quantum applications 226–231
■ Subatomic particles 242–243
British physicist J.J. Thomson surface and move through the into DC (direct current). This
generated scientific study of how tube. When a voltage was allowed for the detection of AC
the particle’s electric charge could applied across the electrodes, it radio waves, so the valve found
be harnessed. Within 50 years, this made the anode relatively positive, wide application as a demodulator
research had led to the invention so the electrons were attracted (detector) of signals in early
of the transistor, paving the way to it and a current flowed. When AM (amplitude modulation)
for the concentration of electrical the voltage was reversed, the radio receivers.
signals into ever-more compact electrons emitted by the cathode In 1906, American inventor
devices, processed at ever-greater were repelled from the anode Lee de Forest added a third, grid-
speeds. This led to the spectacular and no current flowed. The diode shaped electrode to Fleming’s
advances in electronic engineering conducted only when the anode diode to create a triode. A small,
and technology of the digital was positive relative to the varying voltage applied across the
revolution that began in the late cathode, and so acted as a one- new electrode and the cathode
20th century and continue today. way valve, which could be used changed the electron flow between
to convert AC (alternating current) the cathode and anode, creating
Valves and currents a large voltage variation—in other
The first electronic components words, the small input voltage was
were developed from vacuum amplified to create a large output
tubes—glass tubes with the air voltage. The triode became a vital
removed. In 1904, British physicist component in the development of
John Ambrose Fleming developed radio broadcasting and telephony.
the vacuum tube into the thermionic
diode, which consisted of two Solid-state physics
electrodes—a cathode and an Although in the following decades
anode—inside the tube. The valves enabled further advances in
metal cathode was heated by an technology, such as the television
The Colossus Mark II computer
electrical circuit to the point of of 1944 used a vast number of valves and early computers, they were
thermionic emission, whereby to make the complex mathematical bulky, fragile, power-hungry, and
its negatively charged electrons calculations needed to decode the limited in the frequency of their
gained enough energy to leave the Nazi Lorenz cipher systems. operation. The British Colossus ❯❯
154 ELECTRONICS
conduct current. In conductors, boron, had a small deficiency. It
the valence and conduction bands became clear that tiny amounts
overlap, so electrons involved in of impurities in a semiconductor
bonding can also contribute to crystal can dramatically change its
conduction. In insulators, there electrical properties. The controlled
It is at a surface where many is a large band gap, or energy introduction of specific impurities to
of our most interesting and difference, between the valence obtain desired properties became
useful phenomena occur. and conduction bands that keeps known as “doping.”
Walter Brattain most electrons bonding but not The regions of a crystal can be
conducting. Semiconductors have doped in different ways. In a pure
a small band gap. When given a silicon crystal, for example, each
little extra energy (by applying atom has four bonding (valence)
heat, light, or voltage), their valence electrons that it shares with its
electrons can migrate to the neighbors. Regions of the crystal
conduction band, changing the can be doped by introducing some
computers of the 1940s, for properties of the material from atoms of phosphorus (which has
example, each had up to 2,500 insulator to conductor. five valence electrons) or boron
valves, occupied a whole room, (with three valence electrons).
and weighed several tons. Control through doping The phosphorus-doped region has
All of these limitations were In 1940, a chance discovery added extra “free” electrons and is called
resolved with the transition to another dimension to the electrical an n-type semiconductor (n for
electronics based not on vacuum potential of semiconductors. When negative). The boron-doped region,
tubes but on the electron properties testing a crystal of silicon, Russell called a p-type semiconductor
of semiconducting solids, such as Ohl, an American electrochemist, (p for positive) has fewer electrons,
the elements boron, germanium, found that it produced different creating charge-carrying “holes.”
and silicon. This in turn was born electrical effects if probed in When the two types are joined,
out of an increasing interest from different places. When examined, it is called a p–n junction. If a
the 1940s onward in solid-state the crystal appeared to have voltage is applied to the p-type
physics—the study of those regions that contained distinct side, it attracts electrons from
properties of solids that depend impurities. One, phosphorus, had a the n-type side and current flows.
on microscopic structure at the small excess of electrons; another, A crystal with one p–n junction
atomic and subatomic scales,
including quantum behavior.
Most semiconductors in transistors are made of silicon (Si), which
A semiconductor is a solid has been doped with impurities to control the flow of current through
with electrical conductivity varying it. Adding phosphorus atoms to silicon makes an n-type semiconductor,
between that of a conductor and an with negatively charged electrons that are free to move. Adding boron
insulator—so neither high nor low. atoms makes a p-type semiconductor, with positively charged “holes”
In effect, it has the potential to that can move through the silicon.
control the flow of electric current.
Positively charged hole
Electrons in all solids occupy Transistor
Silicon electron
distinct energy levels grouped
into bands, called valence and Boron atom
has one less
conduction bands. The valence electron, which
band contains the highest energy Extra electron from acts as a “hole,”
level that electrons occupy when phosphorus atom Si Si Si Si attracting a
silicon electron
bonding with adjacent atoms. The
conduction band has even higher Phosphorus Si P Si B
energy levels, and its electrons are atom Boron atom
not bound to any particular atoms,
but have enough energy to move N-type P-type
throughout the solid, and so (negative) silicon (positive) silicon
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 155
John Bardeen Born in 1908, John Bardeen was 1957 he coauthored the BCS
just 15 when he began electrical (Bardeen–Cooper–Schrieffer)
engineering studies at the local theory of superconductivity.
University of Wisconsin. After He shared two Nobel Prizes
graduating, he joined the Gulf in Physics—in 1956 (for the
Oil laboratories in 1930 as a transistor) and again in 1972
geophysicist, developing magnetic (for BCS theory). He died in 1991.
and gravitational surveys. In 1936,
he earned a PhD in mathematical
physics from Princeton University, Key works
and later researched solid-state
physics at Harvard. During World 1948 “The transistor, a semi-
War II, he worked for the US Navy conductor triode”
on torpedoes and mines. 1957 “Microscopic theory of
After a productive period superconductivity”
at Bell Labs, where Bardeen 1957 “Theory of
coinvented the transistor, in superconductivity”
acts as a diode—it conducts a which was achieved by wrapping the device soon drove spectacular
current across the junction in gold foil around the corner of a growth in the electronics market
only one direction. piece of plastic and slitting the foil and began to replace vacuum
along the edge to create two tightly tubes in computers.
Transistor breakthroughs spaced contacts. When they were
After World War II, the search for pressed onto the germanium, they Processing power
an effective replacement for the formed an amplifier that could The first transistors were made
vacuum tube, or valve, continued. boost the signal that was fed to from germanium, but this was
In the US, the Bell Telephone the base. This first working version superseded as a base material
Company assembled a team of was simply known as a “point by the much more abundant and
American physicists, including contact” but soon became known versatile silicon. Its crystals form on
William Shockley, John Bardeen, as a “transistor.” their surface a thin insulating layer
and Walter Brattain at its The point-contact transistor of oxide. Using a technique called
laboratories in New Jersey to was too delicate for reliable high- photolithography, this layer can be
develop a semiconductor version volume production, so in 1948 engineered with microscopic
of the triode amplifier. Shockley began work on a new precision to create highly complex
Bardeen was the main theorist, transistor. Based on the p–n patterns of doped regions and other
and Brattain the experimenter, in semiconductor junction, Shockley’s features on the crystal.
the group. After failed attempts at “bipolar” junction transistor was The advent of silicon as a base
applying an external electric field to built on the assumption that the and advances in transistor design
a semiconductor crystal to control positively charged holes created by drove rapid miniaturization. This
its conductivity, a theoretical doping penetrated the body of the led first to integrated circuits
breakthrough by Bardeen shifted semiconductor rather than just (entire circuits on a single crystal)
the focus onto the surface of the floating across its surface. The in the late 1960s, and in 1971 to
semiconductor as the key site transistor consisted of a sandwich the Intel 4004 microprocessor—an
of changes in conductivity. In 1947, of p-type material between two entire CPU (central processing unit)
the group began to experiment n-type layers (npn), or n-type on one 3 4 mm chip, with more
with electrical contacts on top of a sandwiched between p-type layers than 2,000 transistors. Since then,
crystal of germanium. A third (pnp), with the semiconductors the technology has developed with
electrode (the “base”) was attached separated by p–n junctions. By incredible rapidity, to the point
underneath. For the device to work 1951, Bell was mass-producing the where a CPU or GPU (graphics
as desired, the two top contacts transistor. Although at first mainly processing unit) chip can contain
needed to be very close together, used in hearing aids and radios, up to 20 billion transistors. ■
156
ANIMAL
ELECTRICITY
BIOELECTRICITY
B
ioelectricity enables the Richard Caton recorded the
IN CONTEXT entire nervous system of an electrical fields produced by the
animal to function. It allows brains of rabbits and monkeys.
KEY FIGURES
the brain to interpret heat, cold, The breakthrough in
Joseph Erlanger (1874–1965),
danger, pain, and hunger, and to understanding how the electrical
Herbert Spencer Gasser
regulate muscle movement, impulses were produced came
(1888–1963) including heartbeat and breathing. in 1932, when Joseph Erlanger
BEFORE One of the first scientists to and Herbert Gasser found that
1791 Italian physicist Luigi study bioelectricity was Luigi different fibers in the same nerve
Galvani publishes his findings Galvani, who coined the term cord possess different functions,
on “animal electricity” in a “animal electricity” in 1791. He conduct impulses at different rates,
frog’s leg. observed muscular contraction in and are stimulated at different
a dissected frog’s leg when a cut intensities. From the 1930s onward,
1843 German physician Emil nerve and a muscle were connected Alan Hodgkin and Andrew Huxley
du Bois-Reymond shows that with two pieces of metal. In 1843, used the giant axon (part of a
electrical conduction travels Emil du Bois-Reymond showed that nerve cell) of a veined squid to
along nerves in waves. nerve signals in fish are electrical, study how ions (charged atoms
and in 1875, British physiologist or molecules) move in and out
AFTER of nerve cells. They found that
1944 American physiologists when nerves pass on messages,
Joseph Erlanger and Herbert sodium, potassium, and chloride
Gasser receive the Nobel Prize ions create fast-moving pulses of
for Physiology or Medicine for electrical potential. ■
their work on nerve fibers.
1952 British scientists Alan Sharks and some other fish have
Hodgkin and Andrew Huxley jelly-filled pores called ampullae of
show that nerve cells Lorenzini, which detect changes in
electric fields in the water. These
communicate with other
sensors can detect a change of just
cells by means of flows of 0.01 microvolt.
ions; this becomes known as
the Hodgkin-Huxley model. See also: Magnetism 122–123 ■ Electric charge 124–127 ■ Electric potential
128–129 ■ Electric current and resistance 130–133 ■ Making magnets 134–135
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 157
A TOTALLY
UNEXPECTED
SCIENTIFIC
DISCOVERY
STORING DATA
C
omputer hard-disk drives
IN CONTEXT (HDD) store data encoded
into bits, written on the
KEY FIGURES
disk surface as a series of changes
Albert Fert (1938–),
in direction of magnetization. The
Peter Grünberg (1939–2018) We had just participated in
data is read by detecting these
BEFORE changes as a series of 1s and 0s. the birth of the phenomenon
1856 Scottish physicist The pressure to store more data in which we called giant
William Thomson (Lord Kelvin) less space has driven a constant magnetoresistance.
discovers magnetoresistance. evolution in HDD technology, but a Albert Fert
major problem soon emerged: it was
1928 The quantum- difficult for conventional sensors to
mechanical idea of electron read ever-greater amounts of data
spin is postulated by Dutch– on ever-smaller disk space.
American physicists George In 1988, two teams of computer
Uhlenbeck and Samuel scientists—one led by Albert Fert,
Goudsmit. the other by Peter Grünberg— nonmagnetic material between
independently discovered giant magnetic layers only a few atoms
1957 The first computer magnetoresistance (GMR). GMR thick, and by applying small
hard-disk drive (HDD) is the depends on electron spin, a magnetic fields, the current flowing
size of two refrigerators, and quantum-mechanical property. through became spin-polarized.
can store 3.75 megabytes (MB) Electrons possess either up-spin The electron spin was either
of data. or down-spin—if an electron’s spin oriented “up” or “down,” and if the
is “up,” it will move easily through magnetic field changed, the spin-
AFTER
an up-oriented magnetized polarized current was switched on
1997 British physicist material, but it will encounter or off, like a valve. This spin-valve
Stuart Parkin applies greater resistance through a down- could detect minute magnetic
giant magnetoresistance oriented magnet. The study of impulses when reading HDD data,
to create extremely sensitive electron spin became known as allowing vastly increased amounts
spin-valve technology for “spintronics.” By sandwiching a of data to be stored. ■
data-reading devices.
See also: Magnetism 122–123 ■ Nanoelectronics 158 ■ Quantum numbers
216–217 ■ Quantum field theory 224–225 ■ Quantum applications 226–231
158
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
ON THE HEAD
OF A PIN
NANOELECTRONICS
T
he components that are In 1975, he revised the timescale
IN CONTEXT integral to virtually every to every two years, a maxim that
electronic device, from became known as “Moore’s law.”
KEY FIGURE
smartphones to car ignition systems, Although the rate of miniaturization
Gordon Moore (1929–)
are only a few nanometers (nm) has slowed since 2012, the smallest
BEFORE in scale (1 nm is one-billionth of 1 modern transistors are 7 nm across,
Late 1940s The earliest meter). A handful of tiny integrated enabling 20 billion transistor-based
transistors are made, circuits (ICs) can perform functions circuits to be integrated into
measuring 1 ⁄3 inch in length. that were previously carried out by a single computer microchip.
thousands of transistors, switching Photolithography (transferring a
1958 American electrical or amplifying electronic signals. pattern from a photograph onto the
engineer Jack Kilby ICs are collections of components, semiconducting material) is used
demonstrates the first such as transistors and diodes, that to fabricate these nanocircuits. ■
working integrated circuit. are printed onto a silicon wafer, a
semiconducting material.
1959 Richard Feynman Reducing the size, weight, and
challenges other scientists power consumption of electronic
to research nanotechnology. devices has been a driving trend
AFTER since the 1950s. In 1965, American
1988 Albert Fert and Peter engineer Gordon Moore forecast the
Grünberg independently demand for ever-smaller electronic
discover the GM (giant components and predicted that the
number of transistors per silicon
magnetoresistance) effect,
chip would double every 18 months.
enabling computer hard drives
to store ever-greater amounts
of data. Gordon Moore, who was CEO of the
technology company Intel between
1999 American electronics 1975 and 1987, is best known for his
engineer Chad Mirkin invents observations about the demand for
dip-pen nanolithography, ever-smaller electronic components.
which “writes” nanocircuitry
on silicon wafers. See also: The motor effect 136–137 ■ Electronics 152–155 ■ Storing data 157
■ Quantum applications 226–231 ■ Quantum electrodynamics 260
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM 159
A SINGLE POLE,
EITHER NORTH
OR SOUTH
MAGNETIC MONOPOLES
I
n classical magnetism, magnets
IN CONTEXT have two poles that cannot
be separated. If a magnet is
KEY FIGURES
broken in half, the broken end simply
Gerard ’t Hooft (1946–),
becomes a new pole. However,
Alexander Polyakov (1945–)
in particle physics, magnetic Experimenters will continue
BEFORE monopoles are hypothetical to stalk the monopole with
1865 James Clerk Maxwell particles with a single pole, unfailing determination
unifies electricity and either north or south. Theoretically, and ingenuity.
magnetism in one theory. opposite magnetic monopoles John Preskill
attract, matching monopoles repel, American theoretical physicist
1894 Pierre Curie suggests and their trajectories bend in
that magnetic monopoles an electric field.
could exist. There is no observational or
experimental proof that magnetic
1931 Paul Dirac proposes that monopoles exist, but in 1931, British
magnetic monopoles could physicist Paul Dirac suggested that
explain the quantization of they could explain the quantization nuclear forces merge into a single
electric charge. of electric charge, whereby all force. In 1974, theoretical physicists
1974 American physicists electron charges are multiples Gerard ’t Hooft and Alexander
Sheldon Glashow and Howard of 1.6 10 –19 coulombs. Polyakov independently argued
Georgi publish the first Grand Gravity, electromagnetism, that GUT predicts the existence
the weak nuclear force, and the of magnetic monopoles.
Unified Theory (GUT) in
strong nuclear force are the four In 1982, a detector at Stanford
particle physics.
recognized fundamental forces. University recorded a particle
AFTER In particle physics, several variants consistent with a monopole, but
1982 Blas Cabrera, a of Grand Unified Theory (GUT) such particles have never been
Spanish physicist at Stanford propose that in an exceptionally found since, despite scientists’
University, California, records high-energy environment, efforts to find them using highly
an event consistent with a electromagnetic, weak, and strong sensitive magnetometers. ■
monopole passing through
a superconducting device. See also: Magnetism 122–123 ■ Electric charge 124–127 ■ Quantum field
theory 224–225 ■ Quantum applications 226–231 ■ String theory 308–311
SOUND AN
LIGHT
the properties
of waves
D
162 INTRODUCTION
Aristotle correctly suggests that Hero of Alexandria shows that Pierre de Fermat shows that all
sound is a wave conveyed the law of reflection can be laws of reflection and refraction
through motion of the air but derived using geometry alone can be described using the
erroneously proposes that high by adopting the rule that light principle that light always
frequencies travel faster than always travels between two travels between two points on
low frequencies. points by the shortest path. the path that takes the least time.
H
earing and sight are the explored the effects of vibrating reflection and refraction: light
senses we use most to lyre strings of different tensions always chooses to take the
interpret the world; little and lengths. shortest path it can between
wonder that light—a prerequisite any two points.
for human sight—and sound Reflection and refraction The phenomena of reflection
have fascinated humans since Mirrors and reflections have also and refraction of light allowed
the dawn of civilization. long been things of wonder. Again pioneers such as Italian physicist
Music has been a feature of in ancient Greece, scholars proved— and astronomer Galileo Galilei and
everyday life since Neolithic using geometry alone—that light Robert Hooke in England to create
times, as cave paintings and always returns from a mirrored devices that offered new views
archaeology testify. The ancient surface at the same angle at which of the universe, while microscopes
Greeks, whose love of learning it approaches it, a principle known unveiled nature. Telescopes
infused every element of their today as the law of reflection. revealed hitherto unseen moons
culture, sought to work out the In the 10th century, Persian orbiting other planets and
principles behind the production mathematician Ibn Sahl noted the prompted a reassessment of
of harmonic sounds. Pythagoras, relationship between a ray of light’s Earth’s place in the cosmos, while
inspired by hearing hammers angle of incidence as it entered a microscopes offered a view into an
strike different notes on an anvil, transparent material and its angle alien world of tiny creatures and
recognized that a relationship of refraction within that material. the cellular structure of life itself.
existed between sound and the In the 17th century, French The very nature of light was
size of the tool or instrument mathematician Pierre de Fermat questioned by influential scientists
that produced it. In a number proposed correctly that a single many times over the centuries.
of studies, he and his students principle pertained in both Some felt that light was composed
SOUND AND LIGHT 163
Danish scientist Rasmus Dutch physicist Christiaan Thomas Young’s James Clerk Maxwell
Bartholin describes Huygens publishes Treatise experiment splitting demonstrates that
light polarization on Light, outlining his a beam of sunlight light is an oscillation
after observing wave theory and how light demonstrates the of magnetic and
the birefringence of bends as it passes between wave properties electric fields.
calcite crystals. different media. of light.
of small particles which move light were acting as a wave, and their relative motion as one moved
through the air from a source to an the waves each side of the thin away and the other toward Earth.
observer, possibly after reflection card interfered with one another. The theory was proven for sound and
from an object. Others saw light as Wave theory took off, but only deemed correct for light; the color
a wave, citing behavior such when it became clear that light of light depends on its wavelength,
as diffraction (spreading of light as traveled in transverse waves, unlike which is shorter as a star approaches
it passed through narrow gaps). sound, which travels in longitudinal and longer when it is moving away.
English physicists Isaac Newton waves. Soon, physicists examining In the 19th century, physicists
and Robert Hooke opposed each the properties of light also noticed also discovered new light invisible
other; Newton favored particles that light waves could be forced to to the human eye—first infrared
and Hooke opted for waves. oscillate in particular orientations and then ultraviolet. In 1865,
British polymath and physician known as polarization. By 1821, Scottish physicist James Clerk
Thomas Young provided an answer. French physicist Augustin-Jean Maxwell interpreted light as an
In an experiment outlined to the Fresnel had produced a complete electromagnetic wave, prompting
Royal Society in 1803, he split a theory of light in terms of waves. questions about how far the
beam of sunlight, dividing it by electromagnetic spectrum might
means of a thin card, so that it The Doppler effect extend. Soon physicists discovered
diffracted and produced a pattern While considering the light from light with more extreme frequencies,
on a screen. The pattern was not pairs of stars orbiting each other, such as X-rays, gamma rays, radio
that of two bright patches from two Austrian physicist Christian Doppler waves, and microwaves—and their
rays of light, but a series of bright noticed that most pairs showed one multiple uses. Light that is invisible
and dark repeating lines. The star red and the other blue. In 1842, to humans is now an essential part
results could only be explained if he proposed that this was due to of modern life. ■
164
IN CONTEXT
THERE IS
KEY FIGURE
Pythagoras (c. 570–495 bce)
GEOMETRY IN
BEFORE
c. 40,000 bce The earliest
known purpose-built musical
instrument is a flute carved
THE HUMMING
from a vulture’s wing bone,
found at the Hohle Fels cave
near Ulm, Germany, in 2008.
OF THE STRINGS
AFTER
c. 350 bce Aristotle suggests
that sound is conveyed by the
movement of air.
H
umans have been making
music since prehistoric
times, but it was not until
the golden age of ancient Greece
(500–300 bce) that some of the
physical principles behind the
production of harmonic sounds,
in particular frequency and pitch,
were established. The earliest
scientific attempt to understand
these fundamental aspects of
music is generally attributed to
the Greek philosopher Pythagoras.
Limiting the
The timbre (sound
The pitch of a musical movement of a string
quality) of a musical
note depends on the at specific fractions of its
note depends on the
frequency of its length produces notes that
distinct shape of its
sound waves. create a pleasing
sound waves.
musical scale.
of physics and biology enables or even sung by another singer. to test the hammers and anvils,
its perception by the human ear. Musicians can also alter the timbre and in doing so discovered a
Today, we know that sound waves of an instrument by using different relationship between the size of
are longitudinal—they are created playing techniques. A violinist, for the hammer used and the pitch
by air being displaced back and example, can change the way the of the sound it produced.
forth in directions parallel to that strings vibrate by using the bow Like many other stories
in which the wave is propagating in different ways. about Pythagoras, this episode
(moving through the medium that is certainly invented (there is no
carries it). We perceive sound Pythagorean findings relationship between pitch and
when these oscillations cause According to legend, Pythagoras the size of the hammer striking
our eardrums to vibrate. formulated his ideas about pitch an anvil) but it is true that the
While the frequency or pitch while listening to the melodic philosopher and his followers found
of a sound dictates the note that sound of hammers striking anvils fundamental links between the
we hear, music also has another as he passed a busy blacksmith’s physics of musical instruments
quality known as “timbre.” This workshop. Hearing a note that and the notes they produced.
is the subtle variation in the rise sounded different from the others, They realized that there was a
and fall of the waves produced by he is said to have rushed inside relationship between the size and ❯❯
a particular musical instrument—
features of the wave’s “shape” Even if two notes have the same pitch, their sound depends
that are distinct from its simple on the shape of their waves. A tuning fork produces a pure
frequency and wavelength (the sound with just one pitch. A violin has a jagged waveform
distance between two successive with pitches called overtones on top of its fundamental pitch.
peaks and troughs in a wave).
No nondigital musical instrument
can produce sound waves that
vary consistently and entirely
smoothly, and timbre is the
reason why a note sung by a Simple waveform Overtone
human voice can sound very
different when it is played on a
stringed, wind, or brass instrument,
166 MUSIC
“first harmonic”. Standing waves fundamental tone and the octave
of shorter wavelengths, known as through a series of seven steps
“higher harmonics,” can be created without striking discordant notes.
by “stopping” a string (holding or The 3:2 ratio defined the fifth of
limiting its movement at another these steps, and became known
Harmony … depends on point on its length). The “second as the “perfect fifth.”
musical proportion; it is harmonic” is produced by stopping A set of seven musical notes
nothing but a mysterious the string precisely halfway along (equivalent to the white keys,
musical relation. its length. This results in a wave designated A–G, of an octave on
Florian Cajori whose entire wavelength matches a modern piano) proved somewhat
Swiss–American mathematician the string length—in other limiting, however, and smaller
words, the wavelength is half and tuning divisions called semitones
the frequency double that of the were later introduced. These led to
fundamental tone. To human a versatile system of twelve notes
hearing, this creates a note with (both the white and black keys on
many of the same characteristics a modern piano). While the seven
as the fundamental tone but with white keys alone can only make
sound of musical instruments. a higher pitch—in musical terms it a pleasing progression (known as
In particular, they found similar is an octave higher. A stop one- the “diatonic scale”) when played
relationships among the sounds third of the way down the string in order up or down from one “C”
produced by strings of different creates the third harmonic, with a to the next, the additional black
lengths, organ pipes of varying wavelength of two-thirds the length keys (“sharps” and “flats”) allow
heights, and wind instruments of of the string and a frequency three such a progression to be followed
different diameters and lengths. times that of the fundamental tone. from any point.
The Pythagoreans’ discoveries “Pythagorean tuning” based
had more to do with systematic The perfect fifth on the perfect fifth was used to
experiments involving vibrating The difference between the second find the desirable pitch of notes on
strings than hammers and anvils. and third harmonics was important. Western musical instruments for
The observation that shorter strings Equivalent to a 3:2 ratio between the many centuries, until changes in
vibrate more quickly and produce frequencies of vibrating waves, it musical taste in the Renaissance
higher notes was nothing new— separated pitches (musical notes) era led to more complex tunings.
it had been the basis of stringed that blended together pleasingly, Musical cultures outside Europe,
instruments for at least 2,000 years. but were also musically more such as those of India and China,
However, vibrating identical strings distinct from each other than
in different ways produced more harmonic notes separated by a
interesting results. whole octave.
Pythagoras and his students Experimentation soon allowed
tested strings from lyres (an early the Pythagoreans to construct
musical instrument) with varying an entire musical system around
lengths and tensions. Plucking a this relationship. By building and
string in the middle of its length, correctly “tuning” other strings
for example, creates a “standing to vibrate at frequencies set by
wave” in which the middle simple numerical relationships,
oscillates back and forth while they constructed a musical bridge,
the ends remain fixed in place. In or progression, between the
effect, the string produces a wave
with a wavelength that is twice
The lyre of ancient Greece
its own length and a frequency originally had four strings, but
determined by the wavelength and had acquired as many as 12 by the
the tension in the string. This is 5th century bce. Players plucked
known as the fundamental tone or the strings with a plectrum.
SOUND AND LIGHT 167
A medieval woodcut depicts the
musical investigations of Pythagoras
and his follower Philolaus, including the
various sounds produced by different
sized wind instruments.
LIGHT FOLLOWS
THE PATH OF
LEAST TIME
REFLECTION AND REFRACTION
R
eflection and refraction surface, known as the “normal.” The
IN CONTEXT are the two fundamental angle between the incoming ray
behaviors of light. and the normal is the same as
KEY FIGURE
Reflection is the tendency for that between the normal and the
Pierre de Fermat (1607–1665)
light to bounce off a surface in a reflected ray. In the 1st century ce,
BEFORE direction related to the angle at the mathematician Hero of
c. 160 ce Ptolemy puts forward which it approaches that surface. Alexandria showed how this
a theory that the eye emits Early studies led the Greek path always involves the light
rays which return information mathematician Euclid to note ray traveling over the shortest
to the observer. that light is reflected off a mirror distance (and spending the
at an “angle of reflection” equal to least time doing so).
c. 990 Persian mathematician its “angle of incidence”—the angle Refraction is the way rays of light
Ibn Sahl develops a law of at which it approaches in relation to change direction when passing
refraction after studying the a line perpendicular to the mirror’s from one transparent material to
bending of light.
1010 Arabic scholar Ibn Light approaching the boundary to another material can either be
al-Haytham’s Book of Optics reflected off at the same angle to the “normal” line, perpendicular to the
surface, or refracted at an angle that relates to the angle of approach and
proposes that vision is the the relative speed of light in the two materials. Whether light is reflected
result of rays entering the eye. or refracted, it always follows the shortest and simplest path.
Normal Refracted ray as
AFTER denser secondary
Incident ray Angle of Angle of
1807 Thomas Young coins incidence incidence material slows
the term “refractive index” to and reflection it down
are equal
describe the ratio of the speed Secondary
of light in a vacuum to its material
speed in a refracting material. Incident
ray
1821 Frenchman Augustin Normal
Angle of
Fresnel outlines a complete refraction
theory of light and describes Reflected
refraction and reflection in ray Ray exits secondary
Secondary material and returns
terms of waves. material to original speed
Reflection Refraction
SOUND AND LIGHT 169
See also: Energy and motion 56–57 ■ Focusing light 170–175 ■ Lumpy and wavelike light 176–179 ■ Diffraction and
interference 180–183 ■ Polarization 184–187 ■ The speed of light 275 ■ Dark matter 302–305
Pierre de Fermat Born in 1607, the son of a merchant the energy required. This
from southwestern France, Pierre was important for understanding
de Fermat trained and worked not only light and large-scale
as a lawyer, but is mostly motion, but also the behavior
remembered for mathematics. of atoms on the quantum level.
He found a means of calculating Fermat died in 1665; three
the slopes and turning points of centuries later, his famous
curves a generation before Isaac Fermat’s last theorem about
Newton and Gottfried Leibniz the behavior of numbers at
used calculus to do so. powers higher than 2 was
Fermat’s “principle of least finally proved in 1995.
time” is regarded as a key step
toward the more universal Key work
“principle of least action”—an
observation that many physical 1636 “Method of Finding the
phenomena behave in ways that Maxima, Minima and Linear
minimize (or sometimes maximize) Tangents of Curves”
A NEW VISIBLE
WORLD
FOCUSING LIGHT
172 FOCUSING LIGHT
J
ust as rays of light can a larger part of the eye’s field of
IN CONTEXT be reflected in different vision. These magnifying lenses,
directions by plane mirrors however, had limitations. Studying
KEY FIGURE
(with a flat surface), or refracted objects that were very close to
Antonie van Leeuwenhoek
from one angle to another as they the lens, using larger lenses to
(1632–1723) cross a flat boundary between achieve a greater field of view
BEFORE different transparent materials, (area of the object that could be
5th century bce In ancient so curved surfaces can be used magnified) involved bending light
Greece, convex disks of crystal to bend light rays onto converging rays that would be diverging
or glass are used to ignite fires paths—bringing them together at strongly between opposite sides
by focusing sunlight on a a point called a focus. The bending of the lens. This required a more
single point. and focusing of light rays using powerful lens (sharply curved and
lenses or mirrors is the key to thicker at the center), which due
c. 1000 ce The first lenses, many optical instruments, including to the limitations of early glass
glass “reading stones” with the groundbreaking single-lens manufacture was more likely
a flat base and convex upper microscope designed by Antonie to produce distortions. High
surface, are used in Europe. van Leeuwenhoek in the 1670s. magnifications therefore seemed
impossible to achieve. These
AFTER Magnifying principles problems held up the development
1893 German scientist August The first form of optical instrument of optical instruments for centuries.
Köhler devises an illumination was the lens, used in Europe from
system for the microscope. the 11th century. The refraction The first telescopes
process as light enters and leaves In the 17th century, scientists
1931 In Germany, Ernst Ruska
a convex lens (with an outward- realized that by using a
and Max Knoll build the first
curving surface) bends the combination of multiple lenses
electron microscope, which spreading light rays from a source instead of a single lens in an
uses the quantum properties onto more closely parallel paths, instrument they could improve
of electrons to view objects. creating an image that occupies magnification significantly,
1979 The Multiple Mirror
Telescope at Mount Hopkins, While the original “Galilean” telescope design uses
Only part
Arizona, is built. a concave eyepiece lens to bend light outward without of the light
passing through a focus, the more advanced Keplerian from the
design uses a convex lens beyond the focus to produce image enters
an image covering a larger field of view. the pupil
Convex eyepiece
However, attempting
Lens shapes can also to magnify nearby
Lens-shaped glass or
bend light from nearby objects by large amounts
crystal can bend sunlight
objects to create a creates distortions due
to create a focus.
magnified image. to lens thickness.
creating optical tools that could In 1609, Italian physicist Galileo In 1611, German astronomer
magnify not only nearby objects Galilei built his own telescope Johannes Kepler came up with
but also those very far away. based on this model. His rigorous a better design. In the Keplerian
The first compound optical approach allowed him to improve telescope, the rays are allowed
instrument (one using multiple on the original, producing devices to meet, and the eyepiece lens is
lenses) was the telescope, usually that could magnify by a factor of convex rather than concave. Here,
said to have been invented by 30. These telescopes allowed him the lens is placed beyond the focus
Dutch lens-maker Hans Lippershey to make important astronomical point, at a distance where rays
around 1608. Lippershey’s device, discoveries, but the images were have begun to diverge again.
consisting of two lenses mounted still blurry, and the field of view tiny. The eyepiece therefore acts more
at either end of a tube, produced like a normal magnifying glass,
images of distant objects magnified creating an image with a larger
by a factor of three. Just as a field of view and potentially offering
magnifying glass bends diverging far higher magnification. Keplerian
rays from nearby objects onto telescopes form images that are
more parallel paths, so the front, upside-down and back-to-front, but
or “objective.” lens of a telescope [T]he effect of this was not a significant problem
gathers near-parallel rays from more my instrument is such for astronomical observations, or
distant objects and bends them onto that it makes an object fifty even for practiced terrestrial users.
a converging path. However before miles off appear as large
the rays can meet, a concave as if it were only Tackling aberration
(inward-curving) “eyepiece” lens five miles away. The key to increasing a telescope’s
bends them back onto diverging Galileo Galilei magnifying power lay in the
paths—creating an image in the strength and separation of its
observer’s eye that appears larger lenses, but stronger lenses
and (because the objective lens brought with them problems of
gathered much more light than their own. Astronomers identified
a human pupil) also brighter. two major problems—colorful ❯❯
174 FOCUSING LIGHT
Ten times more powerful than
the Hubble Space Telescope, the Giant
Magellan Telescope in Chile, due to
be completed in 2025, will capture light
from the outer reaches of the universe.
LIGHT IS
KEY FIGURE
Thomas Young (1773–1829)
BEFORE
A WAVE
5th century bce The Greek
philosopher Empedocles
claims that “light corpuscles”
emerge from the human eye to
illuminate the world around it.
T
heories about the nature
of light had occupied the
minds of philosophers and
scientists since ancient times, but
it was the development of optical
instruments such as the telescope
and microscope in the 1600s that
led to important breakthroughs,
such as confirmation that Earth
was not the center of the solar
system and the discovery of a
microscopic world.
In around 1630, French scientist
and philosopher René Descartes,
seeking to explain the phenomenon
of light refraction (how light bends
when it passes between media),
proposed that light was a traveling
disturbance—a wave moving at
SOUND AND LIGHT 177
See also: Force fields and Maxwell’s equations 142–147 ■ Diffraction and interference 180–183 ■ Polarization 184–187
■ Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Energy quanta 208–211 ■ Particles and waves 212–215
experiments—in which he
split white light into its color
components using a prism and
then recreated a white beam
using lenses—revealed the truth.
Newton also investigated One may conceive light to
reflection. He showed that beams spread successively, by
of light always reflect in straight spherical waves.
lines and cast sharp-edged Christiaan Huygens
shadows. In his view, wavelike light
would show more signs of bending
and spreading, so he concluded
that light must be corpuscular—
White light splits into the rainbow
components of the visible spectrum made up of tiny, lumpy particles.
when it passes through a prism. The Newton published his findings in
precise color depends on the length 1675 and developed them further bends when it passes between
of the wave—red has the longest. in his book Opticks in 1704. His different media (such as water
premise dominated theories about and air) in terms of wave behavior.
light for more than a century. Huygens rejected the corpuscular
infinite speed through a medium model on the grounds that two
that filled empty space. (He called Light bends beams could collide without
this medium the plenum.) Around Newton’s work had some failings, scattering in unexpected
1665, English scientist Robert particularly when it came to directions. He suggested that light
Hooke was the first to make a link refraction. In 1690, Dutch scientist was a disturbance moving at very
between the diffraction of light (its and inventor Christiaan Huygens high (though finite) speed through
ability to spread out after passing published Treatise on Light, in what he called the “luminiferous
through narrow openings) and the which he explained how light ether”—a light-carrying medium. ❯❯
similar behavior of water waves.
This led him to suggest that not
only was light a wave, but it was a
transverse wave, like water—one in Water waves produce a Light spreads out
which the direction of disturbance spreading semicircular after passing through
is at right angles to the direction pattern after passing a narrow slit.
of motion, or “propagation.” through a narrow opening.
(including Young himself) at light supposedly traveled. Most now called photons. The intensity
first assumed that if light was a experts believed that Maxwell’s of a light source depends on the
wave, it must be longitudinal— equations described the speed number of photons it produces,
like sound, where the disturbance at which light would enter the but the energy of an individual
of the medium moves back and ether from a source. The failure photon depends on its wavelength
forth parallel to the direction of of increasingly sophisticated or frequency—hence high-energy
propagation. This made some experiments designed to detect blue photons can provide electrons
light phenomena, such as this light-carrying medium raised with enough energy to flow, while
polarization, impossible to fundamental questions and created lower-energy red ones, even in
explain through waves. a crisis that was only resolved by large numbers, cannot. Since the
A solution emerged in France Einstein’s theory of special relativity. early 20th century, the fact that
in 1816, when André-Marie Ampère light can behave like a wave or
suggested to Augustin-Jean Waves and particles like a particle has been confirmed
Fresnel that the waves might be Einstein was largely responsible for in numerous experiments. ■
transverse, which would explain a final shift in our understanding
the behavior of polarized light. of light. In 1905, he put forward an
Fresnel went on to produce a explanation for the photoelectric
detailed wave theory of light that effect—a phenomenon in which
also explained diffraction effects. currents flow from the surface
of certain metals when they are
Electromagnetic properties exposed to certain kinds of light. [W]e have good reason to
Acceptance of light’s wavelike Scientists had been puzzled by conclude that light itself […]
nature coincided with developing the fact that a feeble amount of is an electromagnetic
studies of electricity and magnetism. blue or ultraviolet light would disturbance in the form of
By the 1860s, James Clerk Maxwell cause a current to flow from some waves propagating […]
was able to describe light in a metals while they remained according to the laws
series of elegant equations as an inactive under even the most of electromagnetism.
electromagnetic disturbance moving intense red light. Einstein James Clerk Maxwell
at 186,282 miles (299,792 km) suggested (building on the concept
per second. of light quanta previously used by
However, awkward questions Max Planck) that despite being
still surrounded Huygens’ so-called fundamentally wavelike, light
“luminiferous ether” through which travels in small particle-like bursts,
180
IN CONTEXT
LIGHT IS
KEY FIGURE
Augustin-Jean Fresnel
(1788–1827)
NEVER KNOWN
BEFORE
1665 Robert Hooke compares
the movement of light to the
TO BEND INTO
spreading of waves in water.
1666 Isaac Newton
demonstrates that sunlight is
THE SHADOW
composed of different colors.
AFTER
1821 Augustin-Jean Fresnel
publishes his work on
DIFFRACTION AND INTERFERENCE polarization, suggesting for
the first time that light is a
transverse (waterlike) wave
rather than a longitudinal
(soundlike) wave.
1860 In Germany, Gustav
Kirchhoff and Robert Bunsen
use diffraction gratings to link
bright “emission lines” of light
at specific wavelengths with
different chemical elements.
D
ifferent types of waves
share similar behaviors,
such as reflection
(bouncing off a surface at the same
angle as they approach the surface),
refraction (changing direction at
the boundaries between mediums),
and diffraction—the way a wave
spreads around obstacles or spreads
out when it passes through an
aperture. An example of diffraction
is the way water waves spread
into the shadow region beyond a
barrier. The discovery that light
also exhibits diffraction was key
to proving its wavelike nature.
The diffraction of light was
first systematically observed in
the 1660s by Francesco Maria
SOUND AND LIGHT 181
See also: Reflection and refraction 168–169 ■ Lumpy and wavelike light 176–179 ■ Polarization 184–187 ■ The Doppler
effect and redshift 188–191 ■ Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Particles and waves 212–215
Competing theories
In the 1670s, Isaac Newton
treated diffraction (which he
called “inflexion”) as a special
Outgoing light
type of refraction that occurred
diffracts when light rays (which he believed
were corpuscular) passed close
When linear light waves pass to obstacles. At around the same
through a narrow aperture in a time, Newton’s rival Robert Like light waves, wind-generated
barrier, they diffract (spread out) Hooke cast doubt on his theory waves on a lake spread out in circular
into semicircular wave fronts. by conducting successful ripples when they pass through a
demonstrations of Grimaldi’s narrow gap, illustrating the property
of diffraction common to all waves.
experiments, and Dutch scientist
Grimaldi, a Jesuit priest and and inventor Christiaan Huygens
physicist in Italy. Grimaldi put forward his own wave theory Neither the wave theory of light
built a dark room with a pinhole of light. Huygens argued that many nor Newton’s corpuscular theory
aperture through which a pencil- optical phenomena could only be explained the phenomenon of
width beam of sunlight could explained if light was treated as colored fringing—something that
enter and hit an angled screen. an advancing “wave front,” along Grimaldi had noted around both
Where the beam struck the screen, which any point was a source the edges of the illuminated circle
it created an oval circle of light, of secondary waves, whose and the shadow of the rod in his
which Grimaldi measured. He interference and reinforcement experiments. Newton’s struggle
then held a thin rod in the path determined the direction in with this question led him to
of the light beam and measured which the wave front moved. propose some intriguing ideas.
the size of the shadow it cast He maintained that light was
within the illuminated area. strictly corpuscular, but that each
Grimaldi then compared his fast-moving corpuscle could act as
results to calculations based on a source of periodic waves whose
the assumption that light travels vibrations determined its color.
in straight lines. He found that
not only was the shadow larger Nature is not embarrassed Young’s experiments
than such calculations suggested by difficulties of analysis. Newton’s improved theory of light,
it should be, but so was the She avoids complication published in his book Opticks in
illuminated oval. only in means. 1704, did not entirely resolve
The conclusion Grimaldi drew Augustin-Jean Fresnel the questions around diffraction,
from these comparisons was that but the corpuscular model was
light was not composed of simple widely accepted until 1803, when
particles (corpuscles) that traveled Thomas Young’s demonstration
in straight lines, but had wavelike of interference between diffracted
properties, similar to water, that light waves led to a resurgence of ❯❯
182 DIFFRACTION AND INTERFERENCE
interest in Huygens’ ideas. Young is a distance where red light is still
proposed two modifications to diffracted, but blue light is not, then
the Huygens’ model that could it is red fringing that would appear.
explain diffraction. One was the
idea that the points on a wave front Crucial breakthrough
at the very edges of the open In 1818, the French Academy
aperture produced wavelets that of Sciences offered a prize for a
spread into the “shadow” region full explanation of the “problem
beyond the barrier. The other of inflection” identified by Young.
was that the observed pattern of Civil engineer Augustin-Jean
diffraction came about through a Fresnel had been working on
wave passing near the edge of the precisely this question for several
aperture interfering with a wave years, conducting a series of
Augustin-Jean bouncing off the sides of the barrier. intricate homemade experiments
Young also proposed that there and sharing his findings with
Fresnel
must be a distance where light academician François Arago. Some
The second of four sons of was sufficiently far from the edge of his work unwittingly replicated
a local architect, Fresnel was to be unaffected by diffraction. If that of Young, but there were
born at Broglie in Normandy, this distance varied between the new insights as well, and Arago
France, in 1788. In 1806, different colors of light, Young encouraged Fresnel to submit an
he enrolled to study civil maintained, it could explain the explanatory memoir for the prize
engineering at the National colored fringes discovered by competition. In this memoir,
School of Bridges and Roads, Grimaldi. For instance, if there Fresnel gave complex mathematical
and went on to become a
government engineer.
Briefly suspended from
work for his political views Light falls into areas Light is bending or
during the last days of the that should be completely spreading out as it
Napoleonic Wars, Fresnel in shadow. passes obstructions.
pursued his interest in optics.
Encouraged by physicist
François Arago, he wrote
essays and a prize memoir
on the subject, including a
mathematical treatment of The wave front in Huygens’ model would produce
diffraction. Fresnel later secondary waves that might spread out into shaded areas.
explained polarization using a
model of light as a transverse
wave and developed a lens for
focusing intense directional
beams of light (mainly used in
lighthouses). He died in 1827, Secondary wave fronts perfectly reinforce or cancel out only
at the age of 39. in a few places—in most, their interference is more complex.
Key works
THE NORTH
KEY FIGURE
Étienne-Louis Malus
(1775–1812)
AND SOUTH
BEFORE
13th century References
to the use of “sunstones” in
Icelandic sagas suggest that
Viking sailors may have used
SIDES OF
the properties of Iceland spar
crystals to detect polarization
for daytime navigation.
AFTER
THE RAY
1922 Georges Friedel
investigates the properties of
three kinds of “liquid crystal”
material and notes their ability
to alter the polarization plane
POLARIZATION of light.
1929 American inventor
and scientist Edwin H. Land
invents “Polaroid,” a plastic
whose polymer strands act as
a filter for polarized light, only
transmitting light in one plane.
P
olarization is the alignment
of waves in a specific plane
or direction. The term is
usually applied to light, but any
transverse wave (oscillating at right
angles to the wave direction) can
be polarized. A number of natural
phenomena produce light that is
polarized—a portion of the sunlight
reflected off a flat and shiny surface
such as a lake, for example, is
polarized to match the angle of the
lake’s surface—and light can also
be polarized artificially.
The investigation of different
effects caused by polarization
helped determine that light is
a wavelike phenomenon, and
also provided important evidence
SOUND AND LIGHT 185
See also: Force fields and Maxwell’s equations 142–147 ■ Focusing light 170–175 ■ Lumpy and wavelike light 176–179
■ Diffraction and interference 180–183 ■ Electromagnetic waves 192–195
that it is electromagnetic in nature. an early champion of the wave and Newton could not envisage
The first account of identical light theory, argued that the speed of how these could be sensitive
beams differing for seemingly light rays traveling through the to direction.
inexplicable reasons was given by crystal varied according to the
Danish scientist Rasmus Bartholin direction in which they moved, Sides and poles
in 1669. He discovered that and in 1690 used his “wave front” In the early 19th century, French
viewing an object through principle to model the image- soldier and physicist Étienne-Louis
the crystals of a transparent doubling effect. Malus carried out his own version
mineral known as Iceland spar Huygens also carried out some of Huygens’ experiments. Malus
(a form of calcite) produced a new experiments, placing a second was interested in applying ❯❯
double image of that object. crystal of Iceland spar in front of
This phenomenon, known the first and rotating it. When he
as birefringence, arises because did so, he found that the doubling
the crystal has a refractive index effect disappeared at certain
(speed at which the light is angles. He did not understand
transmitted) that changes why, but he recognized that the
according to the polarization of two images produced by the first
the light passing through it. Light crystal were different from each
reflected from most objects has other in some way.
no particular polarization, so on Isaac Newton maintained that
average, half the rays are split birefringence strengthened his
along each path, and a double case for light as a corpuscle—a
image is created. particle with discrete “sides” that
could be affected by its orientation.
Early explanations In Newton’s view, the effect
Bartholin published a detailed helped disprove the wave theory,
Sunglasses with polarized lenses
discussion of the birefringence as Huygens’ model of light involved reduce the harsh glare of light reflecting
effect in 1670, but he could not longitudinal waves (disturbances off a snowy landscape by allowing only
explain it in terms of any particular parallel to the wave direction) light waves that have been polarized in
model of light. Christiaan Huygens, rather than transverse waves, one direction to pass through.
186 POLARIZATION
mathematical rigor to the study in a bowl of water as he rotated
of light. He developed a useful the crystal—the reflections would
mathematical model for what was disappear and reappear depending
actually happening to light rays on the rotation of the crystal. He
in three dimensions when they soon developed a law (Malus’s law)
encountered materials with Have not the rays of light describing how the intensity of a
different reflective and refractive several sides, endued with polarized image viewed through
properties. (Previous models had several properties? a crystal “filter” relates to the
simplified matters by considering Isaac Newton orientation of the crystal.
only what happened to light rays Further experiments revealed
moving in a single flat plane— a similar effect with reflections
two dimensions.) from transparent materials. Malus
In 1808, the French Institute noticed that interaction between
of Science and Arts offered a the surface of the materials and
prize for a full explanation of unpolarized light (with a random
birefringence and encouraged Malus discovered an important mix of orientations) reflected light
Malus to participate. Like many in new aspect of the phenomenon in one specific plane of polarization
the French scientific establishment, while using a piece of Iceland spar rather than others, while light
Malus followed the corpuscular to observe a reflection of the setting polarized in the other plane passed
theory of light, and it was hoped sun in a window of the Palais du into or through the new medium
that a corpuscular explanation for Luxembourg in Paris. He noticed (such as water or glass) along a
birefringence might help debunk that the intensity of the sun’s two refracted path. Malus realized that
the wave theory recently put images varied as he rotated the the factor determining whether to
forward in Britain by Thomas crystal, and one or other image reflect or refract must be the internal
Young. Malus developed a theory disappeared completely with every structure of the new medium, linked
in which light corpuscles had 90-degree turn of the crystal. This, to its refractive index.
distinct sides and “poles” (axes of Malus realized, meant that the
rotation). Birefringent materials, he sunlight had already been polarized New insights
claimed, refracted corpuscles along by reflection off the glass. He Malus’s identification of a link
different paths depending on the confirmed the effect by shining between a material’s structure
direction of their poles. He coined candlelight through a birefringent and its effect on polarized light was
the term “polarization” to describe crystal and looking at how the important: one common application
this effect. resulting pair of light rays reflected today is to study the internal
Étienne-Louis Malus Born into a privileged Parisian the “caustic” reflections created
family in 1775, Malus showed by curved reflecting surfaces,
early mathematical promise. He impressed his peers, and in 1810
served as a regular soldier before his explanation of birefringence
attending the École Polytechnique led to him being elected to the
engineering school in Paris from Académie des Sciences. A year
1794, after which he rose through later, he was awarded the Royal
the ranks of the army engineering Society’s Rumford Medal for the
corps and took part in Napoleon’s same work, despite Britain being
expedition to Egypt (1798–1801). at war with France. Malus died
On returning to France, he worked in 1812, aged 36.
on military engineering projects.
From 1806, a posting to Key works
Paris enabled Malus to mix with
leading scientists. His talent for 1807 Treatise on Optics
mathematically describing the 1811 “Memoir on some
behaviors of light, including new optical phenomena”
SOUND AND LIGHT 187
changes in materials under stress Vertical filter accepts Horizontal filter blocks
from the way they affect polarized only vertical rays vertical rays
light. He attempted to identify a
relationship between a material’s
refractive index and the angle at
which light reflecting from a
surface would be perfectly “plane
polarized” (aligned in a single
plane). He found the correct angle Nothing
for water but was thwarted by the passes
poor quality of other materials he through
investigated; a general law was the filter
Unpolarized light Vertical
found a few years later in 1815 by at right angles polarized light
Scottish physicist David Brewster.
The range of phenomena Unpolarized light waves oscillate at right angles to their direction
involving polarization grew. In 1811, of propagation (motion) in random directions. Plane-polarized light
waves oscillate in a single direction, while the plane of circular-
French physicist François Arago polarized waves rotates steadily as they propagate.
found that passing polarized light
through quartz crystals could rotate
its axis of polarization (an effect now light polarized along the other axis. wave. André-Marie Ampère
known as “optical activity”), and his Using dichroic materials would suggested to Fresnel that a solution
contemporary Jean-Baptiste Biot become one of the ways in which might be found by treating light
reported that light from rainbows polarized light could be easily as a transverse wave. If this were
was highly polarized. produced. Others included using the case, it followed that the axis
Biot went on to identify optical certain types of glass and specially of polarization would be the plane
activity in liquids, formulating the shaped calcite prisms. in which the wave was oscillating
concept of circular polarization (in (vibrating). Thomas Young reached
which the polarization axis rotates Polarized waves the same conclusion when Arago
as the light ray moves forward). He In 1816, Arago and his protégé told him about the experiment, but
also discovered “dichroic” minerals, Augustin-Jean Fresnel made it was Fresnel who took inspiration
which are natural materials that an unexpected and important to create a comprehensive wave
allow light to pass through if it is discovery that undermined claims theory of light, which would
polarized along one axis, but block that polarization supported the eventually displace all older models.
corpuscular nature of light. They Polarization would also play a
created a version of Thomas key role in the next major advance
Young’s “double-slit” experiment in the understanding of light. In
using two beams of light whose 1845, British scientist Michael
polarization could be altered, and Faraday, seeking a way to prove
found that patterns of dark and light the suspected link between light
We find that light acquires caused by interference between the and electromagnetism, decided
properties which are two beams were strongest when to see what would happen if he
relative only to the sides they had the same polarization. But shone a beam of polarized light
of the ray … I shall give the the patterns faded as the difference through a magnetic field. He
name of poles to these in polarization increased, and they discovered that he could rotate
sides of the ray. disappeared completely when the the plane of polarization by
Étienne-Louis Malus polarization planes were at right altering the strength of the field.
angles to each other. This phenomenon, known as the
This discovery was inexplicable Faraday effect, would ultimately
through any corpuscular theory of inspire James Clerk Maxwell to
light, and could not be explained by develop his model of light as an
imagining light as a longitudinal electromagnetic wave. ■
188
IN CONTEXT
THE
KEY FIGURE
Christian Doppler
(1803–1853)
TRUMPETERS
BEFORE
1727 British astronomer James
Bradley explains the aberration
AND THE
of starlight—a change in the
angle at which light from
distant stars approaches
Earth, caused by Earth’s
WAVE TRAIN
motion around the sun.
AFTER
1940s “Doppler radar” is
developed for aviation and
THE DOPPLER EFFECT AND REDSHIFT weather forecasting after early
forms of radar fail to account
for rainfall and the Doppler
shifts of moving targets.
1999 Based on observations of
exploding stars, astronomers
discover that some distant
galaxies are further away than
their Doppler shifts suggest,
implying that the expansion of
the universe is accelerating.
T
oday, the Doppler effect is a
familiar part of our everyday
lives. We notice it as the
shift in the pitch of sound waves
when a vehicle with an emergency
siren speeds toward us, passes us,
and continues into the distance.
The effect is named after the
scientist who first proposed it
as a theoretical prediction. When
applied to light, it has turned out
to be a powerful tool for learning
about the universe.
Key work
THESE
KEY FIGURES
Heinrich Hertz (1857–1894),
Wilhelm Röntgen
(1845–1923)
MYSTERIOUS
BEFORE
1672 Isaac Newton splits
white light into a spectrum
using a prism and then
WAVES WE
recombines it.
1803 Thomas Young suggests
that the colors of visible
light are caused by rays of
CANNOT SEE
different wavelengths.
AFTER
c. 1894 Italian engineer
Guglielmo Marconi achieves
the first long-distance
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES communication using
radio waves.
1906 American inventor
Reginald Fessenden uses
an “amplitude modulation”
system to make the first
radio broadcast.
I
n 1865, James Clerk Maxwell
interpreted light as a moving
electromagnetic wave with
transverse electric and magnetic
fields—waves locked in step at
right angles to each other (shown
opposite). Maxwell’s theory caused
scientists to ask further questions.
How far did the “electromagnetic
spectrum” extend beyond the range
visible to the human eye? And
what properties might distinguish
waves with much longer or shorter
wavelengths than visible light?
Early discoveries
German-born astronomer William
Herschel found the first evidence for
the existence of radiation beyond
SOUND AND LIGHT 193
See also: Force fields and Maxwell’s equations 142–147 ■ Lumpy and wavelike light 176–179 ■ Diffraction and interference
180–183 ■ Polarization 184–187 ■ Seeing beyond light 202–203 ■ Nuclear rays 238–239
the range of visible light in 1800. theories linked wavelength and waves with radically different
While measuring temperatures color with electromagnetic waves, wavelengths. Most scientists
associated with the different which meant that his model could concluded that the best way to
(visible) colors in sunlight, also be applied to infrared and prove Maxwell’s model would
Herschel allowed the spectrum ultraviolet rays (with wavelengths be to look for evidence of these
of light he was projecting onto a shorter or longer than those within predicted phenomena.
thermometer to drift beyond the the visible spectrum), allowing Heinrich Hertz, in 1886,
visible red light. He was surprised ultraviolet and infrared rays to be experimented with an electrical
to find the temperature reading had treated as natural extensions of circuit that consisted of two
shot up—a sign that much of the the visible spectrum. separate spiral-wound conducting
heat in radiation from the sun is wires placed near each other. Both
carried by invisible rays. Finding proof ends of each wire terminated in a
In 1801, German pharmacist Maxwell’s ideas remained metal ball, and when a current was
Johann Ritter reported evidence theoretical, as at the time there applied to one of the wires, a spark
for what he called “chemical rays.” were no technologies suitable to would leap between the metal ball
Ritter’s experiment involved prove them. However, he was still terminals of the other. The effect
studying the behavior of silver able to predict phenomena that was an example of electromagnetic
chloride, a light-sensitive chemical, would be associated with his model induction, with the spiral-wound
which was relatively inactive when of light—such as the existence of wires acting as “induction coils.” ❯❯
exposed to red light, but would
darken in blue light. Ritter showed
Electromagnetic waves Magnetic field
that exposing the chemical to are made up of two matching
radiation beyond violet in the Electric
waves at right angles—one field Direction of
visible spectrum (now known as is an oscillating electric field, wave travel
“ultraviolet” radiation) produced and the other is an oscillating
an even faster darkening reaction. magnetic field.
Maxwell published his model
of light as an electromagnetic wave Fields oscillate at
that is self-reinforcing (supports right angles to
itself continuously). Maxwell’s each other
194 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES
flowed in the induction coil of the
Electromagnetic radiation Different types of circuit, it triggered sparks in the
is a form of energy that electromagnetic radiation have spark gap of that main circuit, and
travels in waves. different wavelengths. also in the receiver’s spark gap. The
receiver was well beyond the range
of any possible induction effects, so
something else had to be causing
current to oscillate within it—the
Invisible electromagnetic Visible light is the only electromagnetic waves.
waves are longer or shorter form of electromagnetic Hertz carried out a variety of
than light waves. radiation that we can see. further tests to prove that he had
indeed produced electromagnetic
waves similar to light—such as
showing that the waves traveled at
Current flowing in one coiled that oscillated rapidly back and the speed of light. He published his
wire generated a magnetic field forth. With careful adjustments of results widely.
that caused current to flow in the the currents and voltages, Hertz
other—but as Hertz studied this was able to “tune” his circuit to Tuning into radio
experiment more closely, he an oscillation frequency of around Other physicists and inventors
formulated an idea for a circuit 50 million cycles per second. soon began investigating these
that could test Maxwell’s theories. According to Maxwell’s theory, “Hertzian waves” (later called
Hertz’s circuit, completed in this oscillating current would radio waves) and found countless
1888, had a pair of long wires produce electromagnetic waves applications. As the technology
running toward each other with with wavelengths of a few feet, improved so did the range and
a tiny “spark gap” between their which could be detected at a quality of signals, and the ability to
ends. The other end of each wire distance. The final element of broadcast many different streams
was attached to its own 12-inch Hertz’s experiment was a “receiver” of radio waves from a single mast.
(30-cm) zinc sphere. Running (which would receive the wave Wireless telegraphy (simple signals
current through an “induction coil” signals)—this was a separate transmitted as Morse code) was
nearby induced sparks across the rectangle of copper wire with its followed by voice communication
spark gap, creating a high voltage own spark gap, mounted at some and eventually television. Hertz’s
difference between the two ends of distance from the main circuit. radio waves still play a vital role in
each wire and an electric current Hertz found that when current modern-day technology.
THE LANGUAGE
KEY FIGURE
Niels Bohr (1885–1962)
OF SPECTRA
BEFORE
1565 In Spain, Nicolás
Monardes describes the
fluorescent properties of a
IS A TRUE MUSIC
kidney wood infusion.
1669 Hennig Brand, a German
chemist, discovers phosphorus,
OF THE SPHERES
which glows in the dark after
being illuminated.
AFTER
1926 Austrian physicist
LIGHT FROM THE ATOM Erwin Schrödinger shows
that electron orbits resemble
fuzzy clouds rather than
circular paths.
1953 In the US, Charles
Townes uses stimulated
emission from electron
movements to create a
microwave amplifier,
demonstrating the principle
that foreshadows the laser.
T
he ability of materials
to generate light rather
than simply reflect it from
luminous sources such as the sun
was initially regarded with mild
curiosity. Eventually, however, it
proved essential to understanding
the atomic structure of matter,
and in the 20th century it led
to valuable new technologies.
Discovering fluorescence
Substances with a natural ability
to glow in certain conditions were
recorded from at least the 16th
century, but scientists did not
attempt to investigate this
phenomenon until the early 1800s.
In 1819, English clergyman and
SOUND AND LIGHT 197
See also: Electric potential 128–129 ■ Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Energy quanta 208–211 ■ Particles and waves
212–215 ■ Matrices and waves 218–219 ■ The nucleus 240–241 ■ Subatomic particles 242–243
SEEING
WITH SOUND
PIEZOELECTRICITY AND ULTRASOUND
IN CONTEXT
Crystals are piezoelectric if heating them and/or distorting their
KEY FIGURES structure can create an electric current.
Pierre Curie (1859–1906),
Jacques Curie (1855–1941),
Paul Langevin (1872–1946)
BEFORE
1794 Italian biologist Lazzaro High-frequency electric
Ultrasound echoes
Spallanzani reveals how bats currents can cause
bouncing off an object are
piezoelectric crystals to
navigate by listening to the affected by its shape,
produce high-pitched
echoes of their own calls. composition, and distance.
ultrasound.
AFTER
1941 In Austria, Karl Dussik
is the first person to apply
ultrasound imaging to the
human body. When the crystals compress,
These echoes cause
they produce electric signals
the piezoelectric crystals
1949 John Wild, a physician that can be transformed
to compress.
in the US, pioneers the use of into images.
ultrasound as a diagnostic tool.
1966 At the University of
U
Washington, Donald Baker
sing echolocation—the about icebergs and other large
and colleagues develop the
detection of hidden objects submerged or semi-submerged
first pulsed-wave ultrasound by perceiving the sound objects. Richardson noted that
to take account of the Doppler waves reflected from those objects a ship emitting sound waves
effect—when the source of as echoes—was first proposed in with higher frequencies and
the sound waves is moving— 1912 by British physicist Lewis shorter wavelengths—later called
to measure the movement of Fry Richardson. Shortly after the ultrasound—would be able to
body fluids. RMS Titanic disaster of that year, detect submerged objects with
Richardson applied for a patent greater accuracy than normal
on a method for warning ships sound waves allowed. He
SOUND AND LIGHT 201
See also: Electric potential 128–129 ■ Music 164–167 ■ The Doppler effect and
redshift 188–191 ■ Quantum applications 226–231
A LARGE
FLUCTUATING
ECHO
SEEING BEYOND LIGHT
P
hysicists’ discovery of Earth’s atmosphere blocks or
IN CONTEXT electromagnetic radiations swamps many of these radiations.
beyond visible light in the In the case of radio waves from
KEY FIGURE
19th and early 20th centuries planets, stars, and other celestial
Jocelyn Bell Burnell (1943–)
introduced new ways of observing phenomena (which can penetrate
BEFORE nature and the universe. They had the atmosphere), the main problem
1800 In the UK, William to overcome many challenges in was their huge wavelengths,
Herschel accidentally their quest, particularly since which made it difficult to locate
discovers the existence their source.
of infrared radiation. The first steps in radio
astronomy were made in 1931, when
1887 Heinrich Hertz American physicist Karl Jansky
successfully generates radio Invisible radio waves
erected a large sensitive antenna
from space penetrate
waves for the first time. Earth’s atmosphere. on a turntable. By measuring how
signals changed through the day as
AFTER Earth rotated, revealing different
1967 US military Vela parts of the sky above the horizon,
satellites, designed to detect he was able to prove that the center
nuclear tests, record the first of the Milky Way was a strong
gamma-ray bursts from violent source of radio waves.
events in the distant universe. Radio telescopes can
gather radio waves Mapping radio waves
1983 NASA, the UK, and the to identify their In the 1950s, the first giant “dish”
Netherlands launch the first approximate location. telescope was built in the UK by
infrared space telescope, IRAS
Bernard Lovell at Jodrell Bank in
(Infrared Astronomical Satellite).
Cheshire. With a diameter of 250 ft
2019 Using aperture synthesis (76.2 m), the telescope was able to
to construct a collaboration of produce blurry images of the radio
telescopes around the world, sky, pinning down the location and
astronomers observe radiation This helps astronomers shape of individual radio sources for
around a supermassive black locate distant stars the first time.
hole in a distant galaxy. and galaxies. Significant improvements in the
resolving power of radio telescopes
were achieved in the 1960s, with
SOUND AND LIGHT 203
See also: Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Black holes and wormholes 286–289 ■ Dark matter 302–305 ■ Dark energy
306–307 ■ Gravitational waves 312–315
Jocelyn Bell Burnell Born in Belfast, Northern Ireland, gone on to a highly successful
in 1943, Jocelyn Bell became career in astronomy and
interested in astronomy after been awarded several other
visiting the Armagh Planetarium prizes, including the 2018
as a young girl. She went on to Special Breakthrough Prize in
graduate in physics from the Fundamental Physics, for both
University of Glasgow in 1965, her scientific research and her
and moved to the University of work promoting the role of
Cambridge to study for a PhD women and minorities in science
under Antony Hewish. It was here and technology.
that she discovered the first pulsar.
Despite being listed as the Key work
second author on the paper that
announced the discovery, Bell 1968 “Observation of a Rapidly
Burnell was overlooked when Pulsating Radio Source”
her colleagues were awarded the (Nature paper, with Antony
Nobel Prize in 1974. She has since Hewish and others)
THE UAN
WORLD
our uncertain
universe
TUM
206 INTRODUCTION
Albert Einstein explains the Germans Otto Stern and Frenchman Louis de Broglie states
photoelectric effect by Walter Gerlach discover that all matter has wavelike
assuming light interacts with quantum spin—the properties, suggesting that
electrons as discrete lumps, quantization of angular particles such as electrons exhibit
now known as photons. momentum. a wave–particle duality.
O
ur world is deterministic, world that exists on the smallest and suggested that light must be
following laws that set scales. Our door to this new realm made from discrete lumps. Einstein
out definitively how a was unlocked by finding out that had to invoke this seemingly
system will evolve. Usually through light behaves in unfamiliar ways. strange conclusion to describe
trial (such as playing sports and the observed phenomenon of the
predicting a ball’s trajectory) and Waves or particles? photoelectric effect.
error (getting hit by a few balls), we Since the 16th century, a debate There was now evidence for
innately learn these deterministic had raged as to the nature of light. both sides of the particle–wave
laws for specific everyday situations. One camp vowed that light was debate. Something very fishy was
Physicists design experiments made up of tiny particles, an idea happening—welcome to the world
to uncover these laws and so championed by English physicist of quanta, objects that behave
enable us to predict how our world Isaac Newton, but others viewed as both particles and waves,
or things within it will change over light as a wave phenomenon. In depending upon the situation.
time. These experiments have led 1803, British physicist Thomas Most quanta are elementary, or
to the deterministic physics we Young’s double-slit experiment fundamental, subatomic particles,
have talked about in the book up seemed to provide definitive not composed of other particles.
until this point. However, it was evidence for wavelike light as it When looking at them, they
unnerving at the start of the 20th was seen to exhibit interference, appear particle-like, but between
century to discover that at its heart a behavior that could not be observations they behave as if they
this is not how nature behaves. explained by particles. In the early are waves. The wavelike behavior is
The deterministic world we see years of the 20th century, German not like that of water. If two waves
each day is just a blurred picture, physicists Max Planck and Albert combine to make a larger wave, this
an average, of a far more unsettling Einstein revisited Newton’s ideas does not increase the energy of a
THE QUANTUM WORLD 207
German Max Born Niels Bohr champions John Bell proposes his Briton David Deutsch
gives the probability the Copenhagen theorem to quantitatively publishes a paper
interpretation of interpretation of probe the mechanism setting out his ideas
quantum mechanics. the quantum state behind quantum for a universal
of a particle. entanglement. quantum computer.
quantum as it would a water wave. Niels Bohr championed the accurately you measure one
Instead, it boosts the probability of Copenhagen interpretation of property, the less accurately
a wave being seen in that particular quantum physics. This series you will know the other.
location. When we view a quantum, of ideas maintains that the wave Even more bizarre is the
it cannot be in all locations at the function represents probabilities phenomenon of quantum
same time; instead, it decides upon for final outcomes and it collapses entanglement, which allows one
a single location dependent upon the into just one possible outcome particle to affect another in an
probabilities outlined by its wave. when measured by an observer. entirely different place. When two
This was a new, probabilistic It has been followed up since with particles are entangled, even if
way of behaving, one where we a collection of more complicated separated by a great distance, they
could know all about a quantum interpretations. And still the are effectively a single system. In
at one point in time but never be debate rages on. 1964, Northern Irish physicist John
able to predict definitively where it Stewart Bell presented evidence
would be later. These quanta do not Nothing is certain that quantum entanglement really
behave like sports balls—the flight That is not where the strangeness existed, and French physicist Alain
of which is predictable—there is ends. You can never truly know Aspect demonstrated this “action
always a probability that wherever everything about a quantum. at a distance” in 1981.
we stand we might get hit. German physicist Werner Today, we are learning how
The mechanism for how quantum Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle to utilize these strange quantum
objects transition between explains that it is impossible to behaviors to do some fantastic
wavelike behavior and particle-like know certain pairs of properties, things. New technology using
measurements has been fiercely such as momentum and position, quantum principles is set to change
debated. In 1927, Danish physicist with exacting precision. The more the world of the near future. ■
208
IN CONTEXT
IS DISTRIBUTED
BEFORE
1839 French physicist
DISCONTINUOUSLY
Edmond Becquerel makes
the first observation of the
photoelectric effect.
IN SPACE
1899 British physicist
J.J. Thomson confirms that
ultraviolet light can generate
ENERGY QUANTA electrons from a metal plate.
AFTER
1923 American physicist
Arthur Compton succeeds
in scattering X-rays off
electrons, demonstrating
that they act like particles.
1929 American chemist
Gilbert Lewis coins the name
“photons” for light quanta.
1954 American scientists
working at Bell Laboratories
invent the first practical
solar cell.
O
n October 19, 1900, Max
Planck gave a lecture to
the German Physical
Society (Deutsche Physikalische
Gesellschaft) in Berlin. Although it
would be a few years before the full
implications of his pronouncements
became apparent, they marked the
beginning of a new age for physics:
the era of the quantum.
Planck submitted a solution to
a problem that had been vexing
physicists up until then. The
problem involved blackbodies—
objects that are perfect absorbers
and emitters of all frequencies
of electromagnetic radiation. A
blackbody is so called because all
the radiation striking its surface is
THE QUANTUM WORLD 209
See also: Thermal radiation 112–117 ■ Lumpy and wavelike light 176–179 ■ Diffraction and interference 180–183
■ Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Light from the atom 196–199 ■ Particles and waves 212–215
In the quantum
We are used to thinking
world, things are very Electrons absorb or emit
of energy as being emitted
different. Here, energy energy quanta
across a continuous range.
comes in discrete units, discontinuously.
or quanta.
absorbed; no radiation is reflected a quantum of violet light has twice Planck’s solution worked—the
and the energy it emits depends the frequency, and therefore results of experiments were in
solely on its temperature. Perfect twice the energy, of a quantum accord with the predictions made
blackbodies don’t exist in nature. of red light. This proportionality by his theory. Yet Planck was not
A theory formulated by British explains why a blackbody does entirely happy and resisted the idea
physicists James Jeans and John not give off energy equally across for years that his quanta had any
Strutt, Lord Rayleigh, accurately the electromagnetic spectrum. basis in reality, viewing them
explained the behavior of instead as more of a mathematical
blackbodies at low frequencies, Planck’s constant “fix” for a difficult problem. He
but predicted that, as there was Planck denoted the constant of could give no good reason why
effectively no upper limit to the proportionality as h—now known as quanta should be true and by his
higher frequencies that could be Planck’s constant—and related the own admission had introduced
generated, the amount of energy energy of a quantum to its frequency them as “an act of desperation,” but
radiated from a blackbody should by the simple formula E = hv, where it led to the quantum revolution
continue to increase infinitely. E equals energy and v equals that transformed physics.
This was dubbed the “ultraviolet frequency. The energy of a quantum
catastrophe” as it concerned short- can be calculated by multiplying its The photoelectric effect
wavelength radiation beyond the frequency by Planck’s constant, When Albert Einstein heard about
ultraviolet. Everyday observation which is 6.62607015 10 –34 J s Planck’s theory, he commented,
shows the prediction to be wrong. (joule-seconds). “It was as if the ground had been ❯❯
If it was correct, bakers would be
exposed to lethal doses of radiation
The photoelectric effect is the emission of electrons by
every time they opened their ovens. some metals when they are hit by a beam of light. The higher
But in the late 19th century, no one the frequency of the light, the higher-energy photons it has
could explain why it was wrong. and the higher the energy of the electrons emitted.
Planck made the radical
assumption that the vibrating Low-energy Higher- Very
atoms in a blackbody emit energy photon of energy high-energy
in discrete packets, which he called red light photon of ultraviolet
green light photon
quanta. The size of these quanta
is proportional to the frequency Low-energy High-energy
No electrons electron electron
of vibration. Although there is in
emitted
theory an infinite number of higher from metal
frequencies, it takes increasingly surface
large amounts of energy to release
quanta at those levels. For example,
210 ENERGY QUANTA
pulled out from under us.” In 1904, intensity of the light, but on its sense until the revelations of
Einstein wrote to a friend that he frequency. Shifting the beam Planck and Einstein. In March
had discovered “in a most simple to higher frequencies, from blue to 1905, Einstein published a paper,
way the relation between the size violet and beyond, produces higher- which took Planck’s quanta and
of elementary quanta … and the energy electrons; a low-frequency married them to the photoelectric
wavelengths of radiation.” This red light beam, even if it is effect, in the monthly Annals of
relationship was the answer to a blindingly bright, produces no Physics journal. This paper would
curious aspect of radiation that had electrons. It is as if fast-moving eventually win him the Nobel Prize
previously defied explanation. In ripples can readily move the sand in 1921. Einstein was particularly
1887, German physicist Heinrich on a beach but a slow-moving interested in the differences
Hertz had discovered that certain wave, no matter how big, leaves between particle theories and wave
types of metal would emit electrons it untouched. In addition, if the theories. He compared the formulae
when a beam of light was directed electrons are going to jump at all, that describe the way the particles
at them. This “photoelectric effect” they jump right away: no buildup in a gas behave as it is compressed
is similar to the phenomenon of energy is involved. This made no or allowed to expand with those
harnessed for use in fiber-optic describing the similar changes as
communications (although optical radiation spreads through space.
fibers are made of semiconductor He found that both obey the same
materials rather than metals). rules, and the mathematics
underpinning both phenomena is
A problem with electrons There is no physical analogy the same. This gave Einstein a way
Physicists at first assumed that we can make to understand to calculate the energy of a light
the electric field (a region of space quantum of a particular frequency;
what goes on inside atoms.
where electric charge is present) his results agreed with Planck’s.
part of the electromagnetic wave
Atoms behave like atoms, From here, Einstein went on
provides the energy that electrons
nothing else. to show how the photoelectric
need to break free. If that were the John Gribbin effect could be explained by the
British science writer
case, then the brighter the light, and astrophysicist existence of light quanta. As
the more high-energy the emitted Planck had established, the energy
electrons should be. That was of a quantum was determined by
found not to be the case, however. its frequency. If a single quantum
The energy of the released transfers its energy to an electron,
electrons depends not on the then the higher the energy of the
THE QUANTUM WORLD 211
latter’s predictions. Yet Millikan
still spoke of Einstein’s “bold, not to
say reckless, hypothesis.” It wasn’t
until the experiments conducted
by American physicist Arthur
Atomic theory and Compton in 1923 that the quantum
quantum mechanics theory finally began to gain
demonstrated that acceptance. Compton observed the
everything, even space scattering of X-rays from electrons
and time, exists in and provided plausible evidence
discrete bits—quanta. that in scattering experiments,
Victor J. Stenger light behaves as a stream of
American particle physicist particles and cannot be explained
purely as a wave phenomenon. In Max Planck
his paper, published in the Physical
Review journal, he explained that Born in Kiel, Germany, in 1858,
“this remarkable agreement Max Planck studied physics at
between our formulas and the the University of Munich,
experiments can leave but little graduating at 17 and gaining
quantum, the higher the energy of doubt that the scattering of X-rays his doctorate four years later.
the emitted electron. High-energy is a quantum phenomenon.” Developing a keen interest in
blue photons, as light quanta were Einstein’s explanation of the thermodynamics, in 1900 he
later named, have the heft to punch photoelectric effect could be produced what is now known
out electrons; red photons simply verified by experiment—light, as Planck’s radiation formula,
didn’t. Increasing the intensity of it seemed, acted as if it were a introducing the idea of quanta
of energy. This marked the
the light produces greater numbers stream of particles. However, light
beginning of quantum theory,
of electrons, but it does not create also acted like a wave in familiar
one of the cornerstones of
more energetic ones. and well-understood phenomena 20th-century physics,
such as reflection, refraction, although its far-reaching
Further experiments diffraction, and interference. So, consequences weren’t
Whereas Planck had viewed the for physicists, the question still understood for several years.
quantum as little more than a remained: what was light? Was it a In 1918, Planck received
mathematical device, Einstein wave or was it a particle? Could it the Nobel Prize for Physics for
was now suggesting that it was an possibly be both? ■ his achievement. After Adolf
actual physical reality. That didn’t Hitler came to power in 1933,
go down well with many other Planck pleaded in vain with
physicists who were reluctant to the dictator to abandon his
give up the idea that light was a racial policies. He died in
wave, and not a stream of particles. Göttingen, Germany, in 1947.
In 1913, even Planck commented
about Einstein, “That sometimes Every rascal
… he may have gone overboard in thinks he knows Key works
his speculations should not be held [what light quanta
against him.” are], but he is 1900 “On an Improvement
Skeptical American physicist deluding himself. of Wien’s Equation for
Robert Millikan performed Albert Einstein the Spectrum”
1903 Treatise on
experiments on the photoelectric
Thermodynamics
effect that were aimed at proving 1920 The Origin and
that Einstein’s assertion was Development of the
wrong, but they actually produced Quantum Theory
results entirely in line with the
212
IN CONTEXT
THEY DO NOT
KEY FIGURE
Louis de Broglie (1892–1987)
BEHAVE LIKE
BEFORE
1670 Isaac Newton develops
his corpuscle (particle) theory
of light.
ANYTHING
1803 Thomas Young performs
his double-slit experiment,
demonstrating that light
EVER SEEN
stream of charged particles,
now called “electrons.”
AFTER
1926 Austrian physicist Erwin
PARTICLES AND WAVES Schrödinger publishes his
wave equation.
1927 Danish physicist Niels
Bohr develops the Copenhagen
interpretation, stating that a
particle exists in all possible
states until it is observed.
T
he nature of light lies at
the heart of quantum
physics. People have tried
for centuries to explain what it is.
The ancient Greek thinker Aristotle
thought of light as a wave traveling
through an invisible ether that
filled space. Others thought it was
a stream of particles that were too
small and fast moving to be
perceived individually. In 55 bce,
the Roman philosopher Lucretius
wrote: “The light and heat of the
sun; these are composed of minute
atoms which, when they are shoved
off, lose no time in shooting right
across the interspace of air.”
However, the particle theory did
not find much favor and so, for the
THE QUANTUM WORLD 213
See also: Thermal radiation 112–117 ■ Force fields and Maxwell’s equations 142–147 ■ Lumpy and wavelike light 176–179
■ Diffraction and interference 180–183 ■ Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Energy quanta 208–211 ■ Quantum numbers 216–217
so that the light coming through peak, while two troughs make
the hole in the window blind a deeper trough. If a trough and a
would pass through the pinholes peak coincide, then they cancel
and onto a screen. If Newton was each other out. Unfortunately,
right, and light was a stream of Young’s findings were not well
Physics isn’t just about particles, then two points of light received as they disagreed with
writing equations on a board would be visible on the screen the great Isaac Newton’s view
and sitting in front of a where the particles traveled that light was carried by a
computer. Science is about through the pinholes. But that stream of particles.
exploring new worlds. is not what Young saw.
Suchitra Sebastian Rather than two discrete Particles of light
Indian physicist points of light, he saw a series of In the 1860s, Scottish scientist
curved, colored bands separated James Clerk Maxwell declared
by dark lines, exactly as would that light was an electromagnetic
be expected if light were a wave. wave. An electromagnetic wave
Young himself had investigated is made up of two adjoined waves
interference patterns in waves traveling in the same direction but
two years earlier. He had at right angles to each other. One
next 2,000 years or more, it was described how the peak of one of these waves is an oscillating
generally accepted that light wave meeting the peak of another magnetic field, the other an
traveled in waves. add together to make a higher oscillating electric field. The two ❯❯
Isaac Newton was fascinated
by light and carried out many
experiments. He demonstrated,
for example, that white light All matter and energy has both wavelike
could be split into a spectrum and particlelike characteristics. This is called
of colors by passing it through wave–particle duality.
a prism. He observed that light
travels in straight lines and that
shadows have sharp edges. It
seemed obvious to him that In some experiments, a
light was a stream of particles, In other experiments, a
beam of light will act like stream of electrons will act
and not a wave. a stream of discrete like a wave.
particles, called quanta.
The double-slit experiment
The formidably talented British
scientist Thomas Young theorized
that if the wavelength of light was
sufficiently short, then it would The experiments that we perform
appear to travel in straight lines as determine what we see.
if it were a stream of particles. In
1803, he put his theory to the test.
First, he made a small hole in
a window blind to provide a point
source of illumination. Next, he Neither energy nor matter can
took a piece of board and made ever be seen as both a wave and a
two pinholes in it, placed close particle at the same time.
together. He positioned his board
214 PARTICLES AND WAVES
assuming that light was indeed Wavelength of Velocity at which
particle particle is moving
composed of photons, or discrete
energy quanta. As far as Einstein
A NEW IDEA
OF REALITY
QUANTUM NUMBERS
I
n 1802, British chemist saying that light could behave
IN CONTEXT and physicist William Hyde like a stream of packets of energy,
Wollaston noticed that the called quanta. In 1913, Danish
KEY FIGURE
spectrum of sunlight was overlaid physicist Niels Bohr proposed a
Wolfgang Pauli (1900–1958)
by a number of fine dark lines. model of the atom that accounted
BEFORE German lens-maker Joseph von for both quanta and the spectra of
1672 Isaac Newton splits Fraunhofer first examined these elements. In Bohr’s atom, electrons
white light into a spectrum. lines in detail in 1814, listing more traveled around the core nucleus
than 500. In the 1850s, German in fixed, or quantized orbits. Light
1802 William Hyde Wollaston physicist Gustav Kirchhoff and quanta (later called photons)
sees dark lines in the solar German chemist Robert Bunsen striking the atom could be
spectrum. found that each element produces absorbed by electrons, which then
its own unique set of lines, but did moved to higher orbits (further
1913 Niels Bohr puts forward
not know what caused them. from the nucleus). A sufficiently
his shell model of the atom.
energetic photon may eject an
AFTER Quantum leaps electron from its orbit altogether.
1927 Niels Bohr proposes the In 1905, Albert Einstein had Conversely, when an electron gives
Copenhagen interpretation, explained the photoelectric effect, up its “extra” energy as a photon
stating that a particle exists by which light can cause electrons of light, it falls back down to its
in all possible states until it to be emitted from some metals, original energy level, closer to the
is observed.
Fraunhofer lines are fine dark lines that overlay the
1928 Indian astronomer spectrum of visible light. Each element produces its own
Subrahmanyan Chandrasekhar unique set of Fraunhofer lines (designated by one or more
calculates that a large enough letters), determined by the quantum numbers of its electrons.
star could collapse to form a The most prominent of these lines are shown here.
black hole at the end of its life. Wavelength (nm)
1932 British physicist 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680
James Chadwick discovers
the neutron.
F (Hydrogen) D (Sodium)
G’ (Hydrogen) b (Magnesium) C (Hydrogen)
THE QUANTUM WORLD 217
See also: Magnetic monopoles 159 ■ Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Light
from the atom 196–199 ■ Energy quanta 208–211 ■ Subatomic particles 242–243
ALL IS
WAVES
MATRICES AND WAVES
B
y the 1920s, scientists were light absorbed and emitted by atoms
IN CONTEXT starting to challenge the when an electron jumps from one
model of the atom that orbit to another. He used these
KEY FIGURE
Danish physicist Niels Bohr had observations to produce tables of
Erwin Schrödinger
proposed in 1913. Experiments had numbers to represent the positions
(1887–1961)
begun to show not only that light and momentum of electrons and
BEFORE could behave like a stream of worked out rules to calculate the
1897 J.J. Thomson discovers particles, but also that electrons values of these properties.
the electron and suggests that could act like waves.
it is the carrier of electricity. German physicist Werner Matrix mechanics
Heisenberg tried to develop a In 1925, Heisenberg shared his
1924 Louis de Broglie system of quantum mechanics calculations with German–Jewish
proposes that particles that relied only on what could be physicist Max Born, who realized
have wavelike properties. observed. It was impossible to see that this type of table was known
an electron orbiting an atom directly, as a matrix. Together with Born’s
AFTER but it was possible to observe the student, Pascual Jordan, Born and
1927 Werner Heisenberg Heisenberg worked out a new
publishes his uncertainty theory of matrix mechanics that
principle. could be used to link the energies
1927 Niels Bohr endorses the of electrons to the lines that had
Copenhagen interpretation, been observed in the visible
claiming that observation Why do all experiments that light spectrum.
involve, say, the position of a One of the interesting things
determines the quantum
particle make the particle about matrix mechanics is that
state of a particle.
suddenly be somewhere the order in which calculations are
1935 Erwin Schrödinger sets made is important. Calculating the
rather than everywhere?
out the scenario of a cat that is momentum and then the position of
No one knows. a particle will give a different result
simultaneously alive and dead Christophe Galfard
to illustrate a problem with the French physicist
from calculating the position first
Copenhagen interpretation. and then the momentum. It was
this difference that would lead
Heisenberg to his uncertainty
principle, which stated that in
quantum mechanics the velocity
THE QUANTUM WORLD 219
See also: Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Light from the atom 196–199 ■ Energy
quanta 208–211 ■ Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle 220–221 ■ Antimatter 246
Erwin Schrödinger
Schrödinger’s
equation is a wave A wave equation is Erwin Schrödinger was born
equation that gives us all used to determine the in 1887 in Vienna, Austria, and
possible locations of shape of the probability wave, studied theoretical physics.
a particle, such as an or wave function, After serving in World War I,
electron or photon, at a of the particle. he held posts at universities
given time. in Zurich, Switzerland, and
Berlin, Germany. In 1933, as
the Nazis came to power in
Germany, he moved to Oxford
of an object and its position cannot mechanics as Newton’s laws of in the UK.
That same year, he shared
both be measured exactly at the motion are for events on a large
the Nobel Prize with British
same time. scale. Schrödinger tested his
theoretical physicist Paul
In 1926, Austrian physicist equation on the hydrogen atom and Dirac for “the discovery of
Erwin Schrödinger devised an found that it predicted its properties new productive forms of
equation that determines how with great accuracy. atomic theory.” In 1939, he
probability waves, or wave functions In 1928, British physicist became director of theoretical
(mathematical descriptions of a Paul Dirac married Schrödinger’s physics at the Institute of
quantum system) are shaped and equation to Einstein’s special Advanced Studies in Dublin,
how they evolve. The Schrödinger relativity, which had demonstrated Ireland. He retired to Vienna
equation is as important to the the link between mass and energy, in 1956, and died in 1961.
subatomic world of quantum encapsulated in the famous Fascinated by philosophy,
E = mc2 equation. Dirac’s equation Schrödinger remains best
was consistent with both special known for his 1935 thought
relativity and quantum mechanics in experiment, Schrödinger’s
its description of electrons and other cat, which examined the
idea that a quantum system
particles. He proposed that electrons
could exist in two different
should be viewed as arising from an states simultaneously.
Can nature possibly be so electron field, just as photons arose
absurd as it seemed to us in from the electromagnetic field.
these atomic experiments? A combination of Heisenberg’s Key works
Werner Heisenberg matrices and Schrödinger’s and
1926 “An undulatory theory
Dirac’s equations laid the basis
of the mechanics of atoms and
for two fundamentals of quantum
molecules,” Physical Review
mechanics, the uncertainty 1935 “The Present Situation
principle, and the Copenhagen in Quantum Mechanics”
interpretation. ■
220
I
Podolsky, and Israeli physicist
n classical physics, it was interacting with it. To determine
Nathan Rosen publish the
generally accepted that the the position of an electron, we
“EPR paradox,” challenging the
accuracy of any measurement bounce a photon off it. The accuracy
Copenhagen interpretation. was only limited by the precision of the measurement is determined
1957 American physicist of the instruments used. In 1927, by the wavelength of the photon;
Hugh Everett puts forward Werner Heisenberg showed that the higher the frequency of the
his “many worlds theory” this just wasn’t so. photon, the more accurate the
to explain the Copenhagen Heisenberg asked himself position of the electron.
interpretation. what it actually meant to define Max Planck had shown that the
the position of a particle. We can energy of a photon is related to its
only know where something is by frequency by the formula E = hn,
THE QUANTUM WORLD 221
See also: Energy and motion 56–57 ■ Lumpy and wavelike light 176–179 ■ Light from the atom 196–199
■ Energy quanta 208–211 ■ Particles and waves 212–215 ■ Matrices and waves 218–219
Werner Heisenberg Werner Heisenberg was born in project. Whether this failed due
1901 in Würzburg, Germany. He to a lack of resources or because
went to work with Niels Bohr at Heisenberg wanted it to fail is
Copenhagen University in 1924. unclear. He was eventually
Heisenberg’s name will always be taken prisoner by American
associated with his uncertainty troops and sent to the UK.
principle, published in 1927, and After the war, he served as
he was awarded the Nobel Prize the director of the Max Planck
for Physics in 1932 for the creation Institute until he resigned
of quantum mechanics. in 1970. He died in 1976.
In 1941, during World War II,
Heisenberg was appointed Key works
director of the Kaiser Wilhelm
Institute for Physics (later 1925 “On Quantum Mechanics”
renamed the Max Planck Institute) 1927 “On the Perceptual
in Munich, and was put in charge Content of Quantum Theoretical
of Nazi Germany’s atomic bomb Kinematics and Mechanics”
where E equals energy, n equals about the universe. The properties poison that will be released when
frequency, and h is Planck’s of a quantum particle have no a quantum event occurs. According
constant. The higher the frequency definite value until a measurement to the Copenhagen interpretation,
of the photon, the more energy it is made. It is impossible to design the cat is in the superposition state
carries and the more it will knock an experiment that would allow us of being both alive and dead until
the electron off course. We know to see an electron as wave and someone looks in the box, which
where the electron is at that particle at the same time, for Schrödinger thought was
moment, but we cannot know example. The wave and particle ridiculous. Bohr retorted that there
where it is going. If it were possible nature of matter are two sides of was no reason why the rules of
to measure the electron’s momentum the same coin, Bohr suggested. The classical physics should also apply
with absolute precision, its location Copenhagen interpretation opened to the quantum realm—this was
would become completely uncertain, a sharp divide between classical just the way things were. ■
and vice versa. physics and quantum physics over
Heisenberg showed that the whether or not physical systems
uncertainty in the momentum have definite properties prior to
multiplied by the uncertainty in being measured.
the position can never be smaller
than a fraction of Planck’s constant. Schrödinger’s cat
The uncertainty principle is a According to the Copenhagen The atoms or elementary
fundamental property of the interpretation, any quantum state particles themselves are
universe that puts a limit on what can be seen as the sum of two or not real; they form a world
we can know simultaneously. more distinct states, known as of potentialities or possibilities
superposition, until it is observed, rather than one of
Copenhagen interpretation at which point it becomes either things or facts.
What came to be known as the one or the other. Werner Heisenberg
“Copenhagen interpretation” of Erwin Schrödinger asked:
quantum physics was championed when is the switch made from
by Niels Bohr. It accepted that, as superposition into one definite
Heisenberg had shown, there are reality? He described the scenario
some things we simply cannot know of a cat in a box, along with a
222
SPOOKY ACTION
AT A DISTANCE
QUANTUM ENTANGLEMENT
O
ne of the main tenets of of momentum laws tell us that the
IN CONTEXT quantum mechanics is the momentum of one particle is equal
idea of uncertainty—we and opposite to that of the other.
KEY FIGURE
cannot measure all the features According to the Copenhagen
John Stewart Bell
of a system simultaneously, no interpretation, neither particle
(1928–1990)
matter how perfect the experiment. will have a definite state until it
BEFORE The Copenhagen interpretation of is measured, but measuring the
1905 Albert Einstein publishes quantum physics championed by momentum of one will determine
his theory of special relativity, Niels Bohr effectively says that the the state and momentum of the
which is based in part on the very act of measurement selects the other, regardless of the distance
idea that nothing can travel characteristics that are observed. between the particles.
faster than the speed of light. Another peculiar property of This is known as “non-local
quantum mechanics is called behavior,” though Albert Einstein
1926 Erwin Schrödinger “entanglement.” If two electrons, called it “spooky action at a
publishes his wave equation. for example, are ejected from a distance.” In 1935, Einstein attacked
quantum system, then conservation entanglement, claiming that there
1927 Niels Bohr champions
the Copenhagen interpretation
of the way in which quantum
systems interact with the When any two subatomic particles, such as electrons,
large-scale world. interact with each other, their states become
interdependent—they are entangled.
AFTER
1981 Richard Feynman
proposes superposition and the The particles remain connected even when
entanglement of particles as physically separated by an enormous distance
basis for a quantum computer. (for example, in different galaxies).
1995 Austrian quantum
physicist Anton Zeilinger
demonstrates wave/particle Measuring the properties As a result, manipulating
switching in an experiment of one particle gives one particle
using entangled photons. information about the instantaneously alters
properties of the other. its partner.
THE QUANTUM WORLD 223
See also: Energy quanta 208–211 ■ Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle 220–221
■ Quantum applications 226–231 ■ Special relativity 276–279
Particle A Particle B
John Stewart Bell
are “hidden variables“ at work that correlate with that of particle B if John Stewart Bell was born
make it unnecessary. He argued normal probability (as opposed to in 1928 in Belfast, Northern
that for one particle to affect the quantum entanglement) is at work. Ireland. After graduating from
other, a faster-than-light signal The statistical distribution of his Queen’s University Belfast,
between them (which was forbidden results proved mathematically that he went on to gain a PhD in
by Einstein’s theory of special Einstein’s “hidden variables” nuclear physics and quantum
relativity) would be required. idea isn’t true, and that there is field theory at the University
instantaneous connection between of Birmingham. He then
Bell’s theorem entangled particles. Physicist Fritjof worked at the Atomic Research
Establishment in Harwell,
In 1964, Northern Irish physicist Capra maintains that Bell’s theorem
UK, and later at the European
John Stewart Bell proposed an shows that the universe is
Organization for Nuclear
experiment that could test whether “fundamentally interconnected.” Research (CERN) in Geneva,
or not entangled particles actually Experiments such as the one Switzerland. There, he worked
did communicate with each other carried out by French physicist on theoretical particle science
faster than light. He imagined the Alain Aspect in the early 1980s and accelerator design. After
case of a pair of entangled electrons, (which used entangled photon a year spent at Stanford,
one with spin up and the other pairs generated by laser) Wisconsin-Madison, and
with spin down. According to demonstrate convincingly that Brandeis universities in
quantum theory, the two electrons “action at a distance” is real—the the US, Bell published his
are in a superposition of states until quantum realm is not bound by breakthrough paper in 1964,
they are measured—either one rules of locality. When two particles which proposed a way to
of them could be spin up or spin are entangled, they are effectively distinguish between quantum
down. However, as soon as one is a single system that has a single theory and Einstein’s notion
measured, we know with certainty quantum function. ■ of local reality. He was elected
a member of the American
that the other has to be its opposite.
Academy of Arts and Sciences
Bell derived formulas, called the Bell in 1987. Bell’s early death in
inequalities, which determine how 1990 at the age of 62 meant
often the spin of particle A should he did not live to see his ideas
tested experimentally.
This conceptual computer artwork
shows a pair of particles that have
become entangled: manipulating one Key work
will result in manipulating the other,
regardless of the distance between 1964 “On the Einstein-
them. Entanglement has applications Podolsky-Rosen Paradox,”
in the new technologies of quantum Physics
computing and quantum cryptography.
224
THE JEWEL
OF PHYSICS
QUANTUM FIELD THEORY
O
ne of quantum mechanics’
IN CONTEXT biggest shortcomings is
A field maps out the that it fails to take
KEY FIGURE strength of a force across Einstein’s relativity theories into
Richard Feynman space and time. account. One of the first to try
(1918–1988)
reconciling these cornerstones
BEFORE of modern physics was British
1873 James Clerk Maxwell physicist Paul Dirac. Published
publishes his equations in 1928, the Dirac equation
describing the properties viewed electrons as excitations of
of the electromagnetic field. an electron field, in the same way
Quantum field theory says that photons could be seen as
1905 Einstein proposes that that forces are transmitted by excitations of the electromagnetic
light, as well as acting like force-carrier particles. field. The equation became one
a wave, can be imagined of the foundations of quantum
as a stream of particles field theory.
called quanta. The idea of fields carrying
forces across a distance is well
AFTER established in physics. A field can
1968 Theoretical physicists be thought of as anything that has
Sheldon Glashow, Abdus The force carriers of the values that vary across space and
Salam, and Steven Weinberg electromagnetic force time. For example, the pattern
present their theory of the are photons. made by iron filings scattered
electroweak force, uniting around a bar magnet maps out the
the electromagnetic and lines of force in a magnetic field.
weak nuclear forces. In the 1920s, quantum field
theory proposed a different
1968 Experiments at the approach, which suggested that
Stanford Linear Accelerator forces were carried by means
Laboratory, CA, discover The ways in which photon of quantum particles, such as
evidence of quarks, the exchange interactions take photons (particles of light that
building blocks of place can be visualized using are the carrier particles of
subatomic particles. a Feynman diagram. electromagnetism). Other particles
that were discovered subsequently,
THE QUANTUM WORLD 225
See also: Force fields and Maxwell’s equations 142–147 ■ Quantum applications 226–231 ■ The particle zoo and
quarks 256–257 ■ Force carriers 258–259 ■ Quantum electrodynamics 260 ■ The Higgs boson 262–263
TIM E
What we observe is not Feynman diagrams, developed by
nature itself, but nature Richard Feynman (see right).
exposed to our method QED is one of the most
Approaching
of questioning. astonishingly accurate theories e- electrons e-
Werner Heisenberg ever formulated. Its prediction for
the strength of the magnetic field SPACE
associated with an electron This Feynman diagram represents
is so close to the value produced, electromagnetic repulsion. Two
that if the distance from London electrons (e -) approach, exchange
to Timbuktu was measured to a photon, then move apart.
the same precision, it would be
such as the quark, the gluon, and accurate to within a hair’s breadth.
the Higgs boson (an elementary interaction, or strong nuclear force,
particle which gives particles their The Standard Model which binds together the protons
mass) are believed to have their QED was a stepping stone toward and neutrons in the nucleus of an
own associated fields. building quantum field theories for atom. The electroweak theory
the other fundamental forces of proposes that the electromagnetic
QED nature. The Standard Model and weak interactions can be
Quantum electrodynamics, or QED, combines two theories of particle considered two facets of a single,
is the quantum field theory that physics into a single framework, “electroweak,” interaction. The
deals with electromagnetic force. which describes three of the four Standard Model also classifies
The theory of QED was fully (and known fundamental forces (the all known elementary particles.
independently) developed by electromagnetic, weak, and strong Reconciling the gravitational force
Richard Feynman and Julian interactions), but not gravity. The with the Standard Model remains
Schwinger in the US and Shin’ichirō strongest of these is the strong one of physics’ biggest challenges. ■
Richard Feynman Born in 1918, Richard Feynman His autobiography, Surely You’re
grew up in New York City. Joking, Mr. Feynman!, is one of
Fascinated by math from an the best-selling books written
early age, he won a scholarship by a scientist. One of his last
to the Massachusetts Institute major achievements was
of Technology and achieved uncovering the cause of NASA’s
a perfect score in his PhD 1986 Challenger space shuttle
application to Princeton. In 1942, disaster. He died in 1988.
he joined the Manhattan Project
to develop the first atomic bomb. Key works
After the war, Feynman
worked at Cornell University, 1967 The Character of
where he developed the QED Physical Law
theory, for which he was jointly 1985 QED: The Strange Theory
awarded the Nobel Prize in 1965. of Light and Matter
He moved to the California 1985 Surely You’re Joking,
Institute of Technology in 1960. Mr. Feynman!
COLLABORATION
BETWEEN PARALLEL
UNIVERSES
QUANTUM APPLICATIONS
228 QUANTUM APPLICATIONS
The Meissner effect is the
IN CONTEXT expulsion of a magnetic field from a
superconducting material, causing
KEY FIGURE a magnet to levitate above it.
David Deutsch (1953–)
BEFORE of these junctions, known as
1911 Heike Kamerlingh Onnes “Josephson junctions,” the current
discovers superconductivity in vibrates at a very high frequency.
super-cooled mercury. Frequencies can be measured
with much greater precision than
1981 Richard Feynman puts voltages, and Josephson junctions
forward the idea of a quantum have been used in devices such
computer. as SQUIDS (superconducting
quantum interference devices) to
1981 French physicist Alain examine the tiny magnetic fields
Aspect proves that quantum produced by the human brain.
entanglement, the linking of They also have potential for use
paired particles, takes place. in ultrafast computers.
1988 American physicist low temperatures. When the Without superconductivity, the
Mark Reed coins the term temperature of the mercury reached powerful magnetic forces harnessed
“quantum dots.” 268.95°C, its electrical resistance in magnetic resonance imaging
disappeared. This meant that, (MRI) scanners would not be
AFTER theoretically, an electrical current possible. Superconductors also act
2009 Researchers at Yale could flow through a loop of super- to expel magnetic fields. This is the
University use a 2-qubit cooled mercury forever. Meissner effect, a phenomenon
(quantum bit) superconducting American physicists John that has allowed the building of
chip to create the first solid- Bardeen, Leon Cooper, and John magnetically-levitated trains.
state quantum processor. Schrieffer came up with an
explanation for this strange Superfluids
2019 The IBM Q System One phenomenon in 1957. At very low Kamerlingh Onnes was also the first
with 20 qubits is launched. temperatures, electrons form person to liquefy helium. In 1938,
so-called “Cooper pairs.” Whereas Russian physicist Pyotr Kapitsa and
a single electron has to obey the British physicists John Allen and
Pauli exclusion principle, which Don Misener discovered that below
T
he grand realm of quantum forbids two electrons from sharing
physics seems a long way the same quantum state, the
from the common-sense Cooper pairs form a “condensate.”
everyday world, but it has given This means that the pairs act as if
rise to a surprising number of they were a single body, with no
technological advances that play a resistance from the conducting Technology at the forefront
vital role in our lives. Computers and material, rather than a collection of human endeavor is
semiconductors, communications of electrons flowing through the hard. But that is what
networks and the internet, GPS and conductor. Bardeen, Cooper, and makes it worth it.
MRI scanners—all depend on the Schrieffer won the 1972 Nobel Prize
Michelle Yvonne
quantum world. in Physics for this discovery.
In 1962, Welsh physicist Brian
Simmons
Professor of quantum physics
Superconductors Josephson predicted that Cooper
In 1911, Dutch physicist Heike pairs should be able to tunnel
Kamerlingh Onnes made a through an insulating barrier
remarkable discovery when he was between two superconductors.
experimenting with mercury at very If a voltage is applied across one
THE QUANTUM WORLD 229
See also: Fluids 76–79 ■ Electric current and resistance 130–133 ■ Electronics 152–155 ■ Particles and waves 212–215
■ Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle 220–221 ■ Quantum entanglement 222–223 ■ Gravitational waves 312–315
270.98°C, liquid helium completely in the 1920s by German physicist semiconductors. This can cause
lost its viscosity, seemingly flowing Friedrich Hund and others, this problems, as chips become smaller
without any apparent friction and phenomenon allows particles to and the insulating layers between
possessing a thermal conductivity pass through barriers that would components become too thin to
that far outstripped that of the best traditionally be impassable. This stop the electrons at all—effectively
metal conductors. When helium oddity arises from considering making it impossible to turn the
is in its superfluid state, it does electrons, for example, as waves of device off.
not behave like it does at higher probability rather than particles
temperatures. It flows over the rim existing at a particular point. In Quantum imaging
of a container and leaks through transistors, for example, quantum An electron microscope depends
the smallest of holes. When set tunneling allows electrons to pass on the wave/particle duality of
rotating, it does not stop spinning. across a junction between electrons. It works in a similar ❯❯
The Infrared Astronomical Satellite
(IRAS) launched in 1983 was cooled
In classical physics, an object—for example, a rolling ball—
by superfluid helium. cannot move across a barrier without gaining enough energy
A fluid becomes a superfluid to get over it. A quantum particle, however, has wavelike Quantum
when its atoms begin to occupy the properties, and we can never know exactly how much energy particle
same quantum states; in essence, it has. It may have enough energy to pass through a barrier. passes
they lose their individual identities through
barrier
and become a single entity.
Rolling ball
Superfluids are the only quantum
phenomenon that can be observed
by the naked eye.
Qubits in quantum
Calculations must be gone
computers can be “on” and
through step by step.
“off” at the same time.
David Deutsch
Entanglement between qubits enables
quantum computers to perform many calculations Born in Haifa, Israel, in
simultaneously. 1953, David Deutsch is one
of the pioneers of quantum
computing. He studied physics
in the UK, at Cambridge and
who first suggested, in 1981, that become a reality, the problem Oxford. He then spent several
enormous computing power would of decoherence will have to be years working in the US at the
be unleashed if the superposition solved. The smallest disturbance University of Texas at Austin,
state could be exploited. Potentially, will collapse, or decohere, the before returning to Oxford
qubits can be used to encode and superposition state. Quantum University. Deutsch is a
founding member of the Centre
process vastly more information computing could avoid this by
for Quantum Computation at
than the simple binary computer bit. making use of the phenomenon
Oxford University.
In 1985, British physicist David of quantum entanglement, which In 1985, Deutsch wrote
Deutsch began to set out ideas on is what Einstein called “spooky a groundbreaking paper,
how such a quantum computer action at a distance.” This allows “Quantum Theory, the
could actually work. The field of one particle to affect another Church–Turing Principle
computer science is in large part somewhere else and could allow and the Universal Quantum
built on the idea of the “universal the value of the qubits to be Computer,” which set out his
computer,” first suggested by determined indirectly. ■ ideas for a universal quantum
British mathematician Alan Turing computer. His discovery of the
in the 1930s. Deutsch pointed out first quantum algorithms, his
that Turing’s concept was limited theory of quantum logic gates,
by its reliance on classical physics and his ideas on quantum
and would therefore represent only computational networks are
a subset of possible computers. among the most important
It’s as if you were trying advances in the field.
Deutsch proposed a universal to do a complex jigsaw puzzle
computer based on quantum
in the dark with your hands Key works
physics and began rewriting
Turing’s work in quantum terms.
tied behind your back.
The power of qubits is such
Brian Clegg 1985 “Quantum Theory,
British science writer, the Church–Turing Principle
that just 10 are sufficient to allow on quantum computing and the Universal Quantum
the simultaneous processing of
Computer,” Proceedings of
1,023 numbers; with 40 qubits, the Royal Society
the possible number of parallel 1997 The Fabric of Reality
computations will exceed 1 trillion. 2011 The Beginning of Infinity
Before quantum computers
NUCLEAR
PARTICLE
inside the atom
AND
PHYSICS
234 INTRODUCTION
J.J. Thomson discovers Austrian physicist Victor British physicist Paul Dirac
the first subatomic Hess discovers the existence proposes a mirror world
particle: the electron. of cosmic rays by of antimatter and a
measuring ionization rates positively charged electron,
from an atmospheric balloon. later named the positron.
T
he idea of atoms as tiny particles more than a thousand of subatomic particles he named
particles of matter dates times lighter than a hydrogen by the first three letters of the
back to the ancient world, atom; these subatomic particles Greek alphabet.
their seemingly indivisible nature were later named electrons. Rutherford and other physicists
enshrined in their Greek name used alpha particles as tiny
atomos (“uncuttable”). British Exploring the nucleus projectiles, firing them into atoms
physicist John Dalton, who Becquerel’s student Marie Curie to search for smaller structures.
proposed his atomic theory in proposed that such rays came from Most passed through the atoms,
1803, remained convinced of their within the atom, rather than being but a small fraction bounced almost
indestructible nature—as did most the result of chemical reactions— entirely backward in the direction
19th-century scientists. However, an indication that atoms contained they were fired from. The only
in the late 1890s, some researchers smaller particles. In 1899, New possible explanation appeared to
began to challenge this view. Zealand-born physicist Ernest be that a densely packed region of
In 1896, French physicist Henri Rutherford confirmed that there positive charge within the atom was
Becquerel discovered by chance, are different types of radiation. repelling them. Danish physicist
when experimenting with X-rays, He named two—alpha rays, which Niels Bohr worked with Rutherford
that the uranium salt coating he later recognized were positively to produce, in 1913, a new model of
his photographic plate emitted charged helium atoms, and beta an atom with electrically positive
radiation spontaneously. A year rays, negatively charged electrons. nucleus surrounded by light
later, British physicist J.J. Thomson In 1900, French scientist Paul electrons, orbiting like planets.
deduced that the rays he produced Villard discovered a high-energy Further research led physicists
in a cathode ray experiment were light, which Rutherford called to suggest that other particles
made up of negatively charged gamma rays to complete the trio must exist to make up the mass
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 235
American physicist
American physicist Carl Sheldon Glashow and The UA1 and UA2
D. Anderson discovers the Pakistani physicist experiments at CERN
muon, a heavier cousin of Abdus Salam propose in Switzerland
the electron and the first in that electromagnetic uncover the weak
the second generation of and weak forces merge force carriers, the
fundamental particles. at high temperatures. W and Z bosons.
Hideki Yukawa predicts American physicists Murray Gell-Mann CERN announces the
the existence of mesons— Frederick Reines and Clyde first uses the word discovery of the Higgs
particles exchanged between Cowan discover the quark to denote the boson, the final piece of
protons and neutrons in the neutrino—26 years after its smallest type of the Standard Model
nucleus to provide a strong prediction by Austrian elementary particle. theory of particle physics.
binding nuclear force. physicist Wolfgang Pauli.
of the nucleus: Rutherford’s 1919 reality as the first commercial The neutrino, first proposed in
discovery of protons provided the nuclear power reactors opened in 1930 to explain missing energy
positive electric charge, while the US and UK in the 1950s. from beta radiation, was detected
electrically neutral neutrons were Meanwhile, particle research in 1956. Heavier versions of the
identified by British physicist continued, and ever more powerful electron and quarks were detected;
James Chadwick in 1932. particle accelerators uncovered a from their interactions, physicists
host of new particles, including began to piece together a picture
More particles revealed kaons and baryons, which decayed of how these particles exchanged
Among the next conundrums to more slowly than expected. Various forces and changed from one type
solve was why positively charged scientists, including American to another. The go-betweens that
protons within a nucleus did not physicist Murray Gell-Mann, made everything happen—the
push the nucleus apart. Japanese dubbed this quality of long decay force-carrying bosons—were also
physicist Hideki Yukawa supplied an “strangeness” and used it to discovered, and the Higgs boson
answer in 1935, proposing that an classify the subatomic particles completed the picture in 2012.
ultra short-range force (the strong that exhibit it into familiar groups, However, the Standard Model—
nuclear force), carried by a particle according to their properties. the theory explaining the four
called a meson, held them together. Gell-Mann later coined the name basic forces, force carriers, and
When two nuclear bombs were quark for the constituents that the fundamental particles of
dropped on Japan to end World War determined such properties, and matter—has known limitations.
II in 1945, the lethal force of nuclear established different “flavors” of Modern particle physics is starting
power became patently clear. Yet quarks—initially up, down, and to push these limits in pursuit of
its use in peacetime to produce strange quarks. Charm, top, and dark matter, dark energy, and a clue
domestic energy also became a bottom quarks came later. as to the origin of matter itself. ■
236
MATTER IS NOT
INFINITELY
DIVISIBLE
ATOMIC THEORY
T
he concept of atoms dates four or five elements (usually earth,
IN CONTEXT back to the ancient world. air, fire, and water) and categorized
The Greek philosophers elements as oxygen, hydrogen,
KEY FIGURE
Democritus and Leucippus, for carbon, and others, but they
John Dalton (1766–1844)
instance, proposed that eternal had yet to discover what made
BEFORE “atoms” (from atomos, meaning each unique.
c. 400 bce The ancient Greek uncuttable) make up all matter.
philosophers Leucippus and These ideas were revived in Europe Dalton’s theory
Democritus theorize that in the 17th and 18th centuries as An explanation arrived with atomic
everything is composed of scientists experimented with theory, which was developed in
“uncuttable” atoms. combining elements to create the early 19th century by British
other materials. They shifted scientist John Dalton. Dalton
1794 French chemist away from historic models of proposed that if the same pair of
Joseph Proust finds that
elements always join in
the same proportions to
form compounds.
Atoms make up all Each element is made up
AFTER matter. of one type of atom.
1811 Italian chemist Amedeo
Avogadro proposes gases are
composed of molecules of two
or more atoms, drawing a
distinction between atoms
Ratios depend on the
and molecules. Different elements join to
relative masses of the
atoms making up form compounds in simple
1897 British physicist mass ratios.
J.J. Thomson discovers each element.
the electron.
1905 Albert Einstein uses
mathematics to provide
evidence for Dalton’s theory. Each element has its own unique atomic mass.
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 237
See also: Models of matter 68–71 ■ Light from the atom 196–199 ■ Particles and waves 212–215 ■ The nucleus 240–241
■ Subatomic particles 242–243 ■ Antimatter 246 ■ Nuclear bombs and power 248–251
A VERITABLE
TRANSFORMATION
OF MATTER
NUCLEAR RAYS
U
ntil the end of the 19th coated with a uranium salt
IN CONTEXT century, scientists believed (potassium uranyl-sulfate) in
that matter emits radiation a drawer. Despite remaining in
KEY FIGURE
(such as visible and ultraviolet light) darkness, strong outlines of the
Marie Curie (1867–1934)
only when stimulated, such as by sample developed on the plate.
BEFORE heating. This changed in 1896 Becquerel concluded that the
1857 Frenchman Abel Niepce when French physicist Henri uranium salt was emitting
de Saint-Victor observes that Becquerel conducted an experiment radiation on its own.
certain salts can expose a into a newly discovered type of
photographic plate in the dark. radiation—X-rays. He expected Radioactive insights
to find that uranium salts emit Becquerel’s doctoral student Marie
1896 Henri Becquerel radiation as a result of absorbing Curie threw herself into studying
discovers that uranium sunlight. However, overcast this phenomenon (which she later
salts can emit radiation weather in Paris forced him to put termed radioactivity) with her
without having been the experiment on hold, and he left husband Pierre. In 1898, they
exposed to sunlight. a wrapped photographic plate extracted two new radioactive
1897 J.J. Thomson, a
British physicist, discovers
the electron. Levels of
Uranium salts emit radioactivity are
AFTER
radiation without affected by the mass of
1898 Marie and Pierre Curie uranium present, not
absorbing sunlight.
discover radioactive polonium chemical reactions.
and radium.
1900 Paul Villard discovers
gamma radiation.
1907 Ernest Rutherford
identifies alpha radiation Radiation is
as an ionized helium atom. Atoms can decay. emitted from within
atoms.
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 239
See also: Particles and waves 212–215 ■ The nucleus 240–241 ■ Subatomic
particles 242–243 ■ Nuclear bombs and power 248–251
Plastic or sheet
Paper stops metal stops Thick lead stops
Alpha particle alpha particles beta particles gamma rays
Beta
particle
Marie Curie
Marie Curie (née Skłodowska)
was born in Warsaw, Poland,
in 1867, to a struggling family
of teachers. She traveled to
France in 1891 and enrolled at
Gamma ray
the University of Paris, where
she met her future collaborator
elements, polonium and radium, Alpha emissions are positively and husband, Pierre Curie.
from uranium ore. Marie noticed charged helium atoms and are The Curies shared the Nobel
that the level of electrical activity unable to penetrate more than Prize in Physics with Henri
Becquerel in 1903. In 1911,
in the air surrounding uranium ore several inches of air; beta
Marie was awarded the
was associated only with the mass emissions are streams of negatively Nobel Prize in Chemistry.
of radioactive substance present. charged electrons that can be Later in life, Curie led the
She postulated that radiation was blocked by an aluminum sheet. Radium Institute in Paris and
not caused by chemical reactions Gamma radiation (discovered by developed and organized
but came from within atoms—a French chemist Paul Villard in mobile X-ray units that were
bold theory when science still held 1900 as a high-frequency ray) is used to treat over a million
that atoms could not be divided. electrically neutral. It can be blocked soldiers in World War I. She
The radiation produced by with several inches of lead. sat on the League of Nations’
uranium was found to be a result committee on academic
of the “decay” of individual atoms. Changing elements cooperation with Albert
There is no way to predict when an Rutherford and his collaborator Einstein. She died in 1934 from
individual atom decays. Instead, Frederick Soddy found that alpha complications likely to have
physicists measure the time it and beta radiation were linked been caused by a lifetime’s
exposure to radioactivity.
takes for half of the atoms in a with subatomic changes: elements
sample to decay—this is the half- transmute (change from one
life of that element and can be element to another) via alpha decay. Key works
anything from an instant to billions Thorium, for example, changed to
of years. This concept of half-life radium. They published their law 1898 On a new radioactive
was proposed by New Zealand–born of radioactive change in 1903. substance contained
physicist Ernest Rutherford. This series of rapid discoveries in pitchblende
1898 Rays emitted by
In 1899, Rutherford confirmed overturned the age-old concept of
compounds of uranium and
suspicions raised by Becquerel the indivisible atom, leading of thorium
and Curie that there are different scientists to probe inside it and 1903 Research on radioactive
categories of radiation. He named establish new fields of physics and substances
and described two: alpha and beta. world-changing technologies. ■
240
THE
CONSTITUTION
OF MATTER
THE NUCLEUS
T
he discoveries of the Rutherford began to dismantle
IN CONTEXT electron and of radiation the plum pudding model through
emanating from within a series of tests conducted at
KEY FIGURE
atoms at the end of the 19th his Manchester laboratory with
Ernest Rutherford
century raised the need for a more Ernest Marsden and Hans Geiger.
(1871–1937)
sophisticated atomic model than It became known as the gold
BEFORE had previously been described. foil experiment.
1803 John Dalton proposes the In 1904, British physicist J.J.
atomic theory, stating that all Thomson, who had discovered Flashing particles
matter is composed of atoms. the electron in 1897, proposed the Rutherford and his colleagues
“plum pudding” model of the atom. observed the behavior of alpha
1903 William Crookes, a In this model, negatively charged radiation targeted at a thin sheet
British chemist and physicist, electrons are scattered throughout of gold foil, just 1,000 or so atoms
invents the spinthariscope for a much larger, positively charged thick. They fired a narrow beam
detecting ionizing radiation. atom, like dried fruit in a Christmas of alpha particles at the foil from
dessert. Four years later, New a radioactive source that was
1904 J.J. Thomson proposes Zealand–born physicist Ernest enclosed by a lead shield. The
the “plum pudding” model gold foil was surrounded by a
of the atom. zinc sulfide–coated screen that
AFTER emitted a small flash of light
1913 Danish physicist Niels (scintillation) when struck by
Bohr develops a new model of the alpha particles. Using a
microscope, the physicists could
the atom, in which electrons When we have found how watch as alpha particles struck the
travel in orbits around the the nucleus of atoms is screen. (The set-up was similar to
central nucleus and can built up, we shall have a spinthariscope, which had been
move between orbits. found the greatest secret developed by William Crookes in
1919 Ernest Rutherford of all—except life. 1903 for detecting radiation).
reports that the hydrogen Ernest Rutherford Geiger and Marsden noticed
nucleus (proton) is present that most of the alpha particles
in other nuclei. shot straight through the gold foil,
implying that—in contradiction to
Thomson’s model—most of an atom
was empty space. A small fraction
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 241
See also: Models of matter 68–71 ■ Atomic theory 236–237 ■ Nuclear rays
238–239 ■ Subatomic particles 242–243 ■ Nuclear bombs and power 248–251
THE BRICKS OF
WHICH ATOMS
ARE BUILT UP
SUBATOMIC PARTICLES
F
or millennia, atoms were of negatively charged particles
IN CONTEXT thought to be unbreakable more than 1,000 times lighter than
units. A succession of a hydrogen atom. He concluded
KEY FIGURES
discoveries by three generations that these particles were a
Ernest Rutherford
of Cambridge-based physicists universal component of atoms,
(1871–1937), James
dismantled this idea, revealing naming them “corpuscles” (later
Chadwick (1891–1974) smaller particles within the atom. called electrons).
BEFORE The first subatomic particle
1838 British chemist Richard was discovered in 1897 by British Delving into the atom
Laming suggests that physicist J.J. Thomson while he was Thomson incorporated electrons
subatomic particles exist. experimenting with cathode rays. into his 1904 “plum pudding” model
These rays are produced by the of the atom. However, in 1911 a new
1891 Irish physicist George J. negative electrode (cathode) of an model was proposed by Thomson’s
Stoney names the fundamental electrically charged vacuum tube student, Ernest Rutherford. This
unit of charge “electron.” and are attracted to a positive had a dense, positively charged
electrode (anode). The cathode rays nucleus orbited by electrons.
1897 J.J. Thomson provides caused the glass at the far end of the Further refinements made by
evidence for the electron. tube to glow, and Thomson deduced Niels Bohr, along with Rutherford,
AFTER that the rays were composed produced the Bohr model in 1913.
1934 Italian physicist Enrico In 1919, Rutherford discovered
Fermi bombards uranium with that when nitrogen and other
neutrons, producing a new, elements were struck with alpha
radiation, hydrogen nuclei were
lighter element.
emitted. He concluded that the
1935 James Chadwick is hydrogen nucleus—the lightest
awarded the Nobel Prize for … the radiation consists nucleus—is a constituent of all other
his discovery of the neutron. of neutrons: particles of nuclei and named it the proton.
mass 1, and charge 0. Physicists struggled to explain
1938 Austrian-born physicist James Chadwick the properties of atoms with only
Lise Meitner takes Fermi’s protons and electrons, because
discovery further, describing these particles accounted for only
nuclear fission. half the measured mass of atoms.
In 1920, Rutherford suggested
that a neutral particle composed
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 243
See also: Models of matter 68–71 ■ Electric charge 124–127 ■ Light from the atom 196–199 ■ Particles and waves 212–215
■ The nucleus 240–241 ■ Nuclear bombs and power 248–251 ■ The particle zoo and quarks 256–257
Proton
Nucleus
Nucleus Shell
Thomson’s plum pudding In Rutherford’s model The Niels Bohr model In 1932, James Chadwick
model (1904) has electrons (1911), electrons whizz (1913) has electrons orbiting discovered that the nucleus
dotted randomly in a around a dense, positively the nucleus in inner and of an atom is made up of
positively charged atom. charged nucleus. outer shells. protons and neutrons.
of a bound-together proton and discovered type of neutral radiation the experiments with more accurate
electron—which he called a (thought to be a form of gamma measurements. He showed that this
neutron—may exist inside nuclei. radiation), which emerged when radiation had about the same mass
While this offered a simple alpha radiation struck light elements as protons and concluded that this
explanation for how electrons such as beryllium. The Joliot-Curies new radiation was composed of
radiated from nuclei, it violated found this radiation carried enough neutrons—neutral particles
principles of quantum mechanics: energy to eject high-energy protons contained in the nucleus. This
there was simply not enough energy from compounds rich in hydrogen. discovery completed the atomic
to trap electrons inside nuclei. But neither Rutherford nor James model in a way that made sense. It
In Paris in 1932, Irène Joliot- Chadwick—Rutherford’s former also set in motion the development
Curie and her husband Frédéric student—believed that these were of new medical technologies and
experimented with a newly gamma rays. Chadwick repeated the dawn of the nuclear age. ■
James Chadwick When Cheshire-born James Physics for the discovery of the
Chadwick won a scholarship neutron. During World War II,
to the University of Manchester, Chadwick headed the British
he was accidentally enrolled in team working on the Manhattan
physics instead of mathematics. Project to develop nuclear
He studied under Ernest weapons for the Allies. He later
Rutherford and wrote his first served as British scientific
paper on how to measure gamma adviser to the UN Atomic
radiation. In 1913, Chadwick Energy Commission.
traveled to Berlin to study under
Hans Geiger but was imprisoned
in the Ruhleben detention camp Key works
during World War I.
After Chadwick’s release, he 1932 “Possible Existence of
joined Rutherford at the University a Neutron”
of Cambridge in 1919. In 1935, he 1932 “The existence of a
was awarded the Nobel Prize in neutron”
244
LITTLE WISPS
OF CLOUD
PARTICLES IN THE CLOUD CHAMBER
S
ubatomic particles are expanding moist air in a sealed
IN CONTEXT ghostly objects, usually made chamber, making it supersaturated.
visible only through their He realized that when ions (charged
KEY FIGURE
interactions. The invention of the atoms) collide with water molecules,
Charles T.R. Wilson
cloud chamber, however, allowed they knock away electrons to create
(1869–1959)
physicists to witness the movements a path of ions around which mist
BEFORE of these particles for the first time forms, and this leaves a visible trail
1894 Charles T.R. Wilson and determine their properties. in the chamber. By 1910, Wilson
creates clouds in chambers Interested in designing a tool had perfected his cloud chamber
while studying meteorological to study cloud formation, Scottish and he demonstrated it to scientists
phenomena at the Ben Nevis physicist and meteorologist Charles in 1911. Combined with magnets
observatory, Scotland. T.R. Wilson experimented with and electric fields, the apparatus
enabled physicists to calculate
1910 Wilson realizes a cloud Wilson’s cloud chamber, on display properties such as mass and
chamber can be used to study at the Cavendish Laboratory museum, electrical charge from the cloudy
subatomic particles emitted Cambridge, produced tracks inside “as trails left by particles. By 1923, he
by radioactive sources. fine as little hairs.” added stereoscopic photography to
AFTER
1912 Victor Hess proposes that
high-energy ionizing radiation
enters the atmosphere from
space as “cosmic rays.”
1936 American physicist
Alexander Langsdorf modifies
the cloud chamber by adding
dry ice.
1952 The bubble chamber
supersedes the cloud
chamber as a basic tool
in particle physics.
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 245
See also: Electric charge 124–127 ■ Nuclear rays 238–239 ■ Antimatter 246
■ The particle zoo and quarks 256–257 ■ Force carriers 258–259
OPPOSITES
CAN EXPLODE
ANTIMATTER
I
n the 1920s, British physicist bend in different directions based
IN CONTEXT Paul Dirac proposed a mirror on their charge. He discovered a
world of antimatter. In a 1928 particle with a curving trail like
KEY FIGURE
paper, he demonstrated it is equally that of an electron but pointing in
Paul Dirac (1902–1984)
valid for electrons to have positive the opposite direction.
BEFORE or negative energy states. An Anderson’s discovery was
1898 German-born British electron with negative energy followed by other antimatter
physicist Arthur Schuster would behave the opposite way to particles and atoms. It is now
speculates on the existence an ordinary electron. For instance, known that all particles have an
of antimatter. it would be repelled by a proton equivalent antimatter particle, but
rather than attracted to it, so it the question of why ordinary matter
1928 Paul Dirac proposes that has positive charge. is dominant in the universe
electrons could have both a Dirac ruled out the possibility remains unresolved. ■
positive and negative charge. that this particle was a proton,
given that a proton’s mass is far
1931 Dirac publishes a paper greater than that of an electron.
that predicts the positively Instead, he proposed a new particle
charged “anti-electron.” with the same mass as an electron
AFTER but a positive charge. He called it
an “anti-electron.” On meeting, an I think that the discovery
1933 Dirac proposes the of antimatter was perhaps
antiproton—the antimatter electron and anti-electron would
annihilate each other, producing a the biggest jump of all the
equivalent to the proton. big jumps in physics
mass of energy.
1955 Research at the Carl D. Anderson is credited in our century.
University of California, with confirming the existence of Werner Heisenberg
Berkeley confirms the this anti-electron (which he renamed
antiproton exists. the positron) in 1932. Anderson
allowed cosmic rays to pass through
1965 CERN physicists a cloud chamber under the influence
describe the production of of a magnetic field, causing them to
bound antimatter in the form
of antideuterium. See also: Subatomic particles 242–243 ■ Particles in the cloud chamber 244–245
■ The particle zoo and quarks 256–257 ■ Matter–antimatter asymmetry 264
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 247
IN SEARCH OF
ATOMIC GLUE
THE STRONG FORCE
T
he discovery of subatomic Proton
IN CONTEXT particles at the beginning
of the 20th century raised The strong
KEY FIGURE force binds
as many questions as it answered.
Hideki Yukawa (1907–1981) protons and
One such question was how are neutrons in
BEFORE positively charged protons bound the nucleus
1935 Yukawa predicts together in a nucleus despite their
the existence of a new force natural electric repulsion? Neutron
within the atomic nucleus. In 1935, Japanese physicist
Hideki Yukawa provided an answer Neutrons and protons (nucleons)
1936 Carl D. Anderson are bound together inside the nucleus
when he predicted an ultra short-
by the strong force carried by mesons.
discovers the muon, thought range force that acts within the Within protons and neutrons, smaller
for a while to be the carrier of atomic nucleus to bind its particles (quarks) are bound by gluons.
this new force. components (protons and neutrons).
He said this force is carried by a
AFTER particle he called a meson. In fact is in fact responsible for the vast
1948 A team of physicists there are many mesons. The first energy unleashed in nuclear
at University of California, to be discovered was the pion (or weapons and nuclear reactors
Berkeley, produce pions pi-meson), which physicists from as atoms are split. Mesons are
artificially by firing alpha the UK and Brazil found in 1947 by the carriers of this force between
particles at carbon atoms. studying cosmic rays raining down nucleons. The strong force between
1964 American physicist on the Andes. Their experiments quarks (which combine in threes to
confirmed that the pion was make up a proton) is carried by
Murray Gell-Mann predicts
involved in the strong interactions gluons (elementary particles, or
the existence of quarks,
Yukawa had described. bosons), named for their ability
which interact via the
By far the strongest of to “glue together” quarks with
strong force. the four fundamental forces (the different “colors” (a property
1979 The gluon is discovered others being electromagnetic, unrelated to normal colors) to
at the PETRA (Positron- gravitational, and the weak force), form “colorless” particles such
Electron Tandem Ring this newly discovered strong force as protons and pions. ■
Accelerator) particle
accelerator in Germany. See also: The nucleus 240–241 ■ Subatomic particles 242–243 ■ The particle
zoo and quarks 256–257 ■ Force carriers 258–259
248
IN CONTEXT
DREADFUL
KEY FIGURES
Enrico Fermi (1901–1954),
Lise Meitner (1878–1968)
AMOUNTS
BEFORE
1898 Marie Curie discovers
how radioactivity emanates
from materials like uranium.
OF ENERGY
1911 Ernest Rutherford
proposes that the atom has
a dense nucleus at its core.
1919 Rutherford shows that
one element can be changed
NUCLEAR BOMBS AND POWER to another by bombarding it
with alpha particles.
1932 James Chadwick
discovers the neutron.
AFTER
1945 The first atomic bomb
is tested in New Mexico.
A-bombs are dropped on
Hiroshima and Nagasaki.
1951 The first nuclear reactor
for electricity generation opens.
1986 The Chernobyl disaster
highlights nuclear power risks.
A
t the turn of the 20th
century, physicists
were unknowingly laying
the groundwork for scientists to
understand and eventually seize
the immense power trapped
inside the atom. By 1911, Ernest
Rutherford had proposed a model
of the atom that placed a dense
nucleus at its core. In Paris, Marie
Curie and her collaborators,
including husband Pierre, had
discovered and described how
radioactivity emanated from within
the atom of natural materials such
as uranium.
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 249
See also: Generating electricity 148–151 ■ Atomic theory 236–237 ■ Nuclear rays 238–229 ■ The nucleus 240–241
■ Subatomic particles 242–243
Powerful forces
In 1934, Italian physicist Enrico elements were fragments from The forces within a nucleus are
Fermi bombarded uranium with the original uranium nuclei, but powerful and precariously balanced.
neutrons (subatomic particles her proposal was dismissed in The nuclear force binds the nucleus
discovered just two years earlier). the scramble for scientists to together while positively charged
Fermi’s experiment seemed to understand Fermi’s experiment. protons inside the nucleus repel
transform uranium into different In 1938, German chemists each other with approximately
elements—not the new, heavier Otto Hahn and Fritz Strassmann 230N of force. Holding together the
ones he had expected, but isotopes expanded on Fermi’s work. They nucleus requires a huge amount of
(variants with a different neutron found that bombarding uranium “binding energy,” which is released
number) of lighter elements. Fermi with neutrons produced barium, when the nucleus breaks apart.
had divided the apparently apparently losing 100 protons and The loss of equivalent mass is
indivisible atom, although it took neutrons in the process. Hahn measurable: for the uranium
years for the scientific community conveyed the baffling findings to his fission reaction under investigation,
to grasp the magnitude of what he former colleague Lise Meitner, who around one-fifth the mass of a
had done. German chemist Ida had fled Nazi Germany for Sweden. proton seemed to vanish in
Noddack suggested that the new Meitner proposed that the uranium a burst of heat. ❯❯
250 NUCLEAR BOMBS AND POWER
discovery, as part of the Manhattan spiraling out of control, while
Project. He and his colleagues found producing too few would cause
that slow-moving (thermal) neutrons the reactions to die out. Criticality
were more likely to be absorbed by requires a careful balance of fuel
nuclei and cause fission. U-235 (a mass, fuel density, temperature,
No limits exist to the natural isotope of uranium) was and other variables.
destructiveness of this identified as an ideal fuel because Fermi’s nuclear reactor went
weapon … its very existence it releases three thermal neutrons live in 1942. The Chicago Pile-1
[is] a danger to humanity. every time it fragments. U-235 was built on a university squash
Enrico Fermi is a rare isotope that makes up court, using almost 5 tons of
less than 1 percent of natural unenriched uranium, 44 tons of
uranium, so natural uranium has uranium oxide, and 363 tons of
to be painstakingly enriched to graphite bricks. It was crude,
sustain a chain reaction. unshielded, and low-power, but it
marked the first time scientists had
The critical factor sustained a fission chain reaction.
Meitner and other physicists The Manhattan Project pursued While nuclear reactors must
recognized that neutrons “boiling multiple methods for enriching sustain criticality for civilian use (as
off” from nuclear fission opened up uranium and two possible nuclear in nuclear power stations), nuclear
the possibility of chain reactions reactor designs: one based at weapons must surpass criticality to
in which the free nuclei caused Columbia University that used heavy release deadly quantities of binding
successive fission reactions, water (water containing a hydrogen energy in a flash. Scientists working
releasing more energy and isotope) to slow down neutrons; and under Oppenheimer at Los Alamos
neutrons with each reaction. a second led by Fermi at the were responsible for designing
A chain reaction could either University of Chicago that used such weapons. One design used
release a steady flow of energy or graphite. The scientists were aiming implosion, in which explosives
mount a vast explosion. As nations for criticality—when the rate at around a fissile core ignited and
lurched toward World War II, and which neutrons are produced from so produced shock waves. It
fearful of how this power might fission is equal to the rate at which compressed the core to a smaller,
be used in the wrong hands, neutrons are lost through absorption denser volume that passed
researchers immediately began and leaking. Producing too many criticality. An alternative design—a
to study how to sustain fission. neutrons would mean the reactions “gun-type” weapon—blasted two
A WINDOW
KEY FIGURE
John Cockcroft (1897–1967)
BEFORE
ON CREATION
1919 Ernest Rutherford
artificially induces nuclear
fission (splitting the nucleus
of an atom into two nuclei).
1929 Ukrainian–American
PARTICLE ACCELERATORS physicist George Gamow lays
out his theory of quantum
tunneling for alpha particles
emitted in alpha decay.
AFTER
1952 The Cosmotron, the first
proton synchrotron, begins
operating at Brookhaven
National Laboratory in the US.
2009 The Large Hadron
Collider (LHC) at CERN in
Switzerland becomes fully
operational and breaks the
record as the highest-energy
particle accelerator.
I
n 1919, Ernest Rutherford’s
investigation into the
disintegration of nitrogen
atoms proved that it is possible
to break apart particles bound
by the nuclear force—one of the
strongest forces in the universe.
Soon, physicists were wondering
whether they could explore deeper
inside the atom by smashing it to
pieces and examining the remains.
In the late 1920s, former British
soldier and engineer John Cockcroft
was one of the young physicists
assisting Rutherford in such
research at Cambridge University’s
Cavendish Laboratory. Cockcroft
was intrigued by the work of
George Gamow, who in 1928
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 253
See also: Models of matter 68–71 ■ Quantum applications 226–231 ■ Subatomic particles 242–243 ■ The particle zoo and
quarks 256–257 ■ The Higgs Boson 262–263 ■ Mass and energy 284–285 ■ The Big Bang 296–301
described the phenomenon of beams of protons from a canal ray high-speed protons and monitored
quantum tunneling. This is the tube (essentially a back-to-front the interactions on a detector, a
idea that subatomic particles, such cathode ray tube). When they failed zinc fluoride fluorescent screen.
as alpha particles, can escape from to detect the gamma rays noted They expected to see the gamma
the nucleus, despite the strong by French scientists engaged in rays that French scientists Irene
nuclear force restraining them, similar research, they realized that Joliot-Curie and her husband
because they have wavelike their proton energy was too low. Frédéric had reported. Instead,
attributes, enabling some to go they inadvertently produced
beyond the nuclear force barrier, Ever-increasing energy neutrons (as British physicist
escaping its attractive power. The quest for more powerful James Chadwick would later
particle accelerators began. In prove). Cockcroft and Walton
Reversing the principle 1932, Cockcroft and Walton built then performed the first artificial
Gamow visited the Cambridge a new apparatus that was able to disintegration of an atomic nucleus
laboratory at Cockcroft’s invitation, accelerate a beam of protons to on a nucleus of lithium, reducing it
and the men discussed whether higher energies using lower voltages. to alpha particles. ❯❯
Gamow’s theory could be applied This Cockcroft–Walton accelerator
in reverse; was it possible to begins by accelerating charged
accelerate a proton with enough particles through an initial diode
energy to penetrate and burst the (a semiconductor device) to charge
nucleus of an element? Cockcroft a capacitor (a component that
told Rutherford he believed they stores electrical energy) to peak Particles were coming out of
could penetrate a boron nucleus voltage. The voltage is then the lithium, hitting the screen,
using protons accelerated with reversed, boosting the particles and producing scintillations.
300 kilovolts, and that a nucleus of through the next diode and They looked like stars
lithium would potentially require effectively doubling their energy.
suddenly appearing
less energy. Boron and lithium Through a series of capacitors and
have light nuclei, so the energy diodes, charge is stacked up to
and disappearing.
barriers to be overcome are lower multiple times what would normally
Ernest Walton
on splitting the atom
than those of heavier elements. be possible, by applying the
Rutherford gave the go-ahead maximum voltage.
and, in 1930, joined by Irish Using this pioneering device,
physicist Ernest Walton, Cockcroft Cockcroft and Walton bombarded
experimented with accelerating lithium and beryllium nuclei with
254 PARTICLE ACCELERATORS
Particle accelerators use electric and magnetic fields Detectors capture
to produce a beam of high-energy subatomic particles, radiation and
such as protons, which are crashed together or fired particles from
at a metal target. the collision
DETECTOR
PARTICLE
Magnetic field
guides protons
RADIATION
DETECTOR
Hydrogen
gas in
Protons
Proton collide with
PARTICLE PARTICLE PARTICLE other subatomic
GENERATION ACCELERATION GUIDANCE particles
With this historic first, Cockcroft and Most accelerators in particle and synchrotrons. Linacs, such as
Walton showed the value of using physics research use oscillating the Stanford Linear Accelerator in
particle accelerators (nicknamed electromagnetic fields to accelerate California, accelerate particles in
“atom smashers”) to probe the atom charged particles. In electrodynamic a straight line toward a target
and discover new particles, offering accelerators, a particle is accelerated at one end. Cyclotrons are
a more controlled alternative to toward a plate, and as it passes composed of two hollow D-shaped
observing cosmic rays (high-energy through it, the charge on the plate plates and a magnet, which bends
particles moving through space). switches, repelling the particle particles into a circular path as
toward the next plate. This they spiral outward toward a
High-powered accelerators process is repeated with faster target. Synchrotrons accelerate
Cockcroft–Walton machines and and faster oscillations to push the charged particles continuously in a
all early particle accelerators were particles to speeds comparable to circle, until they reach the required
electrostatic devices, using a static that of light. These oscillating fields energies, using many magnets
electric field to accelerate particles. are typically produced via one of to guide the particles.
These are still widely used today in two mechanisms—either magnetic
academic, medical, and industrial induction or radio frequency (RF) Dizzying particle speeds
low-energy particle studies, and in waves. Magnetic induction uses a In 1930, Cockcroft and Walton
everyday electronic applications, magnetic field to induce movement had recognized that the more they
such as microwave ovens. Their of charged particles to create a could accelerate particles, the
energy limit, however, precludes circulating electric field. An RF deeper into matter they could see.
their use for research in modern cavity is a hollow metallic chamber Physicists can now use synchrotron
particle physics. At a certain in which resonating radio waves accelerators that boost particles to
energy point, raising voltages to create an electromagnetic field to dizzying speeds, which nudge
push particles any further causes boost charged particles as they toward the speed of light. Such
the insulators used in construction pass through. speeds create relativistic effects;
of the particle accelerators to Modern particle accelerators as a particle’s kinetic energy
experience electrical breakdown come in three types: linear increases, its mass increases,
and start conducting. accelerators (linacs), cyclotrons, requiring larger forces to achieve
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 255
greater acceleration. The largest consumption of the nearby city
and most powerful machines in of Geneva. A chain of booster
existence are the focus of accelerators (including the Super
experiments that can involve Proton Synchrotron) accelerate
thousands of scientists from around beams of charged particles to ever
the world. Fermilab’s Tevatron in higher energies until they finally
Illinois, which operated from enter the LHC. Here particles
1983 to 2011, used a ring 3.9 miles collide head-on at four collision
(6.3 km) long to accelerate protons points, with combined energies of
and antiprotons to energies up to 13 TeV. A group of detectors records
1 TeV (1012 1 eV), where 1 eV is their disintegrations.
the energy gained by an electron
accelerated across one volt—1 TeV The ATLAS calorimetry system at Recreating a primeval state
is roughly the energy of motion of CERN, seen here during installation, Among the experiments conducted
a flying mosquito. measures the energy of particles after at the LHC are attempts to recreate
In the late 1980s, at CERN in a collision by forcing most to stop and the conditions that existed at the
deposit their energy in the detector.
Switzerland, scientists armed with very genesis of the universe. From
the Super Proton Synchrotron what is known about its expansion,
competed with Fermilab scientists 16.8 miles (27 km) long, spanning physicists can work back and
using the Tevatron in the hunt for the border of Switzerland and predict that the early universe was
the top quark (the heaviest quark). France 328 ft (100 m) underground, unimaginably tiny, hot, and dense.
Thanks to the sheer power of the and capable of accelerating two Under these conditions,
Tevatron, Fermilab scientists beams of protons to 99.9999991 elementary particles such as quarks
were able to produce and detect percent the speed of light. and gluons may have existed in a
the top quark in 1995, at a mass The LHC is a triumph of sort of “soup” (quark–gluon plasma).
of approximately 176 GeV/c² (almost engineering; its groundbreaking As space expanded and cooled,
as heavy as a gold atom). technologies—deployed on an they became tightly bound together,
The Tevatron was knocked off enormous scale—include 10,000 forming composite particles such
its pedestal as the most powerful superconducting magnets, chilled as protons and neutrons. Smashing
particle accelerator in 2009 with to temperatures lower than those particles at near light speed can for
the first fully operational run of found in the wilderness of space. an instant reinvent the universe as
CERN’s Large Hadron Collider During operation, the site draws it was trillionths of a second after
(LHC). The LHC is a synchrotron, about one third of the total energy the Big Bang. ■
THE HUNT
FOR THE QUARK
THE PARTICLE ZOO AND QUARKS
B
y the end of World War II, fundamental quality called
IN CONTEXT physicists had discovered “strangeness” could explain
the proton, neutron, and these long-observed lifetimes.
KEY FIGURE
electron, and a handful of other Strangeness is conserved in strong
Murray Gell-Mann
particles. In the following years, and electromagnetic interactions but
(1929–2019)
however, discoveries in cosmic not in weak interactions, so particles
BEFORE rays (high-energy particles moving with strangeness can only decay
1947 The subatomic kaon is through space) and particle via the weak interaction. Gell-Mann
discovered at the University of accelerators caused the number used strangeness and charge to
Manchester, exhibiting a much of particles to balloon into a classify subatomic particles into
longer lifetime than predicted. chaotic “particle zoo.” families of mesons (typically lighter)
Physicists were particularly and baryons (typically heavier).
1953 Physicists propose the confused by families of particles
property of “strangeness” to called kaons and lambda baryons, Quark theory
explain the unusual behavior which decay far more slowly than In 1964, Gell-Mann proposed
of kaons and other particles. expected. In 1953, American the concept of the quark—a
physicist Murray Gell-Mann and fundamental particle, which could
1961 Gell-Mann proposes the Japanese physicists Kazuhiko explain the properties of the new
“Eightfold Way” to organize Nishijima and Tadao Nakano mesons and baryons. According to
subatomic particles. independently proposed that a quark theory, quarks come in six
AFTER
1968 Scattering experiments
reveal pointlike objects inside
Exotic new particles with These particles can be
the proton, proving it is not different properties are arranged according to
a fundamental particle. discovered. their properties.
1974 Experiments produce
J/ particles, which contain
charm quarks.
1995 The discovery of the
Quarks are a fundamental Their properties depend on
top quark completes building block of matter. constituents called quarks.
the quark model.
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 257
See also: Models of matter 68–71 ■ Subatomic particles 242–243 ■ Antimatter
246 ■ The strong force 247 ■ Force carriers 258–259 ■ The Higgs boson 262–263
Nucleus
Down quark is one
of two types of
elementary particle Gluon binds
in the nucleus quarks together
of an atom
Up quark
IDENTICAL NUCLEAR
PARTICLES DO NOT
ALWAYS
FORCE CARRIERS
ACT ALIKE
F
rom around 1930, scientists unstable atomic nuclei, and identify
IN CONTEXT began to unpick the process and observe the force carriers that
of nuclear decay. Beta decay mediate (transmit) the weak
KEY FIGURE
had puzzled earlier researchers, as interaction in nuclear decay.
Chien-Shiung Wu
energy seemed to disappear, in In 1933, Enrico Fermi proposed
(1912–1997)
violation of the law of conservation that beta radiation emerges from
BEFORE of energy. Over the next five the nucleus as a neutron turns
1930 Austrian-born physicist decades, leading physicists would into a proton, emitting an electron
Wolfgang Pauli proposes the discover the bearers of the missing and a further neutral particle that
existence of a neutrino to energy, detail the changes that carries away some energy. (Fermi
explain how energy and other transformed elements within called this neutral particle a
quantities can be conserved
in beta decay.
1933 Enrico Fermi lays out his Conservation of energy appears to be violated in beta decay
theory for the weak interaction (usually the emission of an electron from an atomic nucleus).
to explain beta decay.
AFTER
1956 American physicists
Clyde Cowan and Frederick
Reines confirm that both A light, neutral particle—a During beta-minus decay,
electrons and neutrinos are neutrino or an a neutron turns into a proton,
antineutrino carries away an electron, and an
emitted during beta decay. antineutrino.
some energy.
1968 The electromagnetic
and weak forces are unified
in “electroweak theory.”
1983 W and Z bosons are
discovered at the Super The interaction that is
The weak force involves the
Proton Synchrotron, a particle responsible for this
exchange of particles
process is called the weak
accelerator machine at CERN. called force carriers.
interaction or weak force.
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLES 259
See also: Quantum field theory 224–225 ■ Nuclear rays 238–239 ■ Antimatter 246 ■ The particle zoo and quarks 256–257
■ Massive neutrinos 261 ■ The Higgs boson 262–263
Chien-Shiung Wu Born in 1912, in Liuhe, near Yang received the 1957 Nobel
Shanghai in China, Chien-Shiung Prize in Physics for discovering
Wu developed a passion for parity violation; her contribution
physics after reading a biography was not acknowledged. She was
of Polish physicist and chemist finally honored in 1978, when
Marie Curie. She studied physics she received the Wolf Prize for
at National Central University in scientific achievement. Wu died
Nanjing, then moved to the US in New York in 1997.
in 1936, gaining her PhD at the
University of California-Berkeley.
Wu joined the Manhattan Key works
Project in 1944 to work on
uranium enrichment. After World 1950 “Recent investigation of
War II, she became a professor at the shapes of beta-ray spectra”
Columbia University and focused 1957 “Experimental test of parity
on beta decay. Wu’s collaborators conservation in beta decay”
Tsung-Dao Lee and Chen Ning 1960 Beta decay
260
NATURE IS
ABSURD
QUANTUM ELECTRODYNAMICS
T
he emergence of quantum that come into existence
IN CONTEXT mechanics, which describes momentarily and affect the motion
the behavior of objects of “real” particles as they are
KEY FIGURES
at atomic and subatomic scales, released or absorbed.
Shin’ichiroˉ Tomonaga
forced a transformation of many QED has been used to model
(1906–1979), Julian
branches of physics. phenomena that previously defied
Schwinger (1918–1994) Paul Dirac proposed a quantum explanation. One example is the
BEFORE theory of electromagnetism in 1927, Lamb shift—the difference in
1865 James Clerk Maxwell but models describing encounters energy between two energy levels
lays out the electromagnetic between electromagnetic fields and of a hydrogen atom. ■
theory of light. high-speed particles—which obey
the laws of special relativity—broke
1905 Albert Einstein down. This led to an assumption
publishes a paper describing that quantum mechanics and
special relativity. special relativity were not
compatible. In the 1940s, Shin’ichirō
1927 Paul Dirac formulates a Tomonaga, Richard Feynman, and
quantum mechanical theory Julian Schwinger proved that
of charged objects and the quantum electrodynamics (QED)
electromagnetic field. could be made consistent with
AFTER special relativity. In fact, QED was
1965 Tomonaga, Schwinger, the first theory to combine quantum
mechanics and special relativity.
and Richard Feynman share
In classical electrodynamics,
the Nobel Prize in Physics for
electrically charged particles exert
their work on quantum forces through the fields they
electrodynamics. produce. In QED, however, the Following his contributions to
1973 The theory of quantum forces between charged particles QED, Shin’ichirō Tomonaga received
chromodynamics is developed, arise from the exchange of virtual, the Nobel Prize in Physics, the Japan
with color charge as the source or messenger, photons—particles Academy Prize, and many other awards.
of the strong interaction
(strong nuclear force). See also: Force fields and Maxwell’s equations 142–147 ■ Particles and waves
212–215 ■ Quantum field theory 224–225 ■ The particle zoo and quarks 256–257
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 261
THE MYSTERY
OF THE MISSING
NEUTRINOS
MASSIVE NEUTRINOS
S
ince the 1920s, physicists
IN CONTEXT have known that nuclear
fusion causes the sun and
KEY FIGURE
other stars to shine. They went on
Masatoshi Koshiba (1926–)
to predict that this process releases
BEFORE particles called neutrinos, which Now that neutrino
1956 American physicists shower down on Earth from space. astrophysics is born, what
Clyde Cowan and Frederick Neutrinos have been compared should we do next?
Reines publish the results of to ghosts due to the challenge Masatoshi Koshiba
their experiment confirming of detecting them. They are
the existence of neutrinos. chargeless, almost without mass,
and do not interact through the
1970 “Homestake” experiments strong nuclear or electromagnetic
begin in the US, detecting only forces, allowing them to pass
one-third of the predicted through Earth unnoticed. Neutrinos
number of solar neutrinos. come in three types, or flavors: this problem. Observations of
electron, muon, and tau neutrinos. atmospheric neutrinos with the
1987 Researchers at locations In 1985, Japanese physicist detector proved that neutrinos
in Japan, the US, and Russia Masatoshi Koshiba built a neutrino can switch between flavors in
detect a record batch of detector in a zinc mine. Detectors flight, a process called neutrino
25 neutrinos, originating surrounded a vast water tank, oscillation. This means that an
from a supernova in the picking up flashes of light as electron neutrino created in the
Large Magellanic Cloud. neutrinos interacted with the sun may change to a muon or tau
nuclei of water molecules. Koshiba neutrino and so elude detectors
AFTER
confirmed that there seemed to be that are sensitive only to electron
2001 Scientists at Sudbury far fewer solar neutrinos reaching neutrinos. The discovery implied
Neutrino Observatory, Canada, Earth than predicted. In 1996, he that neutrinos have mass,
find further evidence for led the construction of an even challenging the Standard Model,
neutrino oscillation. larger detector (Super-Kamiokande), the theory of fundamental forces
2013 Results from the T2K which allowed his team to solve and particles. ■
experiment confirm the
neutrino oscillation theory. See also: Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle 220–221 ■ Particle accelerators
252–255 ■ The particle zoo and quarks 256–257 ■ Force carriers 258–259
262
I THINK
WE HAVE IT
THE HIGGS BOSON
T
he Standard Model, theory did not match reality. It
IN CONTEXT completed in the early implied that all electroweak force
1970s after decades of carriers are massless. While this is
KEY FIGURE
research, explained much about true for the photon, W and Z bosons
Peter Higgs (1929–)
particle physics with a handful of are conspicuously massive.
BEFORE fundamental forces and particles. In 1964, three groups of
1959 Sheldon Glashow in Questions remained, however. physicists—Peter Higgs in the UK;
the US and Abdus Salam in While two of the forces—the Robert Brout and François Englert
Pakistan propose that the electromagnetic force and in Belgium; and Gerald Guralnik,
electromagnetic and weak the weak interaction—could be C. Richard Hagen, and Tom Kibble
forces merge in intense heat. modeled as merging into a single in the US—had proposed that the
electroweak force at intense weak bosons might interact with a
1960 Japanese–American temperatures, one aspect of this field which gives them mass; this
physicist Yoichiro Nambu
conceives his theory of
symmetry breaking, which
can be applied to the problem Electroweak theory predicts that all force carriers (particles that
excite forces between other particles) have no mass.
of W and Z boson mass.
AFTER
1983 W and Z bosons are both
confirmed at the CERN Super
Proton Synchroton. Experiments show that
photons have no mass but W and Z bosons interact
1995 Fermilab discovers W and Z bosons (a type of strongly with the Higgs field.
the top quark with a mass of force carrier) are massive.
176 GeV/c², which matches
Higgs field theory predictions.
2012 CERN confirms
the discovery of the Higgs
The Higgs boson is the
boson in its ATLAS and The Higgs field gives
carrier particle of the
CMS detectors. particles their mass.
Higgs field.
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 263
See also: Quantum field theory 224–225 ■ Particle accelerators 252–255
■ The particle zoo and quarks 256–257 ■ Force carriers 258–259
P
hysicists have long puzzled preserved if spacetime extends
IN CONTEXT over why the universe is backward beyond the Big Bang
made up almost entirely into a mirror universe of antimatter.
KEY FIGURE
of matter. P (parity) symmetry, the In 1967, Soviet physicist
Andrei Sakharov (1921–1989)
idea that nature cannot distinguish Andrei Sakharov proposed instead
BEFORE between left and right, suggests that an imbalance of matter and
1928 Paul Dirac suggests a that the Big Bang should have antimatter could have evolved if
new form of matter with produced matter and antimatter CP violation occurred in the early
opposite charges: antimatter. in equal amounts. The first clue universe. It has to be sufficient to
came in 1956, when an experiment prompt asymmetry, or else physics
1932 In the US, Carl Anderson showed that electrons emanating beyond the Standard Model will
discovers “antielectrons” and through beta decay in a weak be required. Significant CP
calls them positrons. interaction had a preferred direction. violation has now been shown,
The following year, to maintain supporting Sakharov’s ideas. ■
1951 Julian Schwinger
symmetry, Soviet physicist Lev
hints at an early form of Landau proposed CP symmetry—
CPT symmetry. combining P symmetry with C
AFTER (conservation of charge) symmetry,
1964 American physicists so that a particle and its oppositely-
James Cronin and Val Fitch charged antiparticle would behave Physicists began to think
show that weak decay of like mirror images. that they may have been
neutral K-mesons (kaons) looking at the wrong
violates CP symmetry. Mirror universe or not? symmetry all along.
In 1964, when experiments showed
Ulrich Nierste
2010 Fermilab scientists that neutral K-mesons violate CP German theoretical physicist
detect a preference for conservation when they decay,
B-mesons to decay into muons, physicists made a last-ditch bid to
violating CP symmetry. save symmetry. They incorporated
time-reversal symmetry, giving
2019 CERN physicists detect CPT symmetry, which can be
asymmetry in D-mesons, the
lightest particle to contain See also: Antimatter 246 ■ Force carriers 258–259 ■ Massive neutrinos 261
charm quarks. ■ Mass and energy 284–285 ■ The Big Bang 296–301
NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 265
STARS GET
BORN AND DIE
NUCLEAR FUSION IN STARS
T
he idea that stars are
IN CONTEXT endlessly powered from
the fusion of hydrogen into
KEY FIGURE
helium excited eminent physicists
Hans Bethe (1906–2005)
in the early 20th century. By the
BEFORE mid-1930s, they had demonstrated
1920 British physicist Arthur nuclear fusion in the laboratory.
Eddington suggests that stars Among the leading theorists was
primarily get their energy from German-born Hans Bethe, who
hydrogen–helium fusion. realized that the stars (including
the sun) release energy through
1931 Deuterium, a stable proton–proton chain reactions.
isotope of hydrogen, is Fusion occurs only in extreme
detected by American chemist environments. Positively charged The JET tokamak reactor in the UK
Harold C. Urey and associates. nuclei strongly repel each other but, is the world’s largest, most successful
with sufficient energy, they can be fusion facility. It is central to European
1934 Australian physicist pushed close enough together to research and the international ITER
Mark Oliphant demonstrates project advancing fusion science.
overcome this repulsion and fuse,
deuterium fusion, discovering forming heavier nuclei. As they
tritium, a radioactive isotope fuse, binding energy is released. electricity has proved more difficult,
of hydrogen, in the process. due to the immense temperatures
AFTER Toward controlled fusion required (around 40 million Kelvin)
In 1951, Bethe’s work in the US led and the challenge of containing
1958 The first tokamak (T-1)
to the successful testing of the first such hot materials. The leading
begins reactions in the Soviet
hydrogen bomb, in which fission candidate for a fusion reactor—
Union, but loses energy
was used to induce nuclear fusion the tokamak—confines the hot,
through radiation. and release a lethal blast of energy. charged gas using magnetic fields.
2006 The ITER agreement is Harnessing such power with The quest continues as fusion is
signed in Paris by seven ITER controlled fusion reactions that thought safer than fission, with less
members, funding a long-term gradually release energy for radioactivity and nuclear waste. ■
international project to develop
nuclear fusion energy. See also: Generating electricity 148–151 ■ The strong force 247 ■ Nuclear bombs
and power 248–251 ■ Particle accelerators 252–255
REL ATIVI
THE UNI
our place in
V
the cosmos
TY AND
ERSE
268 INTRODUCTION
The Greek philosopher Persian astronomer Galileo explains his Albert Einstein’s theory of
Aristotle describes a static Abd al-Rahman al-Sufi principle of relativity: the special relativity shows
and eternal universe makes the first recorded laws of physics are the how space and time
where a spherical Earth is observation of Andromeda, same whether a person change, depending on the
surrounded by concentric describing the galaxy is stationary or moving speed of one object relative
rings of planets and stars. as a “small cloud.” at a constant velocity. to another.
A
ncient civilizations During the Scientific Revolution, speed—it still travels at the speed
questioned what the physicists and astronomers began of light. Nature behaves strangely
movement of stars across to study the motion of objects and at close to the speed of light in
the night sky meant for humanity’s light through space. Space was order to impose a universal speed
existence and place within the imagined to be a rigid grid that limit. Establishing how this works
universe. The seeming vastness of spanned the universe, and it was required a drastic rethinking of
their planet led most to think that assumed that a length measured both space and time.
Earth must be the largest and most on Earth would be the same on any
important object in the cosmos, planet, star (including the sun), or Special relativity
and that everything else revolved neutron star (a small star created Early in the 20th century, space and
around it. Among these geocentric by the collapse of a giant star). time were discovered to be flexible:
views, Ptolemy of Alexandria’s Time, too, was thought to be a meter or a second have different
model from the 2nd century ce was absolute, with a second on Earth lengths in different places in the
so convincing that it dominated equivalent to one anywhere else in universe. German-born physicist
astronomy for centuries. the universe. But it soon became Albert Einstein introduced the world
The advent of the telescope in clear that this was not the case. to these ideas in his 1905 theory of
1608 showed that Polish astronomer A ball thrown from a moving special relativity. He explained how,
Nicolaus Copernicus had been right vehicle will appear to a person from the perspective of an observer
to question Ptolemy’s view. In Italy, standing on the roadside to have on Earth, objects moving through
Galileo Galilei observed four moons been given a boost of speed from space at close to the speed of light
orbiting Jupiter in 1610, and so the vehicle’s movement. Yet if light seem to contract, and how time
provided proof that other bodies is shone from a moving vehicle, the appears to run more slowly for these
orbited other worlds. light does not receive a boost in objects. Two years later, in 1907,
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 269
Einstein publishes his theory British physicist Arthur In the US, Russell Hulse and
of general relativity to Eddington photographs Joseph Taylor find indirect
describe how time and starlight bent around evidence for gravitational
space curve for accelerating the sun in a solar waves when they observe
observers or those within eclipse—proof of the energy being lost from two stars
a gravitational field. curvature of spacetime. orbiting each other.
Hermann Minkowski Karl Schwarzschild uses Edwin Hubble proves the LIGO scientists announce
explains special relativity general relativity to predict the universe is expanding, the first direct detection
in terms of four existence of black holes, the noting that distant galaxies of gravitational waves
dimensions of space gravity of which is so strong, are moving more rapidly from the merging of two
and time—spacetime. not even light can escape. than nearer ones. neutron stars.
German mathematician Hermann further, predicting the existence the Milky Way. But American
Minkowski suggested that special of extremely massive objects that astronomer Edwin Hubble’s
relativity makes more sense if time could curve spacetime so much discovery of another galaxy—the
and space are sewn together into a at a single point that nothing, not Andromeda Galaxy—in 1924 led to
single fabric of “spacetime.” even light, could move fast enough the realization that the Milky Way
The theory of special relativity to escape. Advances in astronomy is just one of billions of galaxies
had far-reaching consequences. have since provided evidence for that lie well beyond 100,000 light
The notion that energy and mass these “black holes,” and it is now years away. What is more, these
were simply two forms of the same thought that the largest stars galaxies are moving apart, leading
thing, as described by Einstein’s become black holes when they die. astronomers to believe that the
formula E = mc2, led to the universe began at a single point
discovery of the nuclear fusion that Beyond the Milky Way 13.8 billion years ago and exploded
powers stars, and ultimately to the By the early 1920s, astronomers forth in a so-called Big Bang.
development of the atomic bomb. were able to measure accurately the Astrophysicists today have far
In 1915, Einstein extended his distance to stars in the night sky to go in their quest to understand
ideas to include objects moving and the speed at which they are the universe. Strange, invisible dark
at changing speed and through moving relative to Earth. This matter and dark energy make up
gravitational fields. The theory of revolutionized how people perceived 95 percent of the known universe,
general relativity describes how the universe and our place within seeming to exert control without
spacetime can bend, just as a cloth it. At the start of the 20th century, showing their presence. Likewise,
might stretch if a heavy weight is astronomers believed that the workings of a black hole and the
placed upon it. German physicist everything existed within 100,000 Big Bang remain a mystery. But
Karl Schwarzschild went a step light years of space, that is, within astrophysicists are getting closer. ■
270
THE WINDINGS
OF THE HEAVENLY
BODIES
THE HEAVENS
S
ince time immemorial, Early humans linked objects in
IN CONTEXT humans have gazed at the the night sky with gods and spirits
night sky in awe, captivated on Earth. They believed heavenly
KEY FIGURE
by the motions of the sun, moon, bodies had an effect on aspects of
Ptolemy (c. 100–c. 170 ce)
and stars. One of the earliest their lives, such as the moon being
BEFORE examples of primitive astronomy is linked to the fertility cycle. Some
2137 bce Chinese astronomers Britain’s Stonehenge, a stone circle civilizations, including the Incas in
produce the first known record that dates back to about 3000 bce. the 15th century, assigned patterns,
of a solar eclipse. While the true purpose of these known as constellations, to stars
huge stones is not clear, it is that appeared regularly in the sky.
4th century bce Aristotle believed that at least some were
describes Earth as a sphere designed to align with the motion
Stonehenge, a prehistoric monument
at the center of the universe. of the sun through the sky, and in Wiltshire, southwest England, may
possibly also with the motion of the have been built so that ancient people
c. 130 bce Hipparchus
moon. Many other such monuments could track the motions of the sun
compiles his catalog exist around the world. through the sky.
of stars.
AFTER
1543 Nicolaus Copernicus
suggests that the sun,
not Earth, is at the center
of the universe.
1784 French astronomer
Charles Messier creates a
database of other star clusters
and nebulae in the Milky Way.
1924 American astronomer
Edwin Hubble shows that the
Milky Way is one of many
galaxies in the universe.
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 271
See also: The scientific method 20–23 ■ The language of physics 24–31
■ Models of the universe 272–273 ■ Discovering other galaxies 290–293
Epicycle
Planet
The planet
makes small
circles during
its orbit
Orbit
Earth
Ptolemy
Ptolemy believed that each planet orbits Earth while
at the same time moving around a sub-orbit, or epicycle.
Claudius Ptolemaeus, known
He thought that this explained the unpredictable
“retrograde” movements of the stars and planets.
as Ptolemy, lived from about
100 ce to 170 ce. Little is known
about his life, except that he
Watching the sky all, he concluded that heavenly lived in the city of Alexandria,
It was not just the motions of stars bodies moved in a range of in the Roman province of
and planets that so intrigued early complex circular orbits and Egypt, and wrote about a
astronomers, but also short-lived epicycles (“sub-orbits”), with variety of subjects, including
events. Chinese astronomers Earth stationary at the center. astronomy, astrology, music,
kept records of Halley’s Comet geography, and mathematics.
In Geography, he listed the
appearing in the night sky as far Earth-centered universe
latitudes and longitudes of
back as 1000 bce, denoting it a Ptolemy based many of his
many of the places in the
“guest star.” They also recorded calculations on the observations known world, producing a
supernovae, or exploding stars, of Hipparchus, a Greek astronomer map that could be duplicated.
most notably one that led to the from the 2nd century bce. In His first major work on
formation of the Crab Nebula in Ptolemy’s best-known work, the astronomy was the Almagest,
1054 ce. Reports from the time Almagest, which sets out his in which he cataloged 1,022
suggest the supernova was bright geocentric theory, he used stars and 48 constellations,
enough to be seen in the daytime Hipparchus’s notes on the motions and attempted to explain the
for about a month. of the moon and sun to calculate movement of stars and planets
In the 4th century bce, the Greek the positions of the moon, sun, in the night sky. His geocentric
philosopher Aristotle postulated planets, and stars at different model of the universe
that Earth was the center of the times, and to predict eclipses. persisted for centuries.
universe, with all other bodies— Ptolemy’s complex model of the Despite its inaccuracies,
such as the moon and the planets— universe, known as the Ptolemaic Ptolemy’s work was hugely
influential in understanding
revolving around it. In about 150 ce, system, dominated astronomical
how things move in space.
Ptolemy, an astronomer from thinking for centuries. It would take
Alexandria, furthered Aristotle’s until the 16th century for Polish
geocentric (Earth-centered) theory astronomer Nicolaus Copernicus Key works
with his attempt to explain in to suggest that the sun, not Earth,
mathematical terms the seemingly was at the center of the universe. c. 150 ce Almagest
irregular motions of stars and Although his model was initially c. 150 ce Geography
planets in the night sky. Observing derided—and Italian astronomer c. 150–170 ce Handy Tables
the back-and-forth movement of Galileo Galilei was put on trial in c. 150–170 ce Planetary
some planets, and the fact that 1633 for supporting it—Copernicus Hypotheses
others barely seemed to move at was eventually proved right. ■
272
EARTH IS NOT
THE CENTER
OF THE UNIVERSE
MODELS OF THE UNIVERSE
T
oday, the idea that Earth
IN CONTEXT The irregular movements of is flat seems comical. Yet
stars and planets cannot be early depictions of the
KEY FIGURE
explained simply with Earth at world, including in ancient Egypt,
Nicolaus Copernicus
the center of the universe. show that this is what people
(1473–1543)
believed. After all, Earth seemed to
BEFORE stretch into the distance, and from
6th century bce The Greek its surface it did not appear to
philosopher Pythagoras says curve. Earth was thought to be a
that Earth is round, based on circular disk floating on an ocean,
Earth may seem to be
the moon also being round. with a dome above—the heavens—
stationary, but it is in fact
rotating, which explains why and the underworld below.
3rd century bce Eratosthenes stars appear to cross the sky. It was not until the 6th century
measures the circumference of bce that Greek philosophers realized
Earth with great accuracy. that Earth was round. Pythagoras
first worked out that the moon was
2nd century ce Ptolemy of spherical, observing that the line
Alexandria asserts that Earth between day and night on the
is the center of the universe. Viewed from Earth, the moon is curved. This led him
AFTER other planets sometimes to suppose that Earth was also
1609 Johannes Kepler appear to be moving spherical. Aristotle later added
backward, but this is an to this by noting Earth’s curved
describes the motions of
illusion caused by the fact that shadow during a lunar eclipse,
the planets around the sun. Earth itself is moving. and the changing positions of
1610 Galileo Galilei observes constellations. Eratosthenes went
moons orbiting Jupiter. even further. He saw that the sun
cast different shadows in the cities
1616 Nicolaus Copernicus’s of Syene and Alexandria, and used
work De Revolutionibus Copernicus believed the sun is this knowledge to work out the
Orbium Coelestium (On the stationary near the center of circumference of the planet. He
Revolutions of the Heavenly the universe, and Earth and calculated it to be between 24,000
Spheres) is banned by the the other planets revolve and 29,000 miles (38,000 and
Catholic Church. around it. 47,000 km)—not far off its true
value of 24,901 miles (40,075 km).
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 273
See also: The scientific method 20–23 ■ Laws of motion 40–45 ■ Laws of gravity 46–51 ■ The heavens 270–271
■ Discovering other galaxies 290–293 ■ The Big Bang 296–301
NO TRUE TIMES
OR TRUE LENGTHS
FROM CLASSICAL TO SPECIAL RELATIVITY
T
he ideas of relativity—
IN CONTEXT peculiarities in space and
time—are widely attributed
KEY FIGURE
to Albert Einstein in the early 20th
Hendrik Lorentz (1853–1928)
century. Yet earlier scientists had
BEFORE also wondered whether everything
1632 Galileo Galilei posits that they saw was as it seemed.
a person in a windowless room
cannot tell whether the room is Galilean relativity
moving at a constant speed or Back in 1632, in Renaissance Italy,
not moving at all. Galileo Galilei had suggested that
it was impossible to know whether
1687 Isaac Newton devises a room was at rest or moving at a
his laws of motion, using key constant speed if there were
parts of Galileo’s theory. objects moving within it. This idea Galileo used the example of a ship
is known as Galilean relativity, and traveling at a constant speed on a flat
AFTER others attempted to expand on it in sea. A passenger dropping a ball below
1905 Albert Einstein subsequent years. One approach deck would not be able to tell whether
publishes his theory of the ship was moving or stationary.
was to note that the laws of physics
special relativity, showing are the same in all inertial frames of
that the speed of light is reference (those that are moving at Lorentz’s work paved the way for
always constant. a constant velocity). Einstein’s theory of special relativity,
Dutch physicist Hendrik Lorentz in which he showed that not only
1915 Einstein publishes his
produced a proof for this in 1892. are the laws of physics the same
theory of general relativity,
His set of equations, known as the whether a person is moving at a
explaining how the gravity
Lorentz transformations, showed constant speed or not moving, but
of objects bends spacetime. how mass, length, and time change that the speed of light is the same
2015 Astronomers in the US as a spatial object approaches the if it is measured in either scenario.
and Europe find gravitational speed of light, and that the speed This idea brought a whole new
waves—ripples in spacetime of light is constant in a vacuum. understanding of the universe. ■
predicted by Einstein a
century earlier. See also: Laws of motion 40–45 ■ Laws of gravity 46–51 ■ The speed of light 275
■ Special relativity 276–279 ■ The equivalence principle 281
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 275
THE SUN AS IT
WAS ABOUT EIGHT
MINUTES
THE SPEED OF LIGHT
AGO
T
he speed of light has long that could split a beam of light
IN CONTEXT vexed humanity. In ancient in two, direct the two parts along
Greece, the philosopher different paths, and then recombine
KEY FIGURES
Empedocles thought that it must them. Noting the pattern of the
Albert Michelson
take a while for light from the sun returned light, he calculated the
(1852–1931),
to reach Earth, whereas Aristotle speed of light to be 299,853 km/s.
Edward Morley (1838–1923) wondered if it had a speed at all. In 1887, Michelson and fellow
BEFORE American Edward Morley set up
4th century bce Aristotle Measuring light speed an experiment to measure Earth’s
suggests that light is Isaac Beeckman and Galileo Galilei motion through the “ether” that
instantaneous. made the first serious attempts to light had long been thought to
measure the speed of light, in the travel through. They found no
1629 Dutch scientist Isaac 17th century. Both relied on human evidence of such an ether, but
Beeckman tries and fails to sight, and were inconclusive. In recorded increasingly precise
use an explosion and mirrors 1850, Hippolyte Fizeau and Léon values for a constant speed of light. ■
to measure the speed of light. Foucault independently produced
the first true measurements, using
1850 French rivals Hippolyte a rotating cog and a rotating mirror
Fizeau and Léon Foucault each respectively to chop, or interrupt, a
measure the speed of light. light beam. In Foucault’s case, he
AFTER calculated the speed of light from Light thinks it travels
1905 Albert Einstein declares the angle between the light going faster than anything
to and from the rotating mirror and but it is wrong.
that the speed of light in a
the speed of the mirror’s rotation.
vacuum is always constant. Terry Pratchett
In the early 1880s, American British novelist
1920 Interferometry is used to physicist Albert Michelson
measure the size of a star other improved Foucault’s technique by
than the sun for the first time. reflecting a beam of light off two
mirrors over a greater distance. He
1983 An official measurement built an interferometer, a device
of the speed of light is defined:
299,792,458 m/s. See also: Focusing light 170–175 ■ Lumpy and wavelike light 176–179
■ Diffraction and interference 180–183 ■ The Doppler effect and redshift 188–191
276
IN CONTEXT
DOES
KEY FIGURE
Albert Einstein (1879–1955)
BEFORE
OXFORD
1632 Galileo Galilei puts
forward his relativity
hypothesis.
1687 Isaac Newton sets out
STOP AT
his laws of motion.
1861 Scottish physicist James
Clerk Maxwell formulates his
equations describing
THIS TRAIN?
electromagnetic waves.
AFTER
1907 Hermann Minkowski
presents the idea of time as
the fourth dimension in space.
R
elativity has deep roots.
In 1632, Galileo Galilei
imagined a traveler
inside a windowless cabin on a
ship sailing at a constant speed
on a perfectly smooth sea. Was
there any way for the traveler to
determine whether the ship was
moving without going on deck?
Was there any experiment that,
if carried out on a moving ship,
would give a different result from
the same experiment carried out on
land? Galileo concluded that there
was not. Provided the ship moved
with a constant speed and
direction, the results would be the
same. No unit of measurement is
absolute—all units are defined
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 277
See also: From classical to special relativity 274 ■ The speed of light 275 ■ Curving spacetime 280 ■ The equivalence
principle 281 ■ Paradoxes of special relativity 282–283 ■ Mass and energy 284–285
A UNION OF
SPACE AND TIME
CURVING SPACETIME
T
he world seems to conform cannot be accurately measured
IN CONTEXT to certain geometric rules. It using straight lines and angles, and
is possible to calculate the rely on detailed calculations called
KEY FIGURE
coordinates of a point, for example, non-Euclidean forms of geometry.
Hermann Minkowski
or map out a particular shape. This These can be useful when, for
(1864–1909)
basic understanding of the world, example, calculating distances on
BEFORE using straight lines and angles, is the surface of Earth. In Euclidean
4th century bce Euclid’s work known as Euclidean space, named space, the distance between two
in geometry shows how the after Euclid of Alexandria. points would be calculated as
ancient Greeks tried to apply With the dramatic evolution of though Earth’s surface were flat.
mathematics to physical space. physics in the early 20th century, But in non-Euclidean spaces, the
the need for a new way to curvature of the planet has to be
1637 French philosopher René understand the universe grew. accounted for, using what are
Descartes develops Cartesian German mathematician Hermann known as geodesics (“great arcs”)
coordinates—using algebra to Minkowski realized that much of to get a more accurate value. ■
calculate positions. the work of physicists was more
easily understood when considered
1813 German mathematician in four dimensions. In Minkowski
Carl Friedrich Gauss suggests “spacetime,” three coordinates
the idea of non-Euclidean describe where a point is in space,
spaces, which do not conform and the fourth gives the time at
to Euclidean geometry. which an event happened there. From this moment, space by
Minkowski noted in 1908 that itself and time by itself shall
AFTER sink into the background.
Earth, and the universe, are curved
1915 Albert Einstein develops Hermann Minkowski
and so do not follow straight lines.
his theory of general relativity Similar to how an aircraft follows a
with the help of Hermann curved path over Earth rather than
Minkowski’s work. a straight one, light itself curves
1919 Arthur Eddington sees around the universe. This means
curved spacetime in action by that coordinates in spacetime
noting the changed positions
of stars during an eclipse. See also: Measuring distance 18–19 ■ The language of physics 24–31
■ Measuring time 38–39 ■ Special relativity 276–279
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 281
GRAVITY IS
EQUIVALENT TO
ACCELERATION
THE EQUIVALENCE PRINCIPLE
A
lbert Einstein’s theory of In an accelerating spaceship,
IN CONTEXT special relativity describes a dropped ball would behave in exactly
how objects experience the same way as a ball dropped in
KEY FIGURE Earth’s gravitational field.
space and time differently,
Albert Einstein (1879–1955)
depending on their motion. An Ball drops
BEFORE important implication of special to ground
c. 1590 Galileo Galilei relativity is that space and time Spaceship
shows that two falling objects are always linked in a four- accelerating
accelerate at the same speed dimensional continuum called in space
regardless of their mass. spacetime. His later theory of general
relativity describes how spacetime
1609 German astronomer is warped by massive objects. Mass
Johannes Kepler describes and energy are equivalent, and the
what would happen if the warping they cause in spacetime
moon’s orbit were stopped creates the effects of gravity. If a person in a stationary spaceship
and it dropped toward Earth. Einstein based his 1915 general on Earth drops an object, the
relativity theory on the equivalence measured mass of the object will
1687 Isaac Newton’s theory of principle—the idea that inertial be the same as if that person is in
gravitation includes the idea mass and gravitational mass have an accelerating spaceship in space.
of the equivalence principle. the same value. This was first noted Einstein said it is impossible to tell
AFTER by Galileo and Isaac Newton in the whether a person is in a uniform
1964 Scientists drop test 17th century, and then developed gravitational field or accelerating
by Einstein in 1907. When a force through space using this approach.
masses of aluminum and
is applied to an object, the inertial Einstein went on to imagine
gold to prove the equivalence
mass of that object can be worked what a beam of light would look like
principle on Earth. out by measuring its acceleration. for the person inside the spaceship.
1971 American astronaut The gravitational mass of an object He concluded that powerful gravity
David Scott drops a hammer can be calculated by measuring the and extreme acceleration would
and feather on the moon to force of gravity. Both calculations have the same effect—the beam
show that they fall at the same will produce the same number. of light would curve downward. ■
rate, as predicted by Galileo
centuries earlier. See also: Free falling 32–35 ■ Laws of gravity 46–51 ■ Special relativity 276–279
■ Curving spacetime 280 ■ Mass and energy 284–285
282
WHY IS THE
TRAVELING
TWIN YOUNGER?
PARADOXES OF SPECIAL RELATIVITY
A
lbert Einstein’s theories of work, Langevin suggested
IN CONTEXT relativity have prompted the paradox based on a known
scientists to explore how consequence of relativity—
KEY FIGURE
light and other objects behave as time dilation. This means that
Paul Langevin (1872–1946)
they reach the extremities of time, any object moving faster than
BEFORE space, and motion—for example, an observer will be seen by the
1905 Albert Einstein posits when a moving object approaches observer to experience time more
that a moving clock will the speed of light. But they have slowly. The faster the object is
experience less time than also resulted in some interesting moving, the more slowly it will
a stationary clock. thought experiments that appear, be seen to experience time.
at first, to be unsolvable. Langevin wondered what might
1911 Einstein goes on One of the best-known thought happen if there were identical twin
to suggest that a moving experiments is the “twin paradox.” brothers on Earth, and one of them
person will be younger This was first put forward by was sent into space on a very fast
than a stationary person. French physicist Paul Langevin trip to another star and back. The
in 1911. Building on Einstein’s twin on Earth would say that
AFTER the traveler was moving, so the
1971 American physicists traveler would be the younger of
Joseph Hafele and Richard the two when he returned. But the
Keating prove that Einstein’s traveler would argue that the twin
theory of time dilation is on Earth was moving, and that
correct by taking atomic he was stationary. He would
clocks on board airplanes and Returning to Earth, therefore say that the Earth twin
comparing them with atomic having aged by two years, would be younger.
clocks on the ground. [the traveler] will climb out There are two solutions to
of his vehicle and find this apparent paradox. The first
1978 The first GPS satellites our globe aged by at least is that the traveler must change
are also found to experience two hundred years … his velocity in order to return
time dilation. Paul Langevin home, while the twin on Earth
2019 NASA launches an stays at a constant velocity—so
atomic clock designed to the traveler will be younger. The
be used in deep space. other solution is that the traveler
leaves Earth’s reference frame,
whereas the twin on Earth
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 283
See also: Measuring time 38–39 ■ From classical to special relativity 274
■ The speed of light 275 ■ Special relativity 276–279 ■ Curving spacetime 280
EVOLUTION
OF THE STARS
AND LIFE
MASS AND ENERGY
T
he famous equation the energy from a given mass and
IN CONTEXT E = mc2 has taken various work out any changes that have
forms over the years, and occurred in a nuclear reaction.
KEY FIGURE
its impact on physics is hard to
Arthur Eddington
overstate. It was devised by Albert Chain reaction
(1882–1944)
Einstein in 1905 and concerned the Einstein’s equation showed that
BEFORE mass–energy equivalence—that mass and energy were linked in
1905 Albert Einstein first energy ( E) is equal to mass (m) ways that had not been thought
devises the mass–energy multiplied by the square of the possible, and that a small loss of
equivalence, with the initial speed of light (c2). According to mass could be accompanied by a
equation being L/V 2. Einstein’s theory of relativity, the huge release of energy. One of the
equation can be used to calculate major implications of this was in
1916 Einstein titles an article
with the equation E = mc2.
AFTER
1939 German-born physicist The core of a star is subjected to huge
Hans Bethe produces a pressures and temperatures.
detailed analysis of the
hydrogen fusion chain that
powers stars such as the sun.
1942 The world’s first nuclear The deuterium atom Under these
reactor, Chicago Pile-1 (CP-1), fuses with another conditions, hydrogen
is built in Chicago. hydrogen atom to atoms merge together
produce helium. into a deuterium atom.
1945 Trinity, the world’s first
nuclear bomb, is tested by the
US army in New Mexico.
Mass The
2008 The world’s largest lost in the collision gamma rays travel
particle accelerator, CERN’s is converted into energy, to the surface, where
Large Hadron Collider (LHC) which is released as they are emitted as
in Switzerland, goes live. gamma rays. visible light.
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 285
See also: Energy and motion 56–57 ■ Light from the atom 196–199 ■ Nuclear
bombs and power 248–251 ■ The speed of light 275 ■ Special relativity 276–279
Key works
WHERE
KEY FIGURE
Karl Schwarzschild
(1873–1916)
SPACETIME
BEFORE
1784 John Michell proposes
the idea of “dark stars,”
which trap light with their
intense gravity.
SIMPLY ENDS
1796 French scholar Pierre-
Simon Laplace predicts the
existence of large invisible
objects in the universe.
T
he idea of black holes and
wormholes has been talked
about for centuries, but
only recently have scientists begun
to understand them—and with
them, the wider universe. Today,
scientists are starting to appreciate
just how impressive black holes are,
and have even managed to take a
picture of one—indisputable proof
that they exist.
British clergyman John Michell
was the first to think about black
holes, suggesting in the 1780s that
there might be stars with gravity so
intense that nothing, not even light,
could escape. He called these “dark
stars,” and said that while they
would be essentially invisible, it
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 287
See also: Free falling 32–35 ■ Laws of gravity 46–51 ■ Particles and waves 212–215 ■ From classical to special relativity 274
■ Special relativity 276–279 ■ Curving spacetime 280 ■ The equivalence principle 281 ■ Gravitational waves 312–315
When a massive star dies, If the core that remains after the The singularity is now so dense
it collapses, unable to resist supernova is still massive (more than that it distorts the spacetime around
the crushing force of its own 1.4 times the mass of the sun), it it so that not even light can escape.
gravity. This causes a supernova keeps shrinking and collapses under This black hole is pictured in two
explosion, and the star’s outer its own weight into a point of infinite dimensions as an infinitely deep
parts are blasted into space. density—a singularity. hole called a gravity well.
In 1939, American physicists like the one Schwarzschild had occur on a microscopic level,
Robert Oppenheimer and Hartland proposed. Three years later, the attempts to draw up larger versions
Snyder put forward a more modern- term “black hole” was born during have so far been unsuccessful.
looking idea of a black hole. They a talk by American physicist John Nonetheless, the idea of them
described how the sort of body Wheeler. He had already come up persists today—and with it, the
Schwarzschild had envisaged with a term to describe theoretical very vague possibility that humans
would be detectable only by its tunnels in spacetime: “wormholes.” could traverse large distances in
gravitational influence. Others had Many physicists were, by now, the universe with ease.
already considered the peculiar considering the idea of wormholes.
physics that would take place The notion of a white hole, in Looking for proof
inside a black hole, including which the event horizon would While theories abounded, no one
Belgian astronomer Georges not stop light from escaping, had yet been able to detect a black
Lemaître in 1933. His “Alice and but rather stop it from entering, hole, let alone a wormhole. But in
Bob” thought experiment supposed progressed into an idea that black 1971, astronomers observed an odd
that if Bob were to witness Alice holes and white holes could be source of X-rays in the Cygnus
falling into a black hole, she would linked. Using exotic matter, which constellation. They suggested
appear to freeze at its edge—the involves negative energy densities these X-rays, dubbed Cygnus X-1,
invisible boundary called the event and negative pressure, it was were the result of a bright blue star
horizon—but she would experience suggested that information could being torn apart by a large and dark
something entirely different as she pass through a wormhole from one object. At last, astronomers had
fell within its bounds. end to the other, perhaps between witnessed their first black hole, not
It would take until 1964 for the a black and a white hole, or even by seeing it directly, but by seeing
next major development to come, two black holes, across vast its effect on a nearby object.
when British physicist Roger distances of space and time. From there, black hole theory
Penrose suggested that if a star In reality, however, the existence soared in popularity. Physicists
imploded with enough force, it of wormholes remains questionable. produced novel ideas about how
would always produce a singularity Although scientists think they may black holes might behave—among
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 289
them Stephen Hawking, who superheated dust and gas, which
in 1974 came up with the idea that can be seen even at great distances.
black holes might emit particles Around the supermassive black hole
(now known as Hawking radiation). believed to be at the center of the
He suggested that the strong Milky Way, astronomers have seen
gravity of a black hole could what they think are stars orbiting
produce pairs of both particles and it—the very idea suggested by
antiparticles, something that is Michell back in the 18th century.
thought to happen in the quantum The greatest moment in black
world. While one of the particle– hole theory’s history so far arrived
antiparticle pair would be pulled in April 2019, when astronomers
into the black hole, the other would from an international collaboration
escape, carrying with it information called the Event Horizon Telescope
about the event horizon, the (EHT) revealed the first-ever image Karl Schwarzschild
strange boundary beyond which of a black hole. Using multiple
no mass or light can escape. telescopes around the globe to Born in Frankfurt, Germany,
create a virtual super telescope, in 1873, Karl Schwarzschild
Supermassive black holes they were able to photograph the showed an early talent for
Black holes of different shapes supermassive black hole in a galaxy science, publishing a paper
and sizes were imagined, too. called Messier 87, 53 million light- on the orbits of celestial
Stellar black holes, such as Cygnus years away. The image lived up to objects when he was 16.
X-1, were thought to contain all predictions, with a ring of light He became a professor at
between about 10 and 100 times surrounding a dark center. the University of Göttingen
the mass of the sun squashed into When the universe ends in in 1901, and director of the
an area dozens of miles across. But trillions of years, it is thought that Astrophysical Observatory
at Potsdam in 1909.
it was also thought that black holes black holes will be the only thing to
One of Schwarzschild’s
could merge into a supermassive remain as entropy—the unavailable
main contributions to science
black hole, containing millions or energy in the universe—increases. came in 1916, when he
billions of times the mass of the Finally, they, too, will evaporate. ■ produced the first solution
sun packed into an area millions of Einstein’s equations of
of miles across. gravity from the theory of
In this illustration, the black hole
Nearly every galaxy is thought Cygnus X-1 is pulling material from a general relativity. He showed
to have a supermassive black hole blue companion star toward it. The that objects of a high enough
at its core, possibly surrounded material forms a red and orange disk mass would have an escape
by a swirling accretion disk of that rotates around the black hole. velocity (the velocity needed
to escape its gravitational
pull) higher than the speed
of light. This was the first
step in understanding black
holes, and ultimately led to
the idea of an event horizon.
Schwarzschild died from an
autoimmune disease in 1916,
while serving on the Russian
front in World War I.
Key work
THE FRONTIER
KEY FIGURES
Henrietta Swan Leavitt
(1868–1921),
OF THE KNOWN
Edwin Hubble (1889–1953)
BEFORE
964 Persian astronomer Abd
UNIVERSE
al-Rahman al-Sufi is the first
person to observe Andromeda,
although he does not realize it
is another galaxy.
A
fter the publication of
Copernicus’s heliocentric
model of the universe in
1543, which placed the sun rather
than Earth at its center, further
attempts to understand the size
and structure of the universe
made little progress. It was nearly
400 years before astrophysicists
realized that not only was the sun
not the center of the universe, as
Copernicus had thought, but it was
not even the center of our galaxy,
the Milky Way.
In the 1920s, the discovery by
Edwin Hubble that the Milky Way
is just one of many galaxies in the
universe marked a significant leap
forward in astronomical knowledge.
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 291
See also: The Doppler effect and redshift 188–191 ■ Models of the universe 272–273 ■ The static or expanding
universe 294–295
Key to this breakthrough was a Pickering, who ran the observatory, pulsates in a regularly recurring
new way of measuring distances had asked Leavitt to measure cycle, or period, dependent upon
in space made possible by the work the brightness of the stars on a physical changes within the
of American astronomer Henrietta collection of photographic plates star. Compressed by gravity,
Swan Leavitt in 1908. showing the Magellanic Clouds, the star becomes smaller, more
now known to be small galaxies opaque, and gradually hotter as
Determining distance outside the Milky Way. the light energy trapped inside the
In the early 1900s, establishing a In the course of this work, Leavitt star starts to build. Eventually,
star’s distance from Earth was no discovered a class of very bright the extreme heat causes the gas
easy task. Within the Milky Way, stars called Cepheid variables in the outer layers to expand
distances between objects could whose luminosity fluctuates as and the star becomes more
be measured using parallax, a they pulsate. Each of these stars transparent, allowing the light ❯❯
process that employs basic
trigonometry. By measuring the
Cepheid variable stars pulsate—expand and contract
angles of the sight lines to an object over a regular cycle—resulting in varying temperature and
from both sides of Earth’s orbit brightness. Astronomers can plot their changing brightness
around the sun, for example, over time on a light curve.
astronomers can calculate the
Hottest state Star expands and contracts Coolest Hottest
angle where the two sight lines (exaggerated here) state state
converge and thus the distance
to that object. However, for
distances greater than 100 light
years, and outside the Milky Way,
parallax is too imprecise. Early
20th-century astronomers needed
another method.
BRIGHTNESS
A new tool
Since the [Cepheid] variables Leavitt published her findings in
are probably at nearly the 1912, creating a chart showing the
same distance from the Earth, periods of 25 Cepheid variables,
their periods are apparently indicating their “true luminosity,”
associated with their actual and how bright they appeared from
emission of light. Earth, their “apparent luminosity.”
Henrietta Swan Leavitt The significance of Leavitt’s
discovery was that once the
distance of one Cepheid variable An image taken by the Hubble Space
had been calculated using parallax, Telescope shows RS Puppis, a Cepheid
the distance of Cepheid variables variable with a phenomenon known as
of comparable pewriod in stars a light echo—when light from the star
beyond the limits of parallax could is reflected from a cosmic dust cloud.
energy to pass through. However, be calculated by comparing the
as the star expands, it also becomes “true luminosity” established by
cooler, and gravitational forces its period with the “apparent Sciences in the US held a debate
eventually outweigh the outward luminosity”—the amount it had on the nature and extent of the
pressure of expansion. At this dimmed by the time its light universe. American astronomers
point, the star becomes smaller reached Earth. Heber Curtis and Harlow Shapley
and the process repeats. Within a year of Leavitt’s argued for and against the
Leavitt noticed that the cycles discovery, Danish astronomer Ejnar existence of other galaxies in what
of the stars varied between two Hertzsprung created a luminosity was known as “the Great Debate”
and sixty days, and the brightest scale of Cepheid variables. These or the “Shapley–Curtis Debate.”
stars spent longer at their stars were designated as “standard Shapley asserted that the Milky
maximum luminosity. Because candles”—benchmarks for working Way was a single galaxy and that
all the stars were in the Magellanic out the cosmic distances of objects. the “spiral nebulae” (spiral-shaped
Clouds, Leavitt knew that any Over the next decade, other concentrations of stars) such as
differences between the stars’ astronomers began using Leavitt’s Andromeda were gas clouds
and Hertzsprung’s work to calculate within our own galaxy, which he
the distance to stars. believed was much larger than
most astronomers thought. He
The Great Debate argued that if Andromeda was a
Using Cepheid variables was not separate galaxy, its distance from
a perfect method for ascertaining Earth would be too great to be
distance—it could not account for acceptable. He also contended that
light-absorbing cosmic dust, which the sun was not at the center of the
distorts apparent luminosity—but Milky Way, but on the outer edges
it led to a fundamental change in our of the Milky Way.
understanding of the universe. In Curtis argued that spiral
1920, the National Academy of nebulae were separate galaxies.
One of his arguments was that
exploding stars (known as novae)
Edwin Hubble uses the 100-inch
(2.5-meter) Hooker telescope at Mount in these nebulae looked similar
Wilson Observatory, California. In 1924, to those in our own galaxy, and
Hubble announced that he had used it there were a much larger number
to see beyond the Milky Way. in some locations—such as
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 293
Andromeda—than in others. galaxies, each containing millions
This suggested that more stars to hundreds of billions of stars. It is
existed and hinted at the presence currently estimated that there are
of separate galaxies, which he about two trillion galaxies in the
called “island universes.” At the universe, and that the first was
same time, Curtis placed the sun By the death of Miss Leavitt created just a few hundred million
at the center of our own galaxy. on December 12, 1921, years after the Big Bang, which
The Great Debate is a the observatory lost an occurred 13.8 billion years ago.
testament to how incomplete investigator of the The age of our own Milky Way is
our understanding of the universe highest value. thought to be almost as ancient,
was just 100 years ago, as is Harlow Shapley at around 13.6 billion years old.
Curtis’s incorrect theory about In 1929, Hubble also discovered
the sun’s position in the Milky that the universe appeared to be
Way. (Shapley’s theory that the sun expanding, and that almost all
is on the outer edges of the Milky galaxies are moving away from
Way is close to being correct.) each other, with increasing
velocity as the distances become
Hubble breakthrough and Shapley’s estimates for the greater. One notable exception is
In 1924, American astronomer perceived size of the Milky Way. Andromeda, which is now known
Edwin Hubble settled the Shapley- Curtis was therefore correct. to be moving on a collision course
Curtis Debate by taking some Hubble’s calculations proved that toward our galaxy—at a rate of
measurements using Cepheid not only was the Milky Way much 68 miles (110 km) per second. That
variables. During the debate, larger than thought, but Andromeda is relatively slowly compared to its
Shapley had surmised that the was not a nebula at all, but another distance, but it means that in
Milky Way was about 300,000 galaxy—the Andromeda Galaxy. It about 4.5 billion years, the Milky
light years across, ten times larger was the first discovery of a known Way and Andromeda will collide
than Curtis’s estimated 30,000 galaxy outside our own. and form a single galaxy, which
light years. Hubble, using Cepheid astrophysicists have nicknamed
variables that he had located Expansion and collision Milkomeda. This event will not
in Andromeda, calculated that Hubble’s discovery, made possible be too dramatic, however: even
Andromeda was 900,000 light years by the work of Leavitt, ultimately though the two galaxies will
away (now revised to 2.5 million led to the knowledge that the merge, it is unlikely that any
light years)—far beyond Curtis Milky Way is just one of many two stars will collide. ■
Henrietta Swan Leavitt Born in Lancaster, Massachusetts, group of women known as the
in 1868, Leavitt studied at Oberlin “Harvard computers” whose
College, Ohio, before attending role was to study photographic
the Society for the Collegiate plates of stars. Initially, she was
Instruction of Women (now called unpaid, but she later earned
Radcliffe College) in Cambridge, 30 cents an hour. As part of her
Massachusetts. She developed an work she found 2,400 variable
interest in astronomy after taking stars, and in so doing discovered
a course in the subject. Around Cepheid variables. Leavitt died
the same time, an illness led to of cancer in 1921.
hearing loss, which grew worse
over the course of her life. Key works
After graduating in 1892,
Leavitt worked at the Harvard 1908 1777 variables in the
Observatory, then led by Magellanic Clouds
American astronomer Edward 1912 Periods of 25 Variable Stars
Charles Pickering. She joined a in the Small Magellanic Cloud
294
THE FUTURE
OF THE UNIVERSE
THE STATIC OR EXPANDING UNIVERSE
W
hen Albert Einstein to the mass and energy moving
IN CONTEXT came up with his theory through it. But when he applied
of general relativity these equations to the universe, he
KEY FIGURE
in 1915, there was one problem. found it should be either expanding
Alexander Friedmann
He was adamant that the universe or contracting—neither of which he
(1888–1925)
was static and everlasting, but believed could be true.
BEFORE according to his calculations, this Instead, Einstein believed the
1917 Albert Einstein should mean that the universe universe was everlasting, and
introduces the cosmological would eventually collapse on itself added in his “cosmological
constant to suggest the due to gravity. To get around this member” (now known as the
universe is static. problem, Einstein proposed the cosmological constant). This
idea of a cosmological constant, allowed for a universe that could
AFTER represented by the Greek letter overcome the effects of gravity,
1929 American astronomer lambda (L). This was a measure and, instead of collapsing on itself,
Edwin Hubble proves the of the “vacuum energy” in space. would remain static.
universe is expanding—he Einstein’s general theory of In 1922, Russian mathematician
finds that distant galaxies are relativity laid out a set of “field Alexander Friedmann came to a
moving more rapidly than equations” that showed how the different conclusion. He showed
those closer to us. curvature of spacetime was related that the universe was homogeneous:
Alexander Friedmann
If the density of the If the universe is If the universe is less
universe is exactly denser than a critical dense than a critical Alexander Friedmann was
the same as a critical value, it is positively value, it is negatively born in St. Petersburg, Russia,
value, it is “flat.” In a flat curved or “closed” and is curved or “open” and in 1888. His father was a
universe, parallel lines finite in mass and extent. therefore infinite. The ballet dancer and his mother
never meet. The 2-D The 2-D analogy is a 2-D analogy is a saddle- a pianist. In 1906, Friedmann
analogy of this model spherical surface where shaped surface where was admitted to the
is a plane (a flat surface). parallel lines converge. parallel lines diverge. St. Petersburg State University
to study mathematics. Here
it was identical wherever you were Although Einstein initially derided he also applied himself to
in the universe and whichever way Friedmann’s ideas in 1923, by the studying quantum theory
you looked, so the universe could following year he had accepted and relativity and earned his
master’s degree in pure and
not be static. All galaxies were them. However, it would be 1931
applied mathematics in 1914.
moving apart from each other, but before he truly accepted that the In 1920, after serving as an
depending on which galaxy you universe was expanding—two aviator and instructor in World
were in, all other galaxies would years after American astronomer War I, Friedmann began
also be moving away from you. Edwin Hubble had produced research based on Einstein’s
Therefore you might think you evidence that the universe was general theory of relativity. He
were at the center of the universe— indeed expanding. Hubble had used Einstein’s field equations
but any other observer in another noted the stretched light—or to develop his own idea of a
galaxy would believe the same redshift—of distant galaxies, dynamic universe, countering
to be true of their position. which could be used to measure Einstein’s belief that the
the distance of faraway objects. universe was static. In 1925,
Models for the universe He found that galaxies that were Friedmann was appointed
As a result of his work, Friedmann more distant were moving faster director of Main Geophysical
came up with three models for the than closer galaxies, proof that Observatory in Leningrad, but
died later that year, at the age
universe, varying according to the the universe itself was expanding.
of just 37, from typhoid fever.
value of the cosmological constant. Following Hubble’s discovery,
One model was that gravity would the idea of a cosmological constant
cause the expansion to slow, was deemed to be an error on
ultimately reversing and ending Einstein’s part. However, in 1998, Key works
in a “Big Crunch.” The second was scientists discovered that the
1922 “On the Curvature
that the universe would eventually universe was expanding at an
of Space”
become static once expansion accelerated rate. The cosmological 1924 “On the Possibility of a
stopped. A third model was that constant would become crucial to World with Constant Negative
the expansion would continue understanding dark energy and lead Curvature of Space”
forever at a faster and faster rate. to the term’s reintroduction. ■
THE COSMIC EGG,
EXPLODING
AT THE MOMENT OF
CREATION
THE BIG BANG
298 THE BIG BANG
IN CONTEXT
Hubble provides
KEY FIGURE Lemaître uses mathematics
experimental evidence that
to show that Einstein’s
Georges Lemaître galaxies are moving
theory of general relativity
(1894–1966) apart, and that those most
means the universe must
distant are moving
BEFORE be expanding.
the fastest.
1610 Johannes Kepler
surmises that the universe is
finite, because the night sky is
dark and not lit by an infinite
number of stars.
Cosmic microwave
1687 Isaac Newton’s laws of The universe must have background radiation
motion explain how things started from a single (CMBR) shows the residual
move through the universe. point—Lemaître’s heat left over after the
primeval atom. Big Bang, suggesting it
1929 Edwin Hubble discovers really did occur.
that all galaxies are moving
away from each other.
F
AFTER
1998 Leading astronomers or more than two millennia, universe. Today’s theory about the
humanity’s greatest minds origins of the cosmos dates from
announce that the expansion
have pondered the origins of the early 1930s, when Belgian
of the universe is accelerating.
the universe and our place within it. astronomer Georges Lemaître first
2003 NASA’s WMAP probe For centuries, many believed that suggested what is now known as
finds evidence for “inflation,” some sort of deity created the the Big Bang.
or the burst of expansion universe, and Earth was at its
just after the Big Bang, by center, with all the stars traveling Lemaître’s cosmic egg
mapping out tiny temperature around it. Few suspected that Earth In 1927, Lemaître had proposed that
fluctuations across the sky. was not even the center of its own the universe was expanding; four
solar system, which itself orbits one years later he developed the idea,
of hundreds of billions of stars in the explaining that the expansion had
Georges Lemaître Born in 1894 in Charleroi, Belgium, developing this idea in 1927.
Georges Lemaître served in World The 1931 theory that Lemaître
War I as an artillery officer, then is best known for—the idea that
entered a seminary and was the universe had expanded from
ordained as a priest in 1923. He a single point—was initially
studied in the UK at the University dismissed, but was finally
of Cambridge’s solar physics proven to be correct shortly
laboratory for a year, and in 1924 before his death in 1966.
joined the Massachusetts Institute
of Technology in the US. By 1928,
he was a professor of astrophysics
at the Catholic University of Key works
Leuven, in Belgium.
Lemaître was familiar with the 1927 “Discussion on the
works of Edwin Hubble and others evolution of the universe”
who discussed an expanding 1931 “The primeval atom
universe, and published work hypothesis”
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 299
See also: The Doppler effect and redshift 188–191 ■ Seeing beyond light 202–203 ■ Antimatter 246 ■ Particle accelerators
252–255 ■ Matter–antimatter asymmetry 264 ■ The static or expanding universe 294–295 ■ Dark energy 306–307
begun a finite amount of time ago who, on the radio in 1949, derided
at a single point from what he the competing theory of Hubble
called the “primeval atom” or and Lemaître as being a “big bang.”
“cosmic egg.” Lemaître, a priest, The catchy name stuck to describe
did not think this idea was at odds the ideas widely accepted today.
with his faith; he declared an equal It appeared to me that
interest in seeking truth from the there were two paths to Residual heat
point of view of religion and from truth, and I decided A year earlier, Ukrainian physicist
that of scientific certainty. He had to follow both of them. George Gamow and American
partly derived his theory of an Georges Lemaître cosmologist Ralph Alpher had
expanding universe from Einstein’s published “The origin of chemical
theory of general relativity, but elements” to explain conditions
Einstein dismissed the idea of immediately after an exploding
expansion or contraction for lack primeval atom and the distribution
of evidence of large-scale motion. of particles through the universe.
He had earlier added a term called The paper accurately predicted
the “cosmological constant” to his theory. In this model, the universe cosmic microwave background
field equations for general relativity had always existed. Matter formed radiation (CMBR)—the residual
to ensure that they allowed for a continually in the space between heat left over from the Big Bang.
static universe. other galaxies as they drifted apart, In 1964, the ideas received a huge
In 1929, however, American and the continuous creation of boost when Arno Penzias and Robert
astronomer Edwin Hubble made a matter and energy—at a rate of Wilson detected CMBR by chance
discovery that supported the idea one particle of hydrogen per cubic while attempting to use a large
of an expanding universe. By meter every 300,000 years—kept antenna to conduct radio astronomy.
observing the change in light as the universe in balance. The The presence of CMBR in the
objects moved away from Earth— hydrogen would form into stars and universe all but ruled out the
known as redshift—Hubble could thus give rise to heavier elements, steady-state theory. It pointed
calculate how fast a galaxy moves and then planets, more stars, and to a much hotter period in the
away and thus its distance. All galaxies. The idea was championed universe’s history, where matter
galaxies appeared to move away by British astronomer Fred Hoyle was clumping together to form ❯❯
from Earth, with those furthest away
moving the fastest. Lemaître, it
seemed, was on the right track.
An observable timeline
Big Bang theory has enabled
scientists to get a firm grasp
on the origins of our universe,
providing a timeline that stretches
back 13.8 billion years to its very
first moments. Crucially, most of its
predictions are testable. Physicists
The furthest known galaxy, can recreate the conditions after the
as seen by the Hubble space telescope,
was probably formed about 400 million Big Bang took place, while CMBR
years after the Big Bang. It is shown offers direct observation of an era
here as it appeared 13.4 billion that started when the universe
years ago. was a mere 380,000 years old. ■
302
IN CONTEXT
VISIBLE MATTER
KEY FIGURES
Fritz Zwicky (1898–1974),
Vera Rubin (1928–2016)
ALONE IS NOT
BEFORE
17th century Isaac Newton’s
theory of gravity leads some
ENOUGH
to wonder if there are dark
objects in the universe.
1919 British astronomer
Arthur Eddington proves that
DARK MATTER massive objects can warp
spacetime and bend light.
1919 Fritz Zwicky, a maverick
Swiss astronomer, puts
forward the existence of dark
matter for the first time.
AFTER
1980s Astronomers identify
more galaxies believed to be
full of dark matter.
2019 The search for dark
matter continues, with no
definitive results so far.
T
he universe as it seems to
be does not make sense.
Looking at all the visible
matter, galaxies should not exist—
there simply is not enough gravity
to hold them all together. But there
are trillions of galaxies in the
universe, so how can this be? This
question has plagued astronomers
for decades, and the solution is no
less vexing—matter that cannot be
seen or detected, better known as
dark matter.
The idea of invisible matter
in the universe stretches back to
the 17th century, when English
scientist Isaac Newton first put
forward his theory of gravity.
Astronomers around this time
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 303
See also: The scientific method 20–23 ■ Laws of gravity 46–51 ■ Models of matter 68–71 ■ Curving spacetime 280
■ Mass and energy 284–285 ■ Discovering other galaxies 290–293 ■ Dark energy 306–307 ■ Gravitational waves 312–315
Key works
AN UNKNOWN
INGREDIENT
DOMINATES
THE UNIVERSE
DARK ENERGY
U
ntil the early 1990s, no one Riess—set out to measure the rate
IN CONTEXT was really sure what the of expansion of the universe. Using
fate of the universe would powerful telescopes, they observed
KEY FIGURE
be. Some thought it would expand very distant Type 1a supernovae (see
Saul Perlmutter (1959–)
forever, others that it would become flowchart, below). To their surprise,
BEFORE static, and others still that it would they saw that the supernovae were
1917 Albert Einstein proposes collapse into itself. But in 1998, two fainter than they had expected,
a cosmological constant to teams of American astrophysicists— with a more reddish hue, and so
counteract gravity and keep one led by Saul Perlmutter, and the must be further away. The two
the universe static. other by Brian Schmidt and Adam teams reached the same conclusion:
the supernovae were moving at a gravity and pushes matter away. Astronomers now believe that dark
faster rate than would be expected This mysterious force was named energy makes up a huge portion
if gravity were the only force acting “dark energy.” If there were such of the mass–energy content of the
on them, so cosmic expansion must an energy field pervading the universe—about 68 percent—
be accelerating over time. universe, Perlmutter, Schmidt, and which could have big implications.
Riess thought that it could explain It is possible that the universe will
Mysterious force the expansion. continue expanding at an ever-
This discovery went against the Albert Einstein had come up increasing rate, until galaxies are
idea that gravity should eventually with a similar concept in 1917. His moving apart faster than the speed
pull everything together again. It cosmological constant was a value of light, and eventually disappearing
became apparent that the overall that counteracted gravity and from view. Stars in each galaxy
energy content of the universe must allowed the universe to remain might then do the same, followed by
be dominated by something else static. But when the universe was planets, and then matter, leaving
entirely—a constant, invisible force shown to be expanding, Einstein the universe as a dark and endless
that works in the opposite way to declared that the constant was a void trillions of years from now. ■
mistake and dropped it from his
theory of relativity.
Today, dark energy is still
thought to be the most likely cause
of cosmic expansion, although it
has never been observed directly.
If you’re puzzled about In 2011, however, while studying
what dark energy is, you’re the remnants of the Big Bang
in good company. (known as the cosmic microwave
Saul Perlmutter background, or CMB), scientists
suggested that a lack of large-scale
The gravity of this white dwarf is
structure to the universe hinted at pulling material away from a nearby
the existence of dark energy, which giant star. When its mass has reached
would act against gravity to prevent about 1.4 times the current mass of the
large structures of matter forming. sun, a Type 1a supernova will occur.
308
IN CONTEXT
THREADS IN
KEY FIGURE
Leonard Susskind (1940–)
BEFORE
A TAPESTRY
1914 The idea of a fifth
dimension is touted to explain
how gravity works alongside
electromagnetism.
1926 Swedish physicist Oscar
STRING THEORY Klein develops ideas of extra
unobservable dimensions.
1961 Scientists devise a theory
to unify electromagnetism and
the weak nuclear force.
AFTER
1975 Abraham Pais and
Sam Treiman coin the term
“Standard Model.”
1995 American physicist
Edward Witten develops
M-theory, which includes
11 dimensions.
2012 The Large Hadron Collider
detects the Higgs boson.
P
article physicists use a
theory called the “Standard
Model” to explain the
universe. Developed in the 1960s
and 1970s, this model describes the
fundamental particles and forces
of nature that make up everything
and hold the universe together.
One problem with the Standard
Model, however, is that it does not fit
with Albert Einstein’s theory
of general relativity, which relates
gravity (one of the four forces) to the
structure of space and time, treating
them as a four-dimensional entity
called “spacetime.” The Standard
Model cannot be reconciled with
the curvature of spacetime
according to general relativity.
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 309
See also: Laws of gravity 46–51 ■ Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle 220–221 ■ Quantum entanglement 222–223 ■ The
particle zoo and quarks 256–257 ■ Force carriers 258–259 ■ The Higgs boson 262–263 ■ The equivalence principle 281
Quantum mechanics, on the weak force. Different bosons are known bosons is the force carrier for
other hand, explains how particles responsible for carrying the different gravity, leading scientists to come
interact at the smallest of levels— forces between fermions. The up with a hypothetical, yet-to-be-
on an atomic scale—but cannot Standard Model allows physicists detected particle called the graviton.
account for gravity. Physicists have to describe what is known as the In 1969, in an attempt to explain
tried to unite the two theories, but Higgs field—a field of energy thought the nuclear force, which binds
in vain—the issue remains that to pervade the entire universe. The protons and neutrons within the
the Standard Model is only able interaction of particles within the nuclei of atoms, American physicist
to explain three of the four Higgs field gives them their mass, Leonard Susskind developed the
fundamental forces. and a measurable boson called the idea of string theory. Coincidentally,
Higgs boson is the force carrier for American–Japanese physicist
Particles and forces the Higgs field. But none of the Yoichiro Nambu and Danish ❯❯
In particle physics, atoms consist
of a nucleus made up of protons Quark Each string has its own
and neutrons, surrounded by distinctive vibration
electrons. The electron—and the
Proton
quarks that make up the protons
and neutrons—are among the
Nucleus According to string theory,
12 fermions (matter particles): elementary particles—such
elementary, or fundamental, particles as electrons and the quarks
that are the smallest known that make up protons and
building blocks of the universe. neutrons—are strings or
Fermions are subdivided into filaments of energy. Each
quarks and leptons. Alongside string vibrates at a different
frequency, and the vibrations
these fermions, there are bosons Atom correspond to the speed, spin,
(force carrier particles) and four Neutron and charge of the particles.
forces of nature: electromagnetism, Electron
gravity, the strong force, and the Vibrating string
310 STRING THEORY
physicist Holger Nielsen find that three of the four forces of
independently conceived the same nature, namely electromagnetism,
idea at the same time. According the strong force, and the weak
to string theory, particles—the force, may have existed at the same
building blocks of the universe— energies at the Big Bang—a key
are not pointlike, but rather tiny, To build matter itself from step toward unifying these forces
one-dimensional, vibrating strands geometry—that in a sense in a Grand Unified Theory.
of energy, or strings, which give is what string theory does. Together, string theory and
rise to all forces and matter. When David Gross supersymmetry gave rise to
strings collide, they combine and American theoretical physicist superstring theory, in which all
vibrate together briefly before fermions and bosons and their
separating again. superpartners are the result of
Early models of string theory vibrating strings of energy. In
were problematic, however. the 1980s, American physicist
They explained bosons but not John Schwarz and British physicist
fermions, and required certain Michael Green developed the idea
hypothetical particles, known as When the Higgs boson, predicted that elementary particles such as
tachyons, to travel faster than light. by British physicist Peter Higgs electrons and quarks are outward
They also required many more in 1964, was eventually detected manifestations of “strings” vibrating
dimensions than the familiar four in 2012 by CERN’s Large Hadron on the quantum gravity scale.
of space and time. Collider, it was lighter than In the same way that different
expected. Particle physicists had vibrations of a violin string produce
Supersymmetry thought that its interactions with different notes, properties such as
To get around some of these early Standard Model particles in the mass result from different vibrations
problems, scientists came up with Higgs field, giving them their of the same kind of string. An
the principle of supersymmetry. mass, would make it heavy. But electron is a piece of string that
In essence, this suggests that the that was not the case. The idea of vibrates in a certain way, while a
universe is symmetric, giving each superpartners, particles that could quark is an identical piece of string
of the known particles from the potentially cancel out some of the that vibrates in a different way.
Standard Model an undetected effects of the Higgs field and In the course of their work,
partner, or “superpartner”—so each produce a lighter Higgs boson, Schwarz and Green realized that
fermion, for example, is paired with enabled scientists to address this string theory predicted a massless
a boson, and vice versa. problem. It also allowed them to particle akin to the hypothetical
Leonard Susskind Born in New York City in 1940, theory landscape.” This radical
Leonard Susskind is currently idea was intended to highlight
the Felix Bloch Professor of the large number of universes
Physics at Stanford University in that could possibly exist, forming
California. He earned his PhD a mind-boggling “megaverse”—
from Cornell University, New York, including, perhaps, other
in 1965, before joining Stanford universes with the necessary
University in 1979. conditions for life to exist.
In 1969, Susskind came up Susskind remains highly
with the theory for which he is regarded in the field today.
best known—string theory. His
mathematical work showed
that particle physics could be Key works
explained by vibrating strings at
the smallest level. He developed 2005 The Cosmic Landscape
his idea further in the 1970s, and 2008 The Black Hole War
in 2003, coined the phrase “string 2013 The Theoretical Minimum
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 311
Particles unable to devise an experiment
that can test string theory leads
scientists like Glashow to question
whether it belongs in science at all.
Others disagree, and note that
experiments are currently underway
Supersymmetric
to try to look for some of these
particles effects and provide an answer. The
Reflection (superpartners) Super-Kamiokande experiment in
turns particles Japan, for example, could test
into superparticles
aspects of string theory by looking
According to supersymmetry, every boson, or force carrier particle, has a for proton decay—the hypothesized
massive “superpartner” fermion, or matter particle, and every fermion has a massive decay of a proton over extremely
“superpartner” boson. Superstring theory describes superpartners as strings that long timescales—which is
vibrate in higher octaves, like the harmonics of a violin. Some string theorists predict predicted by supersymmetry.
that superpartners may have masses up to 1,000 times greater than that of their
corresponding particles, but no supersymmetric particles have yet been found.
Superstring theory can explain
much of the unknown universe,
such as why the Higgs boson is so
graviton. The existence of such a Key quantum theories such as light and why gravity is so weak,
particle could explain why gravity superposition and entanglement and it may help shed light on the
is so weak compared with the other also dictate that particles can be nature of dark energy and dark
three forces, as gravitons would in two states at once. They must matter. Some scientists even think
leak in and out of the 10 or so produce a gravitational field, which that string theory could provide
dimensions required by string would be consistent with general information about the fate of the
theory. Here, at last, appeared to relativity, but under quantum theory universe, and whether or not it will
be something Einstein had long that does not seem to be the case. continue to expand indefinitely. ■
sought, a theory that could describe If superstring theory can resolve
everything in the universe—a some of these problems, it might be
“Theory of Everything.” the unifying theory physicists have
been looking for. It might even be
A unifying theory possible to test superstring theory
Physicists hunting for an all- by colliding particles together. At
encompassing theory encounter higher energies, scientists think
problems when considering black they could potentially see gravitons
holes, where general relativity dissipating into other dimensions,
theory meets quantum mechanics providing a key piece of evidence
in trying to explain what happens for the theory. But not everyone
when a vast amount of matter is is convinced.
packed into a very small area. Under
general relativity, the core of a black Unraveling the idea
hole, known as its singularity, could Some scientists, such as American
be said to have essentially zero size. physicist Sheldon Glashow, believe
But under quantum mechanics, that the pursuit of string theory is futile
does not hold true because nothing because no one will ever be able to
can be infinitely small. According to prove whether or not the strings it
the uncertainty principle, devised describes truly exist. They involve
by German physicist Werner energies so high (beyond the
The walls of the Super-Kamiokande
Heisenberg in 1927, it is simply not measurement called Planck energy) neutrino observatory in Japan are lined
possible to reach infinitely small that they are impossible for humans with photomultipliers that detect light
levels because a particle can to detect, and may remain so for emitted by neutrinos interacting with
always exist in multiple states. the foreseeable future. Being the water inside the tank.
312
IN CONTEXT
RIPPLES IN
KEY FIGURES
Barry Barish (1936–),
Kip Thorne (1940–)
SPACETIME
BEFORE
1915 Einstein’s theory of
general relativity provides some
evidence for the existence of
gravitational waves.
I
n 2016, scientists made an
announcement that promised
to revolutionize astronomy:
in September 2015, a team of
physicists had found the first direct
evidence for gravitational waves,
ripples in spacetime caused by the
merging or collision of two objects.
Up to this point, knowledge of the
universe and how it works was
derived mainly through what could
be seen, in the form of light waves.
Now, scientists had a new way to
probe black holes, stars, and other
wonders of the cosmos.
The idea of gravitational waves
had already existed for more than a
century. In 1905, French physicist
Henri Poincaré initially postulated
RELATIVITY AND THE UNIVERSE 313
See also: Electromagnetic waves 192–195 ■ Seeing beyond light 202–203 ■ From classical to special relativity 274
■ Special relativity 276–279 ■ Curving spacetime 280 ■ Mass and energy 284–285 ■ Black holes and wormholes 286–289
Key works
1973 Gravitation
1994 Black Holes and
Time Warps
2014 The Science of Interstellar
DIRECTO
RY
318
DIRECTORY
A
s Isaac Newton himself memorably put it, in a letter to
Robert Hooke in 1675, “If I have seen further, it is by standing
on the shoulders of Giants.” Ever since its beginnings in
Mesopotamia, in the fourth millennium bce, the story of science has
been one of collaboration and continuity. From natural philosophers to
inventors, experimenters, and, more recently, professional scientists,
far more people have made important contributions to this story than
could possibly be explored in detail across the preceding chapters of
this book. The following directory therefore attempts to offer at least
an outline of some other key figures in our still-unfolding quest to
understand the way our universe works—from the tiniest nucleus
to the furthest galaxy.
born in Basra, now in Iraq, but spent medicine, he wrote widely across ■ Models of the universe 272–273
DIRECTORY 319
and shared many discussions with See also: The scientific method 20–23
Galileo in the months before his death ■ Heat and transfers 80–81
of the later “gas laws.” He is best wrote widely on mechanics and ■ Black holes and wormholes 286–289
remembered for his laws of friction, hydraulics. In 1776, she was appointed
which describe the forces of static as the university’s professor of
and sliding friction affecting bodies experimental physics. SOPHIE GERMAIN
whose surfaces are in contact with See also: Laws of motion 40–45 1776–1831
each other. ■ Laws of gravity 46–51
See also: Energy and motion 56–57 Born to a wealthy Parisian silk
■ The gas laws 82–85 ■ Entropy and the merchant, Germain had to fight the
second law of thermodynamics 94–99 WILLIAM HERSCHEL prejudices of her parents in order to
1738–1822 follow her interest in mathematics.
Initially self-taught, from 1794 she
DANIEL GABRIEL FAHRENHEIT William Herschel was a German-born obtained lecture notes from the
1686–1736 astronomer who moved to England École Polytechnique, and had private
at the age of 19. He read widely on tuition from Joseph-Louis Lagrange.
Born in Danzig (now Gdansk in acoustics and optics, and a permanent Later, she also corresponded with
Poland) to a German merchant family, musical appointment in Bath, from 1766, Europe’s leading mathematicians.
Fahrenheit spent most of his working allowed him to pursue these interests Although best known for her work
life in the Netherlands. Orphaned in earnest. He built the finest reflecting in mathematics, she also made
320 DIRECTORY
important contributions to the physics and made key contributions to the that uranium compounds emitted rays
of elasticity when she won the Paris design of the first transatlantic telegraph even if they were not phosphorescent.
Academy’s competition (inspired by cable, which was being planned in Becquerel was the first person to
the acoustic experiments of Ernst the 1850s. The project’s eventual discover the existence of “radioactive”
Chladni) to mathematically describe success in 1866 led to public acclaim, materials, for which he shared the
the vibration of elastic surfaces. a knighthood, and eventually elevation 1903 Nobel Prize with Marie and
See also: Stretching and squeezing to the peerage. Pierre Curie.
72–75 ■ Music 164–167 See also: Heat and transfers 80–81 See also: Polarization 184–187
■ Internal energy and the first law ■ Nuclear rays 238–239
1787–1826
NIKOLA TESLA
Apprenticed to a glassmaker in ERNST MACH 1856–1943
Germany after being orphaned at 1838–1916
the age of 11, the young Fraunhofer A Serbian–American physicist
saw his life transformed in 1801 after Born and raised in Moravia (now and inventor, Nikola Tesla was
his master’s workshop collapsed and he part of the Czech Republic), Austrian a hugely important figure in the
was pulled from the rubble by a rescue philosopher and physicist Mach studied early establishment of widespread
party of local dignitaries. The Prince physics and medicine at the University electrical power. After proving his
Elector of Bavaria and other benefactors of Vienna. Initially interested in engineering talent in Hungary, he
encouraged his academic leanings the Doppler effect in both optics was employed by Thomas Edison’s
and ultimately enrolled him in a and acoustics, he was encouraged companies in Paris and later in
glassmaking institute, where he by the invention of Schlieren New York, before quitting to market
was able to pursue his studies. photography (a method of imaging his own inventions independently.
Fraunhofer’s discoveries allowed otherwise-invisible shock waves) to One of these, an induction motor that
Bavaria to become the leading investigate the dynamics of fluids could be powered by an alternating
center of glass manufacturing for and the shock waves formed around current (AC) system, proved hugely
scientific instruments. His inventions supersonic objects. Although best important to the widespread adoption
include diffraction grating, for known for this work (and the “Mach of AC. Tesla’s many other inventions
dispersing light of different colors, number” measurement of speeds (some of them ahead of their time)
and the spectroscope, for measuring relative to the speed of sound), he included wireless lighting and power,
the precise positions of different also made important contributions radio-controlled vehicles, bladeless
features in a spectrum. to physiology and psychology. turbines, and improvements to the
See also: Diffraction and interference See also: Energy and motion 56–57 AC system itself.
180–183 ■ The Doppler effect and ■ Fluids 76–79 ■ The development of See also: Electric current and
redshift 188–191 ■ Light from the statistical mechanics 104–111 resistance 130–133 ■ The motor effect
atom 196–199 136–137 ■ Induction and the generator
effect 138–141
HENRI BECQUEREL
WILLIAM THOMSON, 1852–1908
LORD KELVIN J.J. THOMSON
1824–1907 The third in a family of wealthy 1856–1940
Parisian physicists, which would
Belfast-born William Thomson was go on to include his son Jean, After demonstrating an unusual talent
one of the most important figures in Becquerel pursued joint careers in for science at an early age, Joseph
19th-century physics. After studying engineering and physics. His work John Thomson, who was born in
at the universities of Glasgow and involved studies of subjects such Manchester, UK, was admitted to
Cambridge, UK, the talented Thomson as the plane polarization of light, study at Owens College (now the
returned to Glasgow as a professor geomagnetism, and phosphorescence. University of Manchester) at the age
at the age of just 22. His interests were In 1896, news of Wilhelm Röntgen’s of just 14. From there he moved on to
wide-ranging—he helped establish discovery of X-rays inspired Becquerel the University of Cambridge, where he
the science of thermodynamics, to investigate whether phosphorescent distinguished himself in mathematics
calculated the great age of Earth, materials, such as certain uranium before being appointed as Cavendish
and investigated the possible fate salts, produced similar rays. He soon Professor of Physics in 1884. He is
of the universe itself. He found wider detected some kind of emission from chiefly known today for his discovery
fame, however, as an electrical engineer the salts, but further tests showed of the electron in 1897, which he
DIRECTORY 321
and discovered that the process created See also: Nuclear rays 238–239 bombs and power 248–251
materials that were themselves radioactive. ■ The particle zoo and quarks 256–257
created artificial radioactive isotopes, an 294–295 ■ The Big Bang 296–301 DOROTHY CROWFOOT HODGKIN
achievement for which they were awarded 1910–1994
the 1935 Nobel Prize in Chemistry.
See also: Nuclear rays 238–239 J. ROBERT OPPENHEIMER After learning Latin specifically to pass
■ The nucleus 240–241 ■ Particle
1904–1967 the entrance exam, Hodgkin studied
accelerators 252–255 at Somerville College, Oxford, before
New York–born Oppenheimer’s genius moving to Cambridge to carry out work
began to flourish during a postgraduate on X-ray crystallography. During her
LEO SZILARD period at the University of Göttingen, doctorate, she pioneered methods of
1898–1964 Germany, in 1926, where he worked with using X-rays to analyze the structure
Max Born and met many other leading of biological protein molecules.
Born into a Jewish family in Budapest, figures in quantum physics. In 1942, Returning to Somerville, she continued
Hungary, Szilard showed early talent by Oppenheimer was recruited to work on her research and refined her techniques
winning a national prize in mathematics calculations for the Manhattan Project, to work on increasingly complex
at the age of 16. He finished his education to develop an atomic bomb in the US. molecules, including steroids and
and settled in Germany, before fleeing to A few months later, he was chosen to penicillin (both in 1945), vitamin B12
the UK with the rise of the Nazi party. head the laboratory where the bomb (in 1956, for which she was awarded
Here, he cofounded an organization to would be built. After leading the project the Nobel Prize in Chemistry in 1964),
help refugee scholars, and formulated to its conclusion at the end of World War and insulin (finally completed in 1969).
the idea of the nuclear chain reaction— II, when atomic bombs were dropped See also: Diffraction and interference
a process that harnesses a cascade of on Hiroshima and Nagasaki in Japan 180–183 ■ Electromagnetic waves
neutron particles to release energy from with devastating results, Oppenheimer 192–195
atoms. After emigrating to the United became an outspoken critic of
States in 1938, he worked with others to nuclear proliferation.
make the chain reaction a reality as part See also: The nucleus 240–241 SUBRAHMANYAN
of the Manhattan Project. ■ Nuclear bombs and power 248–251 CHANDRASEKHAR
See also: Nuclear rays 238–239 1910–1995
■ The nucleus 240–241 ■ Nuclear
bombs and power 248–251 MARIA GOEPPERT MAYER Born in Lahore (which was then
1906–1972 part of India but is now in Pakistan),
Chandrasekhar obtained his first
GEORGE GAMOW Born into an academic family in degree in Madras (now Chennai) and
1904–1968 Katowice (now in Poland), Goeppert continued his studies at the University of
studied mathematics and then physics Cambridge from 1930. His most famous
Gamow studied physics in his home at the University of Göttingen in work was on the physics of superdense
city Odessa (then part of the USSR, but Germany. Her 1930 doctoral thesis stars such as white dwarfs. He showed
now in Ukraine), and later in Leningrad, predicted the phenomenon of atoms that in stars with more than 1.44 times
DIRECTORY 323
the mass of the sun, internal pressure some more controversial views, gravity. Hawking also became renowned
would be unable to resist the inward including his nonacceptance of as a science communicator after the
pull of gravity—leading to a catastrophic the Big Bang theory. 1988 publication of his book A Brief
collapse (the origin of neutron stars and See also: Nuclear fusion in stars 265 History of Time.
black holes). In 1936, he moved to the ■ The static or expanding universe See also: Black holes and wormholes
University of Chicago, becoming a 294–295 ■ The Big Bang 296–301 286–289 ■ The Big Bang 296–301
naturalized US citizen in 1953. ■ String theory 308–311
scientist, although he espoused the unification of quantum theory with ■ The Higgs boson 262–263
324
GLOSSARY
In this glossary, terms defined atom was thought to be the smallest Constant A quantity in a
within another entry are identified part of matter, but many subatomic mathematical expression that
with italic type. particles are now known. does not vary—often symbolized
by a letter such as a, b, or c.
Absolute zero The lowest possible Beta decay A form of radioactive
temperature: 0K or –459.67°F decay in which an atomic nucleus Cosmic microwave
(–273.15°C). gives off beta particles (electrons background (CMB) Faint
or positrons). microwave radiation that is
Acceleration The rate of change of detectable from all directions.
velocity. Acceleration is caused by a Big Bang The event with The CMB is the oldest radiation
force that results in a change in an which the universe is thought to in the universe, emitted when
object’s direction and/or speed. have begun, around 13.8 billion the universe was 380,000 years
years ago, exploding outward old. Its existence was predicted
Air resistance The force that from a singularity. by the Big Bang theory, and it
resists the movement of an object was first detected in 1964.
through the air. Blackbody A theoretical object
that absorbs all radiation that falls Cosmic rays Highly energetic
Alpha particle A particle made on it, radiates energy according to particles, such as electrons and
of two neutrons and two protons, its temperature, and is the most protons, that travel through space
which is emitted during a form efficient emitter of radiation. at close to the speed of light.
of radioactive decay called
alpha decay. Black hole An object in space that Cosmological constant A term
is so dense that light cannot escape that Albert Einstein added to his
Alternating current (AC) An its gravitational field. general relativity equations, which
electric current whose direction is used to model the dark energy
reverses at regular intervals. See Bosons Subatomic particles that that is accelerating the expansion
also Direct current (DC). exchange forces between other of the universe.
particles and provide particles
Angular momentum A measure with mass. Dark energy A poorly understood
of the rotation of an object, which force that acts in the opposite
takes into account its mass, shape, Circuit The path around which an direction to gravity, causing the
and spin speed. electric current can flow. universe to expand. About three-
quarters of the mass–energy of
Antimatter Particles and atoms Classical mechanics A set the universe is dark energy.
that are made of antiparticles. of laws describing the motion of
bodies under the action of forces. Dark matter Invisible matter
Antiparticle A particle that is the that can only be detected by its
same as a normal particle except Coefficient A number or expression, gravitational effect on visible
that it has an opposite electric usually a constant, that is placed matter. Dark matter holds
charge. Every particle has an before another number and galaxies together.
equivalent antiparticle. multiplies it.
Diffraction The bending of
Atom The smallest part of an Conductor A substance through waves around obstacles and
element that has the chemical which heat or electric current spreading out of waves past
properties of that element. An flows easily. small openings.
GLOSSARY 325
Electron A subatomic particle Field The distribution of a force Geocentrism A historic model
with a negative electric charge. across spacetime, in which each of the universe with Earth at its
point can be given a value for center. See also Heliocentrism.
Electrolysis A chemical change that force. A gravitational field
in a substance caused by passing is an example of a field in which Gluons Particles within protons and
an electric current through it. the force felt at a particular point neutrons that hold quarks together.
326 GLOSSARY
Gravitational wave A distortion protons, but a different number Nuclear fusion A process whereby
of spacetime that travels at the of neutrons. atomic nuclei join together to form
speed of light, generated by the heavier nuclei, releasing energy.
acceleration of mass. Light year A unit of distance that Inside stars such as the sun, this
is the distance traveled by light in process involves the fusion of
Gravity A force of attraction one year, equal to 5,878 trillion miles hydrogen nuclei to make helium.
between objects with mass. (9,460 trillion km).
Massless photons are also Nucleus The central part of an
affected by gravity, which Leptons Fermions that are only atom. The nucleus consists of
general relativity describes affected by two of the fundamental protons and neutrons and contains
as a warping of spacetime. forces—the electromagnetic force almost all of an atom’s mass.
and the weak nuclear force.
Heat death A possible end state Optics The study of vision and
for the universe in which there are Magnetism A force of attraction the behavior of light.
no temperature differences across or repulsion exerted by magnets.
space, and no work can be done. Magnetism arises from the motion Orbit The path of a body around
of electric charges or from the another, more massive, body.
Heliocentrism A model of the magnetic moment of particles.
universe with the sun at its center. Particle A tiny speck of matter
Mass A property of an object that is that can have velocity, position,
Higgs boson A subatomic particle a measure of the force required to mass, and electric charge.
associated with the Higgs field, accelerate it.
whose interaction with other Photoelectric effect The emission
particles gives them their mass. Matter Any physical substance. of electrons from the surfaces of
Our entire visible world is made certain substances when light
Ideal gas A gas in which there are of matter. hits them.
zero inter-particle forces. The only
interactions between particles in Molecule A substance made of two Photon The particle of light that
an ideal gas are elastic collisions. or more atoms that are chemically transfers the electromagnetic force
bonded to one another. from one place to another.
Inertia The tendency of an object
to keep moving or remain at rest Momentum An object’s mass Piezoelectricity Electricity that
until a force acts on it. multiplied by its velocity. is produced by applying stress to
certain crystals.
Insulator A material that reduces or Neutrino An electrically
stops the flow of heat, electricity, neutral fermion that has a Plane A flat surface on which any
or sound. very small, as yet unmeasured, two given points can be joined by
mass. Neutrinos can pass right a straight line.
Interference The process whereby through matter undetected.
two or more waves combine, either Plasma A hot, electrically charged
reinforcing each other or canceling Neutron An electrically neutral fluid in which the electrons are free
each other out. subatomic particle that forms part from their atoms.
of an atom’s nucleus. A neutron is
Ion An atom, or group of atoms, made of one up-quark and two Polarized light Light in which the
that has lost or gained one or down-quarks. waves all oscillate in just one plane.
more of its electrons to become
electrically charged. Nuclear fission A process Positron The antiparticle
whereby the nucleus of an atom counterpart of an electron, with
Isotopes Atoms of the same element splits into two smaller nuclei, the same mass but a positive
which have the same number of releasing energy. electric charge.
GLOSSARY 327
Potential difference The Resistance A measure of how Supernova The result of the
difference in energy per unit of much a material opposes the flow collapse of a massive star, causing
charge between two places in of electric current. an explosion that may be billions
an electric field or circuit. of times brighter than the sun.
Semiconductor A substance that
Pressure A continual force per unit has a resistance somewhere between Superposition In quantum
area pushing against an object. The that of a conductor and an insulator. physics, the principle that, until it
pressure of gases is caused by the is measured, a particle such as an
movement of their molecules. Singularity A point in spacetime electron exists in all its possible
with zero length. states at the same time.
Proton A particle in the nucleus of
an atom that has positive charge. A Spacetime The three dimensions Thermodynamics The branch
proton contains two up-quarks and of space combined with a fourth of physics that deals with heat and
one down-quark. dimension—time—to form a its relation to energy and work.
single continuum.
Quanta Packets of energy that exist Time dilation The phenomenon
in discrete units. In some systems, a Special relativity Einstein’s whereby two objects moving relative
quantum is the smallest possible theory that an absolute time or to each other, or in different
amount of energy. absolute space are impossible. gravitational fields, experience
Special relativity is the result of a different rate of flow of time.
Quantum electrodynamics considering that both the speed
(QED) A theory that explains the of light and the laws of physics Uncertainty principle A property
interaction of subatomic particles in are the same for all observers. of quantum mechanics whereby the
terms of an exchange of photons. more accurately certain qualities,
Spectrum The range of the such as momentum, are measured,
Quantum mechanics The branch wavelengths of electromagnetic the less is known of other qualities
of physics that deals with subatomic radiation. The full spectrum ranges such as position, and vice-versa.
particles behaving as quanta. from gamma rays, with wavelengths
shorter than an atom, to radio Velocity A measure of an object’s
Quark A subatomic particle that waves, whose wavelength may speed and direction.
protons and neutrons are made from. be many kilometers long.
Voltage A common term for
Radiation An electromagnetic Spin A quality of subatomic electrical potential difference.
wave or a stream of particles particles that is similar to
emitted by a radioactive source. angular momentum. Wave An oscillation that travels
through space, transferring energy
Radioactive decay The process Standard Model The framework from one place to another.
in which unstable atomic nuclei of particle physics in which there
emit particles or electromagnetic are 12 fundamental fermions—six Wavelength The distance between
radiation. quarks and six leptons. two successive peaks or two
successive troughs in a wave.
Redshift The stretching of light String theory A theoretical
emitted by galaxies moving away framework of physics in which Weak nuclear force One of the
from Earth, due to the Doppler effect. point-like particles are replaced four fundamental forces, which acts
This causes visible light to move by one-dimensional strings. inside an atomic nucleus and is
toward the red end of the spectrum. responsible for beta decay.
Strong nuclear force One of the
Refraction The bending of four fundamental forces, which Work The energy transferred
electromagnetic waves as they binds quarks together to form when a force moves an object
move from one medium to another. neutrons and protons. in a particular direction.
328
INDEX
Page numbers in bold refer to main entries. atoms 66, 68–71, 110 Brattain, Walter 154, 155
light from 196–199, 217 Brewster, David 187
models 206, 216–217, 218, 220, 241, 242–243 Brout, Robert 262
equivalence principle 281 Fresnel, Augustin-Jean 163, 168, 179, 180, and universe 294, 295, 300, 301, 302–304, 307
Eratosthenes 19, 272 181–183, 182, 187 and velocity 42
ergodic hypothesis 109 friction 42, 43, 44, 45, 87 Gray, Stephen 130–131
Erlanger, Joseph 156 Friedel, Georges 184 Green, George 128
escape velocity 289 Friedmann, Alexander 191, 294–295, 295 Green, Michael 310
Essen, Louis 38, 229 Gregory, James 183
Euclid 16, 26, 27–28, 30, 162, 168, 280 Gribbin, John 210
Euler, Leonhard 17, 29, 52, 53, 57, 74, 75, 76,
77, 79
evaporation 101, 102
G Grimaldi, Francesco Maria 32, 35, 49, 180–181, 182
Gross, David 310
Grünberg, Peter 157, 158
event horizons 287, 288, 289 Guericke, Otto von 66, 91
Everett, Hugh 220 galaxies 269, 270, 289, 290–293, 294, 295, 298, 299, Guralnik, Gerald 262
exclusion principle 206, 217 300, 301, 302, 303–304, 307 Guth, Alan 300, 323
experiments 12, 20, 21, 23, 66 Galfard, Christophe 218
Galilei, Galileo 12, 22, 23, 33, 43, 72, 83, 164
F
falling bodies 16, 32–35, 42, 49, 50, 281
pendulums 17, 38–39, 52
relativity 268, 274, 276–277, 281
H
speed of light 175
telescopes and space 48–49, 162, 172, 173, Hafele, Joseph 282
Fahrenheit, Daniel 80, 319 268, 271, 272, 273, 290 Hagen, C. Richard 262
falling bodies 17, 32–35, 49, 50 thermoscopes 80, 81 Hahn, Otto 249
Faraday effect 147, 187 Galilei, Vincenzo 167 half-life 239
Faraday, Michael 101, 131, 139, 141, 197, 277 Galois, Évariste 30–31 Hall, Chester Moore 174
dynamos 140–141, 149 Galvani, Luigi 128, 129, 156 Halley’s Comet 271
electric motor 136, 138, 139 galvanometers 139, 140 Hamilton, William Rowan 42, 54, 56, 57
electricity 124, 126, 127, 128 gamma radiation 163, 195, 202, 234, 239, 243, hard-disk drives (HDD) 157
electromagnetic induction 121, 136, 144–145, 146 253, 284 harmonic motion 52–53
electromagnetism 121, 134, 138–141, 148, 187 Gamow, George 252–253, 299, 322 harmonics 166
magnetic fields 121, 147, 148 gases 70, 71, 76, 78 Harrison, John 38, 39
Faraday’s law 146, 149 changes of state and bonds 100–103 Hau, Lene 79
Ferdinando II de’ Medici 80 combination of 85 Hawking, Stephen 287, 289, 323
Fermat, Pierre de 29, 57, 162, 168, 169 forces of attraction 102–103 Hawking particles 289
Fermi, Enrico 235, 242, 248–250, 251, 258 gas laws 66–67, 82–85, 100 heat
fermions 257, 309, 310, 311 kinetic theory 79, 85 and color 117
ferromagnetism 123 liquefaction 100 conservation of energy 55
Fert, Albert 157, 158 Gassendi, Pierre 68, 70–71 dissipation 98, 99
Fessenden, Reginald 192 Gasser, Herbert Spencer 156 entropy 98–99
Feynman diagrams 225 Gauss, Carl Friedrich 61–62, 144, 146, 280 Joule heating 133
Feynman, Richard 147, 158, 207, 215, 222, 224, Gay-Lussac, Joseph 66, 67, 82, 83, 84, 85 laws of thermodynamics 86, 88–89, 96–99
225, 228, 230–231, 260 Geiger, Hans 198, 234, 240, 243, 321 and light 114–115
Fitch, Val 264 Geissler, Heinrich 197 and motion 90–93, 107, 114
Fizeau, Armand 190 Gell-Mann, Murray 235, 247, 256–257, 257 and temperature 80, 86
Fizeau, Hippolyte 275 generators, electrical 138, 141, 149 see also kinetic energy
Fleming, John Ambrose 140, 152, 153 geocentrism 22, 23, 48–49, 176, 270–273 heat death theory 98
fluids 36, 66, 76–79 geometry 27–28, 29 heat energy 67, 87, 93, 99, 114, 133, 249, 250
applied fluid dynamics 79 Georgi, Howard 159 heat engines 67, 90–93, 96, 97, 99
changes of state and bonds 100–103 geothermal energy 151 heat flow 96–97, 110
fluorescence 196–197 Gerlach, Walter 206 heat transfer 80–81, 89, 114
force carriers 224, 235, 258–259, 262, 309, 311 Germain, Sophie 319–320 heavenly bodies 270–271
force fields 145–146 germanium 154, 155 Heaviside, Oliver 144
forces Gianotti, Fabiola 323 Heisenberg, Werner 37, 207, 218–219, 220–221,
equal action-reaction 45 giant magnetoresistance (GMR) 157, 158 221, 246, 278, 311
fluids 76–79 Gibbs, Josiah 96 heliocentrism 22, 23, 33, 42, 48–49, 268, 271,
fundamental 127, 159, 225, 235, 245, 247, 259, Gibbs, Willard 106, 111 273, 290
261, 262, 300, 309, 310 Gilbert, William 120, 122, 123, 134, 136 Helmholtz, Hermann von 55, 86, 87, 88, 89, 96, 193
and motion 43, 44, 45 Glashow, Sheldon 159, 224, 235, 262, 311 Henlein, Peter 38
stretching and squeezing 72–75 gluons 225, 247, 255, 257, 300 Henry, Joseph 135, 136, 140
see also electromagnetism; friction; gravity; Goeppert-Meyer, Maria 217, 322 Heraclitus 68
magnetism; strong nuclear force; weak Gordon, James 141 Herapath, John 82, 106, 107
nuclear force Goudsmit, Samuel 157 Hero of Alexandria 90, 91, 162, 168, 169
Ford, Kent 303–304, 305 GPS navigation 191, 228, 229, 282 Herschel, William 114, 163, 192–193, 202, 319
fossil fuels 67, 87, 151 Gramme, Zenobe 149 Hertz, Heinrich 144, 147, 192–194, 193, 202, 210
Foucault, Léon 174, 275 Grand Unified Theory (GUT) 159, 310 Hertzsprung, Ejnar 292
Fourier, Joseph 52, 133 gravitational fields 269, 287, 311 Hess, Victor 234, 244, 245
Frahm, Hermann 52 gravitational lensing 303, 304 Hewish, Antony 203
frames of reference 26, 51, 274, 277, 278, 282–283 gravitational mass 287, 303 Higgs, Peter 262–263, 263
Franklin, Benjamin 120, 124, 125 gravitational waves 274, 305, 312–315 Higgs boson 225, 235, 257, 262–263, 308, 309,
Franklin, Rosalind 23 gravitons 309, 311 310, 311
Fraunhofer, Joseph von 183, 216, 320 gravity 32–35 Higgs field 262, 263, 309, 310
Fraunhofer lines 183, 190, 216 equivalence principles 281 Hipparchus 270, 271
free energy 96 fundamental force 159, 225, 301 Hippasus 27
free falling 32–35, 50 general relativity 30 Hiroshima 251
frequency 116, 117, 153, 164, 165, 188, 189, 190, laws of 46–51 Hodgkin, Alan 156
199, 208, 210, 228, 230 string theory 308–311 Hodgkin, Dorothy Crowfoot 322
INDEX 331
Hooft, Gerard ’t 159 Kepler, Johannes 31, 42, 48–49, 173, 209, 272, Lobachevsky, Nikolai 30
Hooke, Robert 51, 73 273, 281, 318 lodestones 120, 122–123
gravity 49 Kibble, Brian 60, 62, 63 Lomonosov, Mikhail 107
light 162–163, 177, 178, 180, 181 Kibble, Tom 262 London dispersion bonds 102, 103
microscopes 162, 174 Kilby, Jack 152, 158 longitude 39, 72
springs 66, 72–75 kinetic energy 17, 54, 57, 67, 87, 107, 137, 254, 279 Lorentz, Hendrik 144, 274
time 38, 39, 72, 73 kinetic theory of gases 67, 74, 77, 78, 79, 85, Lorenz, Edward 111
Hoyle, Fred 299, 323 106–110, 110, 145 Lovelace, Ada 29
Hubble, Edwin 191, 269, 270, 290, 292, 293, 294, Kirchhoff, Gustav 72, 114, 115–117, 115, 130, 180, Lovell, Bernard 202
295, 298, 299, 306 190, 193, 197, 216 Lucretius 100, 176, 212
Huggins, William and Margaret 190 Klein, Oscar 308
Hulse, Russell 269, 313 Kleist, Georg von 120, 128
Hund, Friedrich 229
Huxley, Andrew 156
Huygens, Christiaan
Knoll, Max 172
Köhler, August 172
Koshiba, Masatoshi 261
M
light 147, 163, 169, 177–178, 179, 181, 182, 183, 185
momentum 37 M-theory 308
time 16, 19, 38–39, 52, 73
hydraulics 36
hydroelectricity 151
L Mach, Ernst 109, 110, 111, 320
macrostates 109
Magellanic Clouds 261, 291, 292
hydrogen bonds 102–103 magnetic fields 53, 121, 127, 132, 157, 246
hydrogen fuel cells 151 Ladenburg, Rudolph W. 199 dynamos 141, 149
hydrostatic pressure 78 Lagrange, Joseph-Louis 17, 56, 57, 146 electromagnets 134–135
hypotheses 20, 21, 22 Lamb shift 260 force fields 144–147
lambda baryons 245 induction 138–140
Land, Edwin H. 184 light 163, 185, 187, 192, 193, 213
JK focusing 170–175
from atoms 196–199, 217
and heat 114–115
Big Bang 300
changes of state and bonds 71, 100–103
fluids 76–79
nature of 212 gas laws 82–85
Jacobi, Moritz von 136 polarization 184–187 matter-antimatter asymmetry 264
Jansky, Karl 202 reflection and refraction 22, 162–163, 168–169, 172, models of 68–71, 196
Jeans, James 117, 209 176–177 stretching and squeezing 74–75
Joliot-Curie, Frédéric 243, 253 seeing beyond 202–203 visible 304
Joliot-Curie, Irène 243, 253, 322 speed of 147, 268, 274, 275, 277–278, 279, 282, 283 matter waves 214
Jordan, Pascual 218 wave and particle theories 212–215, 218 matter-antimatter annihilation 71
Josephson, Brian 228 light bulbs 133 Maupertuis, Pierre-Louis 56
Joule, James Prescott 17, 55, 67, 86, 87–88, 89, light quanta 210, 211 Maxwell, James Clerk 30, 60, 103, 137, 145
108, 114, 130 light waves 163, 176–179, 180–199, 212–215, 287, 312 electromagnetism 13, 56, 114, 121, 138, 141,
Jupiter 22, 23, 48–49, 268, 272, 273 lightning 125, 127 144–147, 159, 192–194, 213, 224, 260, 276, 277
K-mesons 264 Lilienfeld, Julius 152 kinetic theory of gases 76, 79, 85, 106, 108, 110
Kant, Immanuel 35 linear accelerators (linacs) 254 light model 163, 179, 187, 192–194, 213, 260
kaons 256, 264 Lippershey, Hans 173 Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution 110
Kapitsa, Pyotr 79, 228 Lippmann, Gabriel 201 Mayer, Julius von 55, 86, 87, 89, 96
Keating, Richard 282 liquefaction 100, 103 measurement 16–17
Kelvin–Planck statement 99 liquids 36, 70, 71, 76, 100–103 distance 18–19
332 INDEX
SI Units and physical constants 60–63 nanoelectronics 121, 158 137, 138, 144
in space 291–293 nanoparticles 230 oscillations
speed of light 147, 275 Navier, Claude-Louis 72, 79 electromagnetism 193, 194, 213, 254
temperature 80 nebulae 115, 191, 270, 271, 292 harmonic motion 52–53
time 17, 38–39 negative numbers 26, 29 light 163, 184, 185, 187, 213
mechanics, classical 48, 51, 57 nerve cells 156 neutrino 261
megaverse 310 neutrino oscillation 261 pendulums 17, 39
Meissner effect 228 neutrinos 235, 257, 258–259, 261 sound 165, 166, 167, 201
Meitner, Lise 242, 248, 249–250 neutron stars 203, 268, 287, 312, 313, 315 P (parity) symmetry 264
Mercury 48 neutrons 216, 225, 234, 235, 243, 247, 248, 250, Pais, Abraham 308
Mersenne, Marin 164 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 285, 300, 309 Papin, Denis 91
mesons 235, 247, 256, 264 Newcomen, Thomas 81, 90, 91 paradoxes 27, 214, 220, 282–283
Messier 87 289 Newton, Isaac 51, 106, 107, 109 parallax 291, 292
Messier, Charles 270 atoms 66, 71, 100 Parkin, Stuart 157
metallic bonds 74 calculus 26, 29 Parry, Jack 38
metric system 17, 18, 19, 60–61 fluids 76, 78, 79 Parsons, Charles 148
metrology 17, 62 laws of gravity 32, 48–51, 73, 126, 281, 302 particle accelerators 127, 235, 247, 252–255, 263, 285
Michell, John 286–287, 289 laws of motion 12, 17, 37, 42–45, 52, 53, 54, 56, particle physics 127, 234–235
Michelson, Albert 147, 268, 275 57, 108, 110, 274, 276, 277, 278, 298 antimatter 246
microprocessors 152, 155 light 163, 169, 177, 180, 181, 183, 185, 186, atomic theory 236–237
microscopes 162, 172, 174–175 192, 206, 212, 213, 216 Grand Unified Theory 159
microstates 109 telescope 174 Higgs boson 262–263
microwaves 147, 194, 254 vision of the universe 22, 31, 99, 107 magnetic monopoles 159
miles 19 Newtonian liquids 78 matter-antimatter asymmetry 264
Milky Way 202, 203, 269, 270, 286, 289, 290, Nielsen, Holger 310 neutrinos 261
291, 292, 293 Nierste, Ulrich 264 nucleus 240–241
Miller, William Allen 190 Nishijima, Kazuhiko 256 particle accelerators 252–255
Millikan, Robert 124, 127, 211, 321 Noddack, Ida 249 particle zoo and quarks 256–257
Minkowski, Hermann 269, 276, 280 Noether, Emmy 31, 321 Standard Model 31, 225, 235, 257, 261, 262,
Mirkin, Chad 121, 158 novae 292 263, 264, 308, 309, 310
mirror universe 264 Noyce, Robert 152 string theory 308–311
mirrors 162, 172, 174 nuclear decay 238, 239, 258–259 strong force 247
Misener, Don 79, 228 nuclear fission 242, 249–251, 252, 265, 285 subatomic particles 13, 242–245
molecular bonds 102–103 nuclear fusion 251, 285 particle zoo 256–257
molecular movement 79, 108 in stars 261, 265, 301 Pascal, Blaise 17, 36, 75, 76, 78, 82
Moletti, Giuseppe 32, 33 nuclear physics 234–235 Pauli, Wolfgang 206, 216, 217, 235, 258
Pauling, Linus 23
momentum 17, 37, 54, 87 force carriers 258–259
Payne, Cecilia 50
Monardes, Nicolás 196 nuclear bombs and power 248–251
Payne-Scott, Ruby 323
monopoles, magnetic 159 nuclear fusion in stars 265
pendulums 17, 38–39, 52
Moon 270, 271, 272 nuclear rays 238–239
Penrose, Roger 288
gravity 50 nuclear power 148, 151, 195, 235, 247, 248–251,
Penzias, Arno 299, 301
landings 35, 49 265, 284 Pepys, Samuel 73
orbit round Earth 48, 281 nuclear reactions 285 Peregrinus, Petrus 122–123
Moore, Gordon 158 nuclear waste 265 Perkins, Jacob 90
Morley, Edward 268, 275 nuclear weapons 235, 248, 250–251, 265, 284, 285 Perlmutter, Saul 306–307, 307
motion nucleons 247 Perrin, Jean Baptiste 71, 107
dichotomy paradox 27 nucleus, atomic 234–235, 240–241 phlogiston 107
energy and 54, 55, 56–57, 87 creation of first 300 phosphorus 154
falling bodies 32–35 discovery of 148, 198, 241 photoelectric effect 114, 179, 193, 206, 208,
harmonic 52–53 electrons orbit 216–217, 240, 241 209–210, 211, 214, 216
heat and 90–93, 107, 114 force carriers 258–259 photolithography 155, 158
hydraulics 36 model of 257 photons 179, 206, 208, 209, 211, 214, 215, 216,
laws of gravity 46–51 nuclear fission and fusion 249, 250, 251, 252, 220–221, 224, 230, 257, 260, 263, 300
laws of 12, 17, 40–45, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 108, 265 photovoltaic cells 151
110, 276, 277, 278, 298 particle accelerators 253 physical constants 60–63
measuring 17 subatomic particles 242–243, 309 Pickering, Edwin Charles 291, 293
momentum 37, 87 number 26–31 piezoelectricity 200–201
relativity 274, 276–279 pions 247
speed of light 275 Pirani, Felix 313
motors, electric 136–137, 139
Mouton, Gabriel 17
MRI scanners 228, 230
OP pitch 162, 164–177, 188, 190
Pixii, Hippolyte 137, 141, 148, 149
Planck energy 311
muon neutrinos 257, 261 Planck, Max 13, 206, 211, 220–221
muons 235, 245, 247, 257 observations 21, 22, 23 blackbody radiation 67, 114, 117, 214
music 52, 162, 164–167 Ohl, Russel 154 energy quanta 67, 179, 198, 208–211
Ohm, Georg Simon 121, 130, 132–133, 132 heat engines 99
Oliphant, Mark 265 Planck’s constant 62, 63, 199, 209, 214, 221
poles, magnetic 123, 159 radio frequency (RF) waves 254 shock waves 110
Polyakov, Alexander 159 radio telescopes 202–203 Shockley, William 155
positrons 127, 234, 245 radio waves 114, 141, 147, 163, 191, 192, 193, SI (Système International) units 17, 18, 19, 60–63, 127
potential difference 129, 130, 131, 133, 138, 140 194, 202, 230 Siemens, Werner von 149
potential energy 54, 57, 86, 87, 89 radioactive beta decay 71 silicon 121, 153, 154, 155, 158
Power, Henry 84 radioactivity 98, 201, 238–239, 248, 249, 251, 265, 285 Simmons, Michelle Yvonne 228
power stations 121, 138, 141, 148, 150, 235, 248, 251 rainbows 187 singularities 287, 288, 300, 311
Preskill, John 159 Rankine, William 55, 86, 88, 89, 96, 97, 98, 110 Slipher, Walter 191
pressure 36 redshift 191, 295, 299 Smith, George E. 176
air 83–84 Reed, Mark 228 Smoluchowski, Marian von 106, 107, 110, 111
fluids 66, 77, 78, 100–101 reflected/refracted light 22, 162–163, 168–169, 172, Snellius, Willebrord 162, 169
primeval atom 299 174, 186–187 Snyder, Hartland 288
prisms 114, 177, 183, 187, 192, 213 Reines, Frederick 235, 258, 259, 261 Socrates 12, 21
probability, entropy and 96, 111 Reitze, David 314 Soddy, Frederick 239
probability waves 219, 229 relativity 141, 268–269, 274, 276–279 solar cells 208
Proclus 26, 30 Galilean 274, 276 solar neutrinos 261
protons 127, 225, 230, 234, 235, 243, 245, 247, general theory of 42, 44, 45, 48, 51, 269, 274, 281, solar power 87, 151
249, 251, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 265, 300, 309 287, 294, 298, 299, 303, 308, 309, 311, 312, 313 solar radiation 98
particle accelerators 252, 253, 254 paradoxes of special 282–283 solar system, models of 22, 23, 42, 48–49, 176, 268,
Proust, Joseph 236 special theory of 48, 51, 144, 146, 147, 179, 270–273, 298
Ptolemy 22, 168, 268, 270, 271, 272, 273 219, 222, 223, 260, 268–269, 274, 277–279, solid-state physics 154
pulsars 163, 203, 312, 313 281, 284, 287 solids 70, 71, 100
Pythagoras 26, 27, 162, 164–167, 167, 272 resistance 121, 131, 132–133 sonar 201
Riccati, Giordano 75 sound 162–163
Riccioli, Giovanni Battista 32, 35, 49 music 162, 164–167
stress 74, 75, 78 dilation 278, 282 laws of motion 42, 44, 45
stretching 72–75 measuring 17, 38–39, 52 and mass 37, 44, 54, 88, 214
string theory 308–311 relativity 268–269, 274, 276–279 momentum 17, 37
strong nuclear force 159, 225, 235, 247, 256, 257, and space 43, 45, 277, 278–279, 280, 281 orbital 50, 51
259, 260, 300, 309, 310 thermodynamic arrow of 67, 99 Venus 49
Strutt, John (Lord Rayleigh) 117, 209 tokamak reactors 251, 265 Vesalius, Andreas 20, 22, 23
Sturgeon, William 135, 137, 138 Tomonaga, Shin’ichiro¯ 225, 260 Viète, François 28
subatomic particles 13, 71, 126, 198, 206, 224, 234, Tompion, Thomas 73 Vikings 184
242–247, 253, 256–257 top quarks 235, 255, 256, 257, 262
Villard, Paul 234, 238, 239
sun torques 137
Torricelli, Evangelista 36, 77, 82, 83, 84, 106, 319 viscosity 76, 78, 79
energy 261, 285
torsion 126 visible light 114, 193, 194, 195, 197, 238
gravity 49
Townes, Charles 196 Vogel, Hermann Carl 190
heliocentrism 22, 48–49, 268, 270–273, 290
magnetic field 203 Townley, Richard 84 volcanic activity 97
position of 292, 293 transducers 201 Volta, Alessandro 120, 121, 128, 129, 130, 131,
super-hot stars 199 transformers 139, 150–151 134, 149
Super-Kamiokande 261, 311 transistors 152, 153, 154, 155, 158, 229 W bosons 235, 257, 258, 259, 262, 263
superconductivity 103, 121, 132, 155, 228 Treiman, Sam 308 Wallis, John 17, 37, 54
superfluids 79, 228–229 triodes 153 Walton, Ernest 253–254, 255
supermassive black holes 202, 203, 289, 315 turbines watches 72–73
supernovae 261, 288, 301, 306–307 steam 141, 151 water 100, 101, 103
superposition 220, 221, 311 wind, wave and tide 151 Waterston, John 106, 107–108
superstring theory 311 Turing, Alan 231 Watson, James 23
supersymmetry 309, 310–311 twin paradox 282–283 Watt, James 66, 80, 81, 86, 91
surface tension 102 wave power 151
suspension bridges 75 wave–particle duality 179, 206, 210, 212–215, 220,
Susskind, Leonard 279, 308, 309, 310
symmetry breaking 262
synchrotron accelerators 254
UVW 221, 229–230
wave function 219, 220
weak nuclear force 159, 224, 225, 235, 245, 256,
Szilard, Leo 322 257, 258, 259, 262, 300, 308, 309, 310
Uhlenbeck, George 157
ultrasound 200–201 weather forecasts 111
ultraviolet catastrophe 117, 209 Weinberg, Steven 224
UOTATIONS
The following primary quotations are attributed 130 A tax on electrical energy 246 Opposites can explode
to people who are not the key figure for the Helen Czerski, British physicist Peter David, American writer
relevant topic. and oceanographer
252 A window on creation
134 Each metal has a certain power Michio Kaku, American physicist
MEASUREMENT AND MOTION Alessandro Volta, Italian physicist
and chemist 260 Nature is absurd
Richard Feynman
18 Man is the measure of all things
Protagoras, Greek philosopher 156 Animal electricity
261 The mystery of the missing neutrinos
Luigi Galvani, Italian physicist
John N. Bahcall, American astrophysicist
20 A prudent question is one
half of wisdom 157 A totally unexpected scientific
262 I think we have it
Francis Bacon, English philosopher discovery
Rolf-Dieter Heuer, German particle physicist
2007 Nobel Prize Committee
24 All is number
Motto of the Pythagoreans 158 An encyclopedia on the head of a pin
80 Searching out the fire-secret 208 The energy of light is distributed 312 Ripples in spacetime
Thomas Carlyle, Scottish philosopher discontinuously in space Govert Schilling, Dutch science writer
Albert Einstein, German-born theoretical
86 The energy of the universe physicist
is constant
Rudolf Clausius, German physicist 212 They do not behave like anything
and mathematician that you have ever seen
Richard Feynman
100 The fluid and its vapor become one
Michael Faraday, British physicist 222 Spooky action at a distance
Albert Einstein
PICTURE CREDITS
creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/: (tr). 125 (bl). 244 Getty Images: Print Collector / Hulton Archive
Dreamstime.com: Danielkmalloy (tr). 127 Alamy (bl). 245 Science Photo Library: (tr). 249 Alamy Stock
Stock Photo: Interfoto / Personalities (bl). 129 Alamy Photo: Everett Collection Historical (tr). 251 Alamy Stock
The publisher would like to thank the following for Stock Photo: Prisma Archivo (bc). Dreamstime.com: Photo: Science History Images (tl, tr). 255 © CERN:
their kind permission to reproduce their photographs: Ovydyborets (bc/background). Wellcome Collection Maximilien Brice (tc). Science Photo Library: Emilio
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/: (tr). Segre Visual Archives / American Institute Of Physics (bl).
(Key: a-above; b-below/bottom; c-center; f-far; l-left; 132 Getty Images: Science & Society Picture Library (bl). 257 Getty Images: Bettmann (tr). 259 Alamy Stock
r-right; t-top) 133 iStockphoto.com: choness (bc). 135 Alamy Stock Photo: Science History Images (bl). Science Photo
Photo: Granger Historical Picture Archive (tr); World Library: CERN (tr). 260 Getty Images: The Asahi
19 akg-images: Rabatti & Domingie (tl). 21 Getty History Archive (tl). 137 Wellcome Collection http:// Shimbun (crb). 263 Getty Images: Colin McPherson /
Images: DEA / A. Dagli Orti (tr). 22 Wellcome Collection creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/: (bl). 139 Corbis Entertainment (tr). Science Photo Library:
http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/: (tr). Alamy Stock Photo: Science History Images (tr). 145 David Parker (cla). 265 Getty Images: EFDA-JET /
23 Alamy Stock Photo: Science History Images (bl). 26 Getty Images: Corbis Historical / Stefano Bianchetti (bl). Science Photo Library (cr). 270 Pixabay: ciprianbogacs
Alamy Stock Photo: AF Fotografie (bl). 27 iStockphoto. 147 Alamy Stock Photo: World History Archive (tr). (br). 271 Alamy Stock Photo: GL Archive (tr). 273
com: Photos.com (br). 28 Alamy Stock Photo: Science 149 Alamy Stock Photo: Everett Collection Historical NASA: JPL / DLR (cra). Wellcome Collection http://
History Images (b). 31 Getty Images: Pictorial Parade (tr). (cla). 151 iStockphoto.com: querbeet (bc). Wellcome creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/: (bl). 274
33 Dreamstime.com: Georgios Kollidas / Georgios (tr). Collection http://creativecommons.org/licenses/ Alamy Stock Photo: Prisma Archivo (cr). 279 Alamy
34 Getty Images: De Agostini / G. Nimatallah (br). 39 by/4.0/: (tr). 153 Alamy Stock Photo: Pictorial Press Ltd Stock Photo: Granger Historical Picture Archive (tr).
Alamy Stock Photo: North Wind Picture Archives (tl); (cb). 155 Science Photo Library: Emilio Segre Visual iStockphoto.com: wodeweitu (bc). 283 Getty Images:
Science History Images (br). 42 Alamy Stock Photo: Archives / American Institute Of Physics (tl). 156 Getty Keystone-France / Gamma-Keystone (tr). 285 Alamy
North Wind Picture Archives (bl). 45 Alamy Stock Images: Ken Kiefer 2 (bc). 158 Getty Images: Roger Stock Photo: Archive Pics (tr). NASA: GSFC / SDO (bl).
Photo: Mark Garlick / Science Photo Library (br). 49 The Ressmeyer / Corbis / VCG (br). 166 Dreamstime.com: 289 NASA: CXC / M.Weiss (bl). Science Photo Library:
Metropolitan Museum of Art: The Elisha Whittelsey James Steidl (br). 167 Alamy Stock Photo: FLHC 80 (tl). Emilio Segre Visual Archives / American Institute Of
Collection, The Elisha Whittelsey Fund, 1959 (tl). 50 Wellcome Collection http://creativecommons.org/ Physics (tr). 292 Alamy Stock Photo: Pictorial Press Ltd
iStockphoto.com: Iurii Buriak (clb). 51 Wellcome licenses/by/4.0/: (tr). 169 Alamy Stock Photo: The (bl). NASA: ESA, and the Hubble Heritage Team (STScI /
Collection http://creativecommons.org/licenses/ Granger Collection (bl). Unsplash: Michael Heuser / @ AURA)-Hubble / Europe Collaboration (tr). 293 Alamy
by/4.0/: (bl). 53 Getty Images: Heritage Images / Hulton gum_meee (cra). 174 Science Photo Library: (tl). 175 Stock Photo: GL Archive (bl). 295 Alamy Stock Photo:
Archive (tr, bc). 55 Getty Images: Science & Society Getty Images: Science & Society Picture Library (bc). FLHC 96 (tr). 298 Alamy Stock Photo: Granger Historical
Picture Library (cb). 57 Alamy Stock Photo: Heritage Wellcome Collection http://creativecommons.org/ Picture Archive (bl). 299 Science Photo Library: NASA /
Image Partnership Ltd (tr). 61 Bureau International des licenses/by/4.0/: (tr). 177 Getty Images: Science Photo WMAP Science Team (br). 301 Alamy Stock Photo:
Poids et Mesures, BIPM: (bl). Rex by Shutterstock: Library / David Parker (tl). 179 Alamy Stock Photo: Granger Historical Picture Archive (br). NASA: ESA, and P.
Gianni Dagli Orti (tr). 63 National Physical Laboratory: Science History Images / Photo Researchers (tl). 181 Oesch (Yale University) (clb). 305 Alamy Stock Photo:
NPL Management Ltd (bl). NIST: Curt Suplee (tr). 69 Alamy Stock Photo: Durk Gardenier (cra). 182 Getty Dennis Hallinan (bl). Science Photo Library: Emilio Segre
Alamy Stock Photo: Archive World (tr); The Print Images: De Agostini Picture Library (tl). 183 Unsplash: Visual Archives / American Institute Of Physics (tr). 307
Collector / Oxford Science Archive / Heritage Images Lanju Fotografie / @lanju_fotografie (tl). 185 iStockphoto. NASA: JPL-Caltech (br). Rex by Shutterstock: (tl). 310
(cla). 73 Department of Engineering Science, com: Darunechka (br). 186 Wellcome Collection http:// eyevine: Jeff Singer / Redux (bl). 311 Alamy Stock
University of Oxford: Modern painting by Rita Greer (tr). creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/: (bl). 189 Getty Photo: BJ Warnick / Newscom (br). 315 Alamy Stock
74 Alamy Stock Photo: Science History Images (tl). 75 Images: Imagno / Hulton Archive (tr). 191 NASA: ESA, R. Photo: Caltech / UPI (tr). Getty Images: Mark Garlick /
Alamy Stock Photo: Francois Roux (tl). 77 Alamy Stock Ellis (Caltech), and the HUDF 2012 Team (br). 193 Alamy Science Photo Library (bl)
Photo: Pictorial Press Ltd (tr). 78 NOAA: Rare Books and Stock Photo: Cola Images (cla). 195 Alamy Stock Photo:
Special Collections - Daniel Bernouli’s Hydrodynamica (bl). World History Archive (tr). 197 Science Photo Library: All other images © Dorling Kindersley
81 Alamy Stock Photo: Science History Images (bl). Mark A. Schneider (cla). 199 Alamy Stock Photo: Archive For further information see: www.dkimages.com
Dreamstime.com: Mishatc (tr). 83 Alamy Stock Photo: Pics (tr). 201 Alamy Stock Photo: Lordprice Collection
The Granger Collection (br). 85 Alamy Stock Photo: (tr). Pixabay: KatinkavomWolfenmond / 57 images (bc).
Impress (tr); Science History Images (tl). 87 Pixabay: 203 Alamy Stock Photo: Geraint Lewis (bl). Science
Benita5 / 37 images (cla). 88 Dorling Kindersley: Photo Library: Max-Planck-Institut Fur Radioastronomie
courtesy of Engineering Expert Witness Blog (bl). 89 (tr). 210 NASA: (tl). 211 Alamy Stock Photo: Science
Alamy Stock Photo: Artokoloro Quint Lox Limited / History Images (tr). 214 Alamy Stock Photo: Science
liszt collection (tr). 91 Wellcome Collection http:// History Images (bl). 215 Getty Images: ullstein picture
creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/: (cra). 92 Dtl. (bl). 216 Getty Images: Encyclopaedia Britannica /
Science Photo Library: J-L Charmet (bl). 96 Getty Universal Images Group (br). 217 Science Photo Library:
Images: Bettmann (bl). 97 Getty Images: Stocktrek Emilio Segre Visual Archives / American Institute Of
Images / Richard Roscoe (br). 98 ESO: (bl). 99 Getty Physics (tr). 219 Getty Images: Bettmann (br). 221
Images: Alicia Llop (br). 103 Alamy Stock Photo: Alamy Stock Photo: Pictorial Press Ltd (cla). 223 Getty
History and Art Collection (tr). Dreamstime.com: Franco Images: Mark Garlick / Science Photo Library (bc).